Samyutta-Nikaya of the Sutta-Pitaka,
Part II. Nidana-Vagga.
Based on the edition by L. Feer, London : Pali Text Society 1888.
Input by the Dhammakaya Foundation, Thailand, 1989-1996
NOTICE
These files are provided by courtesy of the Pali Text Society for
scholarly purposes only.
In principle they represent a digital edition (without revision or
correction) of the printed editions of the complete set of Pali
canonical texts published by the PTS. While they have been subject to a
process of checking, it should not be assumed that there is no
divergence from the printed editions and it is strongly recommended that
they are checked against the printed editions before quoting.
PLAIN TEXT VERSION
(In order to fascilitate word search, all annotations have been remove,
and the line breaks of the printed edition have been converted into floating text.)
STRUCTURE OF REFERENCES (added):
SN_n.n(n),n.n = Saṃyutta-Nikāya_division.GLOBAL SN-book number(INTERNAL book number in THIS division of the SN),chapter.section

THIS GRETIL TEXT FILE IS FOR REFERENCE PURPOSES ONLY!
COPYRIGHT AND TERMS OF USAGE AS FOR SOURCE FILE.
Text converted to Unicode (UTF-8).
(This file is to be used with a UTF-8 font and your browser's VIEW configuration
set to UTF-8.)

description: | multibyte sequence:
long a | ā
long A | Ā
long i | ī
long I | Ī
long u | ū
long U | Ū
vocalic r | ṛ
vocalic R | Ṛ
long vocalic r | ṝ
vocalic l | ḷ
long vocalic l | ḹ
velar n | ṅ
velar N | Ṅ
palatal n | ñ
palatal N | Ñ
retroflex t | ṭ
retroflex T | Ṭ
retroflex d | ḍ
retroflex D | Ḍ
retroflex n | ṇ
retroflex N | Ṇ
palatal s | ś
palatal S | Ś
retroflex s | ṣ
retroflex S | Ṣ
anusvara | ṃ
visarga | ḥ
long e | ē
long o | ō
l underbar | ḻ
r underbar | ṟ
n underbar | ṉ
k underbar | ḵ
t underbar | ṯ

Unless indicated otherwise, accents have been dropped in order
to facilitate word search.
For a comprehensive list of GRETIL encodings and formats see:
https://tylergneill.github.io/gretil-mirror/gretil/gretdiac.pdf
and
https://tylergneill.github.io/gretil-mirror/gretil/gretdias.pdf
For further information see:
https://tylergneill.github.io/gretil-mirror/gretil.htm

[page 001]
1
Samyutta-Nikāya
Division II Nidāna-vaggo
BOOK I NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTAM (XII)
Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa || ||
CHAPTER I BUDDHA-VAGGO
SN_2,12(1).1 (1) Desanā
1 Evam me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2 Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi Bhikkhavo ti ||
Bhadante ti te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosuṃ || ||
Bhagavā etad avoca || Paṭiccasamuppādam vo bhikkhave desissāmi || tam suṇātha sādhukam manasikarotha bhāsissāmīti ||
Evam bhanteti kho te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosuṃ || ||
3 Bhagavā etad avoca || Katamo ca bhikkhave paṭiccasamuppādo || Avijjāpaccayā bhikkhave saṅkhārā || saṅkhārapaccayā viññānaṃ || viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ || nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ || saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso ||
phassapaccayā vedanā || vedanāpaccayā taṇhā || taṇhapaccayā upādānaṃ || upādānapaccayā bhavo || bhavapaccayā jāti || jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ soka-parideva-dukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave samuppādo || ||
4 Avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho ||
[page 002]
2 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 1. 5
saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho || viññāṇanirodhā nāmarūpanirodho || nāmarūpanirodhā saḷāyatananirodho ||
saḷāyatananirodhā phassanirodho || phassanirodhā vedanānirodho || vedanānirodhā taṇhānirodho || taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho || upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho || bhavanirodhā jātinirodho || jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇaṃ soka-parideva-dukkha-domanāssupāyāsā nirujjhanti || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotīti || ||
5 Idam avoca Bhagavā || attamanā te bhikkhū Bhagavato bhāsitam abhinandunti || || Pathamaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).2 (2) Vibhaṅgaṃ
1 Sāvatthiyam viharati || la ||
2 Paṭiccasamuppādam vo bhikkhave desissāmi vibhajissāmi || taṃ suṇātha sādhukam manasikarotha bhāsissāmiti ||
Evam bhante ti kho te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosuṃ || ||
3 Bhagavā etad avoca ||
Katamo ca bhikkhave paṭiccasamuppādo || Avijjāpaccayā bhikkhave saṅkhārā || saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ || viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ || nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ ||
saḷāyataṇapaccayā phasso || phassapaccayā vedanā || vedanāpaccayā taṇhā || taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ || upādānapaccayā bhavo || bhavapaccayā jāti || jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ soka-parideva-dukkha-domanassupāyāsā sambhavanti ||
Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || ||
4 Katamañca bhikkhave jarāmaraṇaṃ || ||
Yā tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhi tamhi sattanikāye jarā jīraṇatā khaṇḍiccaṃ pāliccaṃ valittaccatā āyuno saṃhāni indriyānaṃ paripāko || ayam vuccati jarā || || Yaṃ tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhā tamhā sattanikāyā cuticavanatā bhedo antaradhānam maccumaraṇaṃ kālakiriyā khandhānaṃ bhedo kaḷebarassa nikkhepo
[page 003]
XII. 2. 12] BUDDHA-VAGGA 3
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| idam vuccati maraṇaṃ || Iti ayañ ca jarā idañ ca maraṇaṃ || Idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave jarāmaraṇaṃ || ||
5 Katamā ca bhikkhave jāti || || Yā tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhi tamhi sattanikāye jāti sañjāti okkanti abhinibbatti khandhānaṃ pātubhāvo āyatanānaṃ paṭilābho || Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave jāti ||
6 Katamo ca bhikkhave bhavo || || Tayo me bhikkhave bhavā || kāmabhavo rūpabhavo arūpabhavo || Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave bhavo || ||
7 Katamañ ca bhikkhave upādānaṃ || || Cattarimāni bhikkhave upādānāni || kāmupādānaṃ diṭṭhupādānaṃ sīlabbatupādānaṃ attavādupādānaṃ || || Idam vuccati bhikkhave upādānaṃ || ||
8 Katamā ca bhikkhave taṇhā || Chayime bhikkhave taṇhākāyā || || Rūpataṇhā saddataṇhā gandhataṇhā rasataṇhā poṭṭhabbataṇhā dhammataṇhā || || Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave taṇhā || ||
9 Katamā ca bhikkhave vedanā || || Chayime bhikkhave vedanākāyā || cakkhu-samphassajā vedanā || sotasamphassajā vedanā || ghānasamphassajā vedanā || jivhāsamphassajā vedanā || kāyasamphassajā vedanā || manosamphassajā vedanā || || Ayam vuccati bhikkhave vedanā || ||
10 Katamo ca bhikkhave phasso || || Chayime bhikkhave phassakāyā || Cakkhusamphasso sotasamphasso ghānasamphasso jivhāsamphasso kāyasamphasso manosamphasso || Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave phasso || ||
11 Katamañca bhikkhave saḷāyatanaṃ || cakkhāyatanaṃ sotāyatanaṃ ghānāyatanaṃ jivhāyatanaṃ kāyāyatanaṃ manāyatanam || Idam vuccati bhikkhave saḷāyatanaṃ || ||
12 Katamañca bhikkhave nāmarūpaṃ || || Vedanā saññā cetanā phasso manasikāro || idam vuccati nāmaṃ || || Cattāro ca mahābhūtā catunnañca mahābhūtānaṃ upādāya rūpaṃ
[page 004]
4 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 2. 13
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| idam vuccati rūpaṃ || || Iti idañ ca nāmam idañ ca rūpaṃ || Idam vuccati nāmarūpaṃ || ||
13 Katamāñca bhikkhave viññāṇaṃ || || Chayime bhikkhave viññāṇakāyā || Cakkhuviññāñaṃ sotaviññāṇaṃ ghānaviññāṇam jivhāviññāṇaṃ kāyaviññāṇaṃ manoviññāṇam || || Idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave viññāṇaṃ || ||
14 Katame ca bhikkhave saṅkhārā || || Tayo me bhikkhave saṅkhārā kāyasaṅkhāro vacīsaṅkhāro cittasaṅkhāro || ||
Ime vuccanti bhikkhave saṅkhārā || ||
15 Katamā ca bhikkhave avijjā || || Yaṃ kho bhikkhave dukkhe aññāṇaṃ dukkhasamudaye aññāṇaṃ dukkhanirodhe aññāṇaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya aññāṇaṃ || ||
Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave avijjā || ||
16 Iti kho bhikkhave avijjapaccayā saṅkhārā || saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ || pe|| Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || Avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho || saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho || pe || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotīti || || Dutiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).3 (3) Paṭipadā
1 Sāvatthiyam viharati || la ||
2 Micchāpaṭipadañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi sammāpaṭipadañca || taṃ suṇātha sādhukaṃ manasikarotha bhāsissāmīti || ||
Evam bhante ti kho te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosuṃ || ||
Bhagavā etad avoca ||
3 Katamā ca bhikkhave micchapāṭipadā || || Avijjāpaccayā bhikkhave saṅkhārā || saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ || pe || ||
Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hotīti || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave micchāpaṭipadā || ||
[page 005]
XII. 4. 6] BUDDHA-VAGGA 5
4 Katamā ca bhikkhave sammāpaṭipadā || Avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho || saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho || la || || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave sammāpaṭipādā ti || || Tatiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).4 (4) Vipassī
I
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati ||
2 Vipassissa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa pubbeva sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattassa sato etad ahosi || || Kicchaṃ vatāyaṃ loko āpanno jāyati ca jīyati ca mīyati ca cavati ca upapajjati ca ||
Atha ca panimassa dukkhassa nissaraṇaṃ nappajānāti jarāmaraṇassa || kudassu nāma imassa dukkhassa nissaraṇaṃ paññāyissati jarāmaraṇassāti || ||
3 Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa etad ahosi || || Kimhi nu kho sati jarāmaraṇaṃ hoti kimpaccayā jarāmaraṇan ti || || Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo || jātiyā kho sati jarāmaraṇaṃ hoti jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇanti || ||
4 Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa etad ahosi || || Kimhi nu kho sati jāti hoti kiṃpaccayā jātīti || ||
Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo || bhave kho sati jāti hoti bhavapaccayā jātīti || ||
5 Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissabodhisattassa etad ahosi ||
Kimhi nu kho sati bhavo hoti kimpaccayā bhavo ti || ||
Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissabodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo || upādāne kho sati bhavo hoti upādānapaccayā bhavo ti || ||
6 Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa etad ahosi || ||
Kimhi nu kho sati upādānaṃ hoti kimpaccayā upādānan ti || || Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo
[page 006]
6 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 4. 7
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| taṇhāya kho sati upādānaṃ hoti tanhāpaccayā upādānan ti || ||
7 Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa etad ahosi || || Kimhi nu kho sati taṇhā hoti kimpaccayā taṇhā ti || || Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo || vedanāya kho sati taṇhā hoti vedanāpaccayā taṇhāti || ||
8 Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa etad ahosi || || Kimhi nu kho sati vedanā hoti kim paccayā vedanā ti || || Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo || phasse kho sati vedanā hoti phassapaccayā vedanā ti || ||
9 Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassassa bodhisattassa etad ahosi || || Kimhi nu kho sati phasso hoti kimpaccayā phassoti || || Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo ||
saḷāyatane kho sati phasso hoti saḷāyatanapaccayā phassoti || ||
10 Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa etad ahosi || Kimhi nu kho sati saḷāyatanaṃ hoti kimpaccayā saḷāyatananti || || Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo ||
Nāmarūpe kho sati saḷāyatanaṃ hoti nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatananti || ||
11 Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa etad ahosi || Kimhi nu kho sati nāmarūpaṃ hoti kimpaccayā nāmarūpanti || || Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo ||
Viññāṇe kho sati nāmarūpaṃ hoti viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpanti || ||
12 Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa etad ahosi || Kimhi nu kho sati viññāṇaṃ kimpaccayā viññāṇanti || || Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo || Saṅkhāresu kho sati viññāṇaṃ hoti saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇanti || ||
13 Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa etad ahosi
[page 007]
XII. 4. 19] BUDDHA-VAGGA 7
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| Kimhi nu kho sati saṅkhārā honti kimpaccayā saṅkhārāti || || Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo || avijjāya kho sati saṅkhārā honti avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārāti || ||
14 Iti hidaṃ avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā || saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ || pe|| Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || ||
15 Samudayo samudayo ti kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhum udapādi ñāṇam udapādi paññā udapādi vijjā udapādi āloko udapādi || ||
II
16 Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa etad ahosi || || Kimhi nu kho asati jarāmaraṇaṃ na hoti kissa nirodhā jarāmaraṇanirodhoti || || Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo || jātiyā kho asati jarāmaraṇaṃ na hoti jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇanirodhoti || ||
17 Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa etad ahosi || Kimhi nu kho asati jāti na hoti kissa nirodhā jātinirodhoti || || Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo || bhave kho asati jāti na hoti bhavanirodhā jātinirodho hoti || ||
18 Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa etad ahosi || Kimhi nu kho asati bhavo na hoti kissa nirodhā bhavanirodhoti || || Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo ||
upādāne kho asati bhavo na hoti upadānanirodhā bhavanirodhoti || ||
19 Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa etad ahosi || Kimhi nu kho asati upādānam na hoti kissa nirodhā upādānanirodhoti || || Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo ||
taṇhāya kho asati upādānaṃ na hoti taṇhānirodhā upādāna nirodhoti || ||
[page 008]
8 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 4. 20
20 Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa etad ahosi || Kimhi nu kho asati taṇhā na hoti kissa nirodhā taṇhānirodhoti || || Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo ||
Vedanāya kho asati taṇhā na hoti vedanānirodhā taṇhānirodhoti || ||
21 Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa etad ahosi || Kimhi nu kho asati vedanā na hoti kissa nirodhā vedanānirodhoti || || Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo ||
phasse kho asati vedanā na hoti phassanirodhā vedanānirodhoti || ||
22 Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa etad ahosi || Kimhi nu kho asati phasso na hoti kissa nirodhā phassanirodhoti || || Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo ||
saḷāyatane kho asati phasso na hoti saḷāyatananirodhā phassanirodhoti || ||
23 Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa etad ahosi || Kiṃhi nu kho asati saḷāyatanaṃ na hoti kissa nirodhā saḷāyatana-nirodhoti || || Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo || nāmarūpe kho asati saḷāyatanaṃ na hoti nāmarūpanirodhā saḷāyatananirodhoti || ||
24 Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa etad ahosi || Kimhi nu kho asati nāmarūpaṃ na hoti kissa nirodhā nāmarūpanirodhoti || || Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo || Viññāṇe kho asati nāmarūpam na hoti viññāṇanirodhā nāmarūpanirodhoti || ||
25 Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa etad ahosi || Kimhi nu kho asati viññāṇaṃ na hoti kissa nirodhā viññāṇanirodhoti || || Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo ||
saṅkhāresu kho asati viññāṇaṃ na hoti saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodhoti || ||
[page 009]
XII. 9] BUDDHA-VAGGA 9
26 Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa etad ahosi || Kimhi nu kho asati saṅkhārā na honti kissa nirodhā saṅkhāranirodhoti || || Atha kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo ||
avijjāya kho asati saṅkhārā na honti avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodhoti || ||
27 Iti hidam avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodho || saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho || pe|| Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti || ||
28 Nirodho nirodhoti kho bhikkhave Vipassissa bodhisattassa pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhum udapādi ñāṇam udapādi paññā udapādi vijjā udapādi āloko udapādīti || || Catutthaṃ || ||
Sattannam pi buddhānam evam peyyālo || ||
SN_2,12(1).5 (5) Sikhī
Sikkhissa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa- pe || ||
SN_2,12(1).6 (6) Vessabhu
Vessabhussa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa- pe || ||
SN_2,12(1).7 (7) Kakusandho
Kakusandhassa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa- pe || ||
SN_2,12(1).8 (8) Koṇāgamano
Koṇāgamanassa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa- pe || ||
SN_2,12(1).9 (9) Kassapo
Kassapassa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa- pe || ||
[page 010]
10 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 10. 2
SN_2,12(1).10 (10) Mahā Sakyamuni Gotamo
I
2 Pubbe va me bhikkhave sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva sato etad ahosi || || Kiccham vatāyaṃ loko āpanno jāyati ca jīyati ca mīyati ca cavati ca upapajjati ca || Atha ca pan’ imassa dukkhassa nissaraṇam nappajānāti jarāmaraṇassa || Kudassu nāma imassa dukkhassa nissaraṇaṃ paññāyissati jarāmaraṇassāti || ||
3 Tassa mayhaṃ bhikkhave etad ahosi || Kimhi nu kho sati jarāmaraṇaṃ hoti kimpaccayā jarāmaraṇanti || || Tassa mayhaṃ bhikkhave yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo || jātiyā kho sati jarāmaraṇaṃ hoti jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇan ti || ||
4-13 Tassa mayham bhikkhave etad ahosi || Kimhi nu kho sati jāti hoti || bhavo || upādānaṃ || taṇhā || vedanā ||
phasso || saḷāyatanaṃ || nāmarūpaṃ || viññāṇaṃ || saṅkhārā honti kimpaccayā saṅkhārā ti ||
Tassa mayhaṃ bhikkhave yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo || avijjāya kho sati saṅkhārā honti avijjā paccayā saṅkhārāti || ||
14 Iti hidam avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā || saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ || pe|| || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti ||
15 Samudayo samudayo ti kho me bhikkhave pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhum udapādi ñāṇam udapādi paññā udapādi vijjā udapādi āloko udapādi || ||
II
16 Tassa mayham bhikkhave etad ahosi || Kimhi nu kho asati jarāmaraṇaṃ na hoti kissa nirodhā jarāmaraṇa nirodhoti || || Tassa mayham bhikkhave yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo || jātiyā kho asati jarāmaraṇaṃ na hoti jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇanirodhoti || ||
17-26 Tassa mayham bhikkhave etad ahosi || Kimhi nu kho asati jāti na hoti
[page 011]
XII. 11. 3] ĀHĀRA-VAGGA 11
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| bhavo || upādānaṃ || taṇhā || vedanā ||
phasso || saḷāyatanaṃ || nāmarūpaṃ || viññāṇaṃ || saṅkhārā na honti || kissa nirodhā saṅkhāranirodho ti ||
Tassa mayham bhikkhave yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo || Avijjāya kho asati saṅkhārā na honti avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodho ti || ||
27 Iti hidam avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodho || saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho || pe|| Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti || ||
28. Nirodho nirodhoti kho me bhikkhave pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhum udapādi ñāṇam udapādi paññā udapādi vijjā udapādi āloko udapādī ti || ||
Buddha-vaggo pathamo || ||
Tassuddānam || ||
Desanā Vibhaṅgam Paṭipadā ca || Vipassī Sikhī ca Vessabhu || Kakusandho Konāgamano Kassapo || Mahā Sakyamuni ca Gotamanti || ||
CHAPTER II ĀHĀRA-VAGGA
SN_2,12(1).11 (1) Āhārā
1 Evam me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2 Cattāro me bhikkhave āhārā bhūtānam vā sattānaṃ ṭhitiyā sambhavesīnam vā anuggahāya ||
Katame cattāro || Kabaliṃkāro āhāro oḷāriko vā sukhumo vā || phasso dutiyo || manosañcetanā tatiyo || viññānaṃ catutthaṃ || Ime kho bhikkhave cattāro āhārā bhūtānam vā sattānaṃ ṭhitiyā sambhavesīnaṃ vā anuggahāya || ||
3 Ime ca bhikkhave cattāro āhārā kiṃnidānā kiṃ samudayā kiṃjatikā kimpabhavā
[page 012]
12 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 11. 4
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| || Ime cattāro āhārā taṇhānidānā taṇhāsamudayā taṇhājātikā taṇhāpabhavā ||
4 Taṇhā cāyam bhikkhave kiṃnidānā kiṃsamudayā kiṃjātikā kimpabhavā || Taṇhā vedanānidānā vedanāsamudayā vedanājātikā vedanā pabhavā || ||
5 Vedanā cāyam bhikkhave kiṃnidānā kiṃsamudayā kiṃjātikā || kimpabhavā || Vedanā phassanidānā phassasamudayā phassajātikā phassapabhavā || ||
6 Phasso cāyam bhikkhave kiṃnidāno kiṃsamudayo kiṃjātiko kimpabhavo || Phasso saḷāyatananidāno saḷāyatanasamudayo saḷāyatanajātiko saḷāyatanapabhavo || ||
7 Saḷāyatanaṃ cidaṃ bhikkhave kiṃnidānaṃ kiṃsamudayaṃ kiṃjātikaṃ kimpabhāvaṃ || Saḷāyatanaṃ nāmarūpanidānaṃ nāmarūpasamudayaṃ namarūpajātikaṃ nāmarūpabhavaṃ || ||
8 Nāmarūpañcidaṃ bhikkhave kiṃnidānaṃ kiṃsamudayaṃ kiṃjātikam kimpabhavaṃ || || Nāmarūpaṃ viññāṇanidānaṃ viññāṇasamudayam viññāṇajātikaṃ viññāṇapabhavaṃ || ||
9 Viññāṇaṃ cidam bhikkhave kiṃnidānaṃ kiṃsamudayam kiṃjātikaṃ kimpabhavaṃ || Viṇṇāṇaṃ saṅkhāranidānam {saṅkhārasamudayaṃ} saṅkhārajātikaṃ saṅkhārapabhavaṃ || ||
10 Saṅkhārā cime bhikkhave kiṃnidānā kiṃsamudayā kiṃjātikā kimpabhavā || Saṅkhārā avijjānidānā avijjāsamudayā avijjājātikā {avijjāpabhavā} || ||
11 Iti kho bhikkhave avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā || saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ || pe|| || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || ||
12 Avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho ||
saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho || pe || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotīti || ||
Pathamaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).12 (2) Phagguno
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
[page 013]
XII. 12. 6] ĀHĀRA-VAGGA 13
2 Cattāro me bhikkhave āhārā bhūtānaṃ vā sattānam ṭhitiyā sambhavesīnam vā anuggahāya || || Katame cattāro ||
Kabaḷiṃkāro āhāro oḷāriko vā sukhumo vā || phasso dutiyo ||
manosañcetanā tatiyo || viññānaṃ catutthaṃ || Ime kho bhikkhave cattāro āhārā bhūtānaṃ vā sattānaṃ ṭhitiyā sambhavesīnaṃ vā anuggahāyāti ||
3 Evam vutte āyasmā Moliya-Phagguno Bhagavantam etad avoca || Ko nu kho bhante viññāṇāhāram āhāretīti || ||
No kallo pañhoti Bhagavā avoca || Āhāretīti ahaṃ na vadāmi || āhāretīti cāhaṃ vadeyyaṃ tatrassa kallo pañho Ko nu kho bhante āhāretīti || Evañcāhaṃ na vadāmi || evaṃ mam avadantaṃ yo evam puccheyya Kissa nu kho bhante viññāṇāhāro ti || esa kallo pañho || Tatra kallam veyyakaraṇam || Viññāñāhāro āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbattiyā paccayo || tasmiṃ bhūte sati saḷāyatanaṃ saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso ti || ||
4 Ko nu kho bhante phusatīti || ||
No kallo pañhoti Bhagavā avoca || Phusatīti aham na vadāmi || phusatīti cāham vadeyyam tatrassa kallo pañho Ko nu kho bhante phusatīti || Evañcāhaṃ na vadāmi ||
evam mam avadantaṃ yo evam puccheyya Kimpaccayā nu kho bhante phassoti || esa kallo pañho || Tatra kallam veyyākaraṇam saḷāyatana paccayā phasso phassapaccayā vedanāti || ||
5 Ko nu kho bhante vediyatīti ||
No kallo pañhoti Bhagavā avoca || Vediyatīti āhaṃ na vadāmi || vediyatīti cāhaṃ vadeyyam tatrassa kallo pañho Ko nu kho bhante vediyatīti || Evāñcāhaṃ na vadāmi || evam mam avadantaṃ yo evam puccheyya || kim paccayā nu kho bhante vedanati || esa kallo paṇho || Tatra kallam veyyākaraṇaṃ || phassapaccayā vedanā vedanāpaccayā taṇhāti || ||
6 Ko nu kho bhante tasatīti || ||
No kallo pañho ti Bhagavā avoca || tasatīti aham navadāmi
[page 014]
14 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 12. 7
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| tasatīti cāham vadeyyam tatrassa kallo pañho Ko nu kho bhante tasatīti || Evañcāhaṃ na vadāmi || evam mam avadantaṃ yo evam puccheyya Kim paccayā nu kho bhante taṇhāti || esa kallo pañho || Tatra kallaṃ veyyākaraṇaṃ vedanāpaccayā taṇhā taṇhāpaccayā upādānanti || ||
7 Ko nu kho bhante upādiyatīti ||
No kallo pañhoti Bhagavā avoca || Upādiyatīti ahaṃ na vadāmi || upādiyatīti cāhaṃ vadeyyam tatrassa kallo pañho Ko nu kho bhante upādiyatīti || Evaṃ cāhaṃ na vadāmi ||
evam mam avadantaṃ yo evam puccheyya Kim paccayā nu kho bhante upādānanti || esa kallo pañho || Tatra kallam veyyākaraṇam taṇhāpaccayā upādanam upādānapaccayā bhavoti || pe||
Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti ||
8 Channam tveva Phagguna phassāyatanānaṃ asesavirāganirodhā phassanirodho || phassanirodhā vedanānirodho || vedanānirodhā taṇhānirodho || taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho || upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho || bhavanirodhā jātinirodho || jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti ||
Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotīti || || Dutiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).13 (3) Samaṇa-brāhmaṇā (1)
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā jarāmaraṇaṃ nappajānanti || jarāmaraṇasamudayaṃ nappajānanti || jarāmaraṇanirodhaṃ nappajānanti || jaramaraṇanirodha-gāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ nappajānanti || jātiṃ || la ||
bhavaṃ || upādānaṃ || taṇhaṃ || vedanaṃ || phassaṃ || saḷāyatanaṃ || nāmarūpaṃ || viññānaṃ || saṅkhāre nappajānanti ||
saṅkhārasamudayaṃ nappajānanti || saṅkhāranirodhaṃ nappajānanti || saṅkhāranirodhagāminiṃ patipadaṃ nappajānanti
[page 015]
XII. 14. 4] ĀHĀRA-VAGGA 15
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| na me te bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā samaṇesu vā samaṇasammatā brāhmaṇesu vā brāhmaṇasammatā na ca pana te āyasmanto sāmaññatthaṃ vā brahmaññathaṃ vā diṭṭheva dhamme sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharanti || ||
3 Ye ca kho keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā jarāmaraṇam pajānanti || jarāmaraṇasamudayam pajānanti || jarāmaraṇanirodham pajānanti || jarāmaraṇaṇanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ pajānanti || jāti || bhavaṃ || upādānaṃ ||
taṇhaṃ || vedanaṃ || phassaṃ || saḷāyatanaṃ || nāmarūpaṃ ||
viññāṇaṃ || saṅkhāre pajānanti || saṅkhārasamudayaṃ pajānanti || saṅkharanirodhaṃ pajānanti || saṅkhāranirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ pajānanti || te kho me bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā samaṇesu ceva samaṇasammatā brāhmaṇesu ca brāhmaṇasammatā || te ca panāyasmanto sāmaññatthañca brahmaññatthañca diṭṭheva dhamme sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharantīti || ||
Tatiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).14 (4) Samaṇa-brāhmaṇā (2)
1 Sāvatthiyam viharati || ||
2 Ye hi keci bhikkhave samanā vā brāhmaṇā vā ime dhamme nappajānanti || imesaṃ dhammānaṃ samudayaṃ nappajānanti || imesaṃ dhammānaṃ nirodhaṃ nappajānanti || imesaṃ dhammānaṃ nirodhagaminiṃ paṭipadaṃ nappajānanti ||
3 Katame dhamme nappajānanti || katamesaṃ dhammānaṃ samudayaṃ nappajānanti || katamesaṃ dhammānaṃ nirodhaṃ nappajānanti || katamesaṃ dhammānaṃ nirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ nappajānanti ||
4 Jarāmaraṇaṃ nappajānanti || jarāmaraṇasamudayaṃ nappajānanti || jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ nappajānanti || jāti || pe|| bhavaṃ || upādānam || tanhaṃ || vedanaṃ || phassaṃ || saḷāyatanaṃ || nāmarūpaṃ || viññāṇaṃ || saṅkhāre nappajānanti || ime dhamme nappajānanti || imesaṃ dhammānaṃ samudayaṃ nappajānanti || imesaṃ dhammānam nirodhaṃ nappajānanti
[page 016]
16 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 14. 5
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| imesaṃ dhammāṇam nirodhagāminiṃ patipadaṃ nappajānanti ||
5 Na me te bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā samaṇesu vā samaṇasammatā brāhmaṇesu vā brāhmaṇasammatā na ca pana te āyasmanto sāmaññatthaṃ vā brahmaññatthaṃ vā diṭṭheva dhamme sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharanti ||
6 Ye ca kho keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā ime dhamme pajānanti || imesaṃ dhammānaṃ samudayam pajānanti || imesaṃ dhammānaṃ nirodham pajānanti ||
imesaṃ dhammānaṃ nirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ pajānanti ||
7 Katame dhamme pajānanti || katamesaṃ dhammānaṃ samudayam pajānanti || katamesaṃ dhammānaṃ nirodhampajānanti || katamesaṃ dhammānaṃ ṇirodhagāminiṃ patipadaṃ pajānanti ||
8 Jarāmaraṇam pajānanti || jarāmaraṇasamudayaṃ pajānanti || jarāmaraṇanirodham pajānanti || jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ pajānanti || pe|| jātim ||
bhavaṃ || upādānaṃ || taṇhaṃ || vedanaṃ || phassaṃ || saḷāyatanam || nāmarupaṃ || viññāṇaṃ || saṅkhāre pajānanti ||
saṅkhārasamudayam pajānanti || saṅkhāranirodham pajānanti || saṅkhāranirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadam pajānanti ||
ime dhamme pajānanti || imesaṃ dhammānaṃ samudayaṃ pajānanti || imesaṃ dhammānaṃ nirodham pajānanti ||
imesaṃ dhammānaṃ nirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadam pajānanti ||
9 Te kho me bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā samaṇesu ceva samaṇasammatā brāhmaṇesu ca brāhmaṇasammatā || te ca panāyasmanto sāmaññatthañ ca brahmaññatthañca diṭṭheva dhamme sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharantīti || || Catutthaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).15 (5) Kaccāyanagotto
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
[page 017]
XII. 15. 8] ĀHĀRA-VAGGA 17
2 Atha kho āyasmā Kaccāyanagotto yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam nisīdi ||
3 Ekam antām nisinno kho āyasmā Kaccāyanagotto Bhagavantam etad avoca || Sammādiṭṭhi sammādiṭṭhīti bhante vuccati || kittāvatā nu kho bhante sammādiṭṭhi hotīti || ||
4 Dvayanissito khvāyaṃ Kaccāyana loko yebhuyyena atthitañ ceva natthitañ ca ||
5 Lokasamudayaṃ kho Kaccāyana yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passato yā loke natthitā sā na hoti || lokanirodhaṃ kho Kaccāyana yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passato yā loke atthitā sā na hoti || ||
6 Upāyupādānābhinivesavinibandho khvāyaṃ Kaccāyana loko yebhuyyena || tañcāyaṃ upāyupādānām cetaso adhiṭṭhānam abhinivesānusayaṃ na upeti na upādiyati nādhiṭṭhāti attā na me ti || Dukkham eva uppajjamānam uppajjati dukkhaṃ nirujjhamānaṃ nirujjhatīti na kaṅkhati na vicikicchati aparapaccayā ñāṇam evassa ettha hoti || ||
Ettavatā kho Kaccāna sammādiṭṭhi hoti || ||
7 Sabbam atthīti kho Kaccāyana ayam eko anto || Sabbaṃ natthīti ayam dutiyo anto || ||
Ete te Kaccāyana ubho ante anupagamma majjhena Tathāgato dhammam deseti || ||
8 Avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā || saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇam ||
pe || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || ||
Avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho ||
saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho || pe|| Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotīti || || Pañcamaṃ || ||
[page 018]
18 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 16. 1
SN_2,12(1).16 (6) Dhammakathiko
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ || ||
2 Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekaṃ antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || Dhammakathiko dhammakathiko ti bhante vuccati || ||
4 Jarāmaraṇassa ce bhikkhu nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya dhammaṃ deseti || dhammakathiko bhikkhū ti alaṃ vacanāya || ||
5 Jarāmaraṇassa ce bhikkhu nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāyā paṭipanno hoti || dhammānuddhammapaṭipanno bhikkhūti alaṃ vacanāya || ||
6 Jarāmaraṇassa ce bhikkhu nibbidā virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimutto hoti || diṭṭhadhammanibbānappatto bhikkhūti alaṃ vacanāya || ||
7 Jātiyā ce bhikkhu || Bhavassa ce bhikkhu || Upadānassa ce bhikkhu || Taṇhāya ce bhikkhu || Vedanāya ce bhikkhu ||
Phassassa ce bhikkhu || Saḷāyatanassa ce bhikkhu || Nāmarūpassa ce bhikkhu || Viññāṇassa ce bhikkhu || Saṅkhārānaṃ ce bhikkhu || Avijjāya ce bhikkhu nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya dhammaṃ deseti || dhammakathiko bhikkhūti alaṃ vacanāya ||
8 Avijjāya ce bhikkhu nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti || dhammānudhammapaṭipanno bhikkhūti alaṃ vacanāya || ||
9 Avijjāya ce bhikkhu nibbidā virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimutto hoti || diṭṭhadhammanibbānappatto bhikkhūti alaṃ vacanāyāti || ||
Chaṭṭham || ||
SN_2,12(1).17 (7) Acela
1 Evaṃ me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe || ||
[page 019]
XII. 17. 9] ĀHĀRA-VAGGA 19
I
2 Atha kho Bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya Rājagaham piṇḍāya pāvisi || ||
3 Addasā kho Acela-Kassapo Bhagavantaṃ dūrato va āgacchantam || || Disvāna yena Bhagava tenupasaṅkami ||
Upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antam aṭṭhāsi ||
4 Ekam antam ṭhito kho Acela-Kassapo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Puccheyyāma mayaṃ bhavantaṃ Gotamaṃ kiñcid eva desaṃ || sa ce no bhavaṃ Gotamo okāsaṃ karoti pañhassa veyyākaraṇāyāti || ||
Akālo kho tāva Kassapa pañhassa antaragharaṃ paviṭṭhamhāti || ||
5 Dutiyam pi kho Acela-Kassapo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Puccheyyāma mayam bhavantam Gotamaṃ kiñcid eva desaṃ || sa ce no bhavan Gotamo okāsam karoti pañhāssa veyyākaraṇāyāti || ||
Akālo kho tāva Kassapa pañhassa antaragharaṃ paviṭṭhamhāti || ||
6 Tatiyam pi kho Acela-Kassapo || la || antaragharaṃ paviṭṭhamhāti || ||
Evam vutte Acela-Kassapo Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
Na kho pana mayam bhavantaṃ Gotamaṃ bahudeva pucchitukāmāti || ||
Puccha Kassapa yad akaṅkhasīti ||
II
7 Kim nu kho bho Gotama sayaṃkataṃ dukkhanti || ||
Mā hevaṃ Kassapāti Bhagavā avoca || ||
8 Kim pana bho Gotama paraṃkataṃ dukkhanti || ||
Mā hevaṃ Kassapāti Bhagavā avoca || ||
9 Kim nu kho bho Gotama sayaṃkatañca paraṃkatañca dukkhanti || ||
Mā hevaṃ Kassapāti Bhagavā avoca || ||
[page 020]
20 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 17. 10
10 Kim pana bho Gotama asayaṃ-kāram aparaṃkāram adhicca samuppannaṃ dukkhanti || ||
Mā hevaṃ Kassapāti Bhagavā avoca || ||
11 Kiṃ nu kho bho Gotama natthi dukkhanti ||
Na kho Kassapa natthi dukkham atthi kho Kassapa dukkhanti || ||
12 Tena hi bhavaṃ Gotamo dukkhaṃ na jānāti na passatīti ||
Na khvāhaṃ Kassapa dukkham na jānāmi na passāmi ||
jānāmi khvāham Kassapa dukkhaṃ passāmi khvāhaṃ Kassapa dukkhanti || ||
13 Kiṃ nu kho bho Gotama sayaṃkatam dukkhanti iti puṭṭho samāno Mā hevaṃ Kassapā ti vadesi || || Kiṃ pana bho Gotama paraṃ-kataṃ dukkhanti iti puṭṭho samāno Mā hevaṃ Kassapā ti vadesi || || Kiṃ nu kho bho Gotama sayaṃ-katañ ca paraṃ-katañ ca dukkhanti iti puṭṭho samāno Mā hevaṃ Kassapāti vadesi || || Kim pana bho Gotama asayaṃ-kāram aparaṃ-kāram adhicca samuppannaṃ dukkhanti iti puṭṭho samāno Māhevam Kassapāti vadesi || Kiṃ nu kho bho Gotama natthi dukkhanti iti puṭṭho samāno Na kho Kassapa natthi dukkham atthi kho Kassapa dukkhanti vadesi || || Tena hi bhavaṃ Gotamo dukkhaṃ na jānāti na passatīti iti puṭṭho samāno Na khvāhaṃ Kassapa dukkham na jānāmi na passāmi || jānāmi khvāhaṃ Kassapa dukkhaṃ passāmi khvāhaṃ Kassapa dukkhan ti vadesi || ācikkhatu ca me bhante Bhagavā dukkhaṃ desetu ca me bhante Bhagavā dukkhan ti || ||
14 So karoti so {paṭisaṃvediyatīti} kho Kassapa ādito sato sayaṃkataṃ dukkhanti iti vadaṃ sassatam etam pareti ||
Añño karoti añño paṭisaṃvediyatīti kho Kassapa vedanābhitunnassa sato paraṃkataṃ dukkhanti iti vadam ucchedam etam pareti || ||
15 Ete te Kassapa ubho ante anupagamma majjhena Tathāgato dhammam deseti || || Avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā ||
saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ || pe|| Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || || Avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho
[page 021]
XII. 17. 20] ĀHĀRA-VAGGA 21
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho || pe|| Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotīti || ||
III
16 Evam vutte Acela-Kassapo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bhante abhikkantam bhante seyyathāpi bhante nikujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya || pe|| cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhintīti || Evam evaṃ Bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito || || Esāham bhante Bhagavantam saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṃghañ ca || labheyyāham bhante Bhagavato santike pabbajjam labheyyam upasampadanti || ||
17 Yo kho Kassapa aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhati pabbajjam ākaṅkhati upasampadaṃ ||
so cattāro māse parivasati || Catunnaṃ māsānam accayena parivuṭṭhaparivāsaṃ āraddhacittā bhikkhū ākaṅkhamānā pabbājenti upasampādenti bhikkhubhāvāya || || Api ca mayā (alias mettha, C) puggalavemattatā viditāti || ||
18 Sa ce bhante aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhati pabbajjam ākaṅkhati upasampadam cattāro māse parivasati || catunnam māsānam accayena parivuṭṭhaparivāsam āraddhacittā bhikkhū ākaṅkhamānā pabbājenti upasampādenti bhikkhubhāvāya || ahaṃ cattāri vassāni parivasissāmi catunnaṃ vassānam accayena parivuṭṭhaparivāsam āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājentu upasampādentu bhikkhubhāvāyāti || ||
19 Alattha kho Acela-Kassapo Bhagavato santike pabbajjam alattha upasampadaṃ || ||
IV
20 Acirūpasampanno ca panāyasmā Kassapo eko vupakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto na cirasseva yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyam pabbajanti
[page 022]
22 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 17. 21
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| tad anuttaram brahmacariya-pariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi || khīṇā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti abbhaññāsi ||
21 Aññataro ca panāyasmā Kassapo arahatam ahosīti || ||
Sattamam || ||
SN_2,12(1).18 (8) Timbaruko
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Atha kho Timbaruko paribbājako yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi || sammodanīyam kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Timbaruko paribbājako Bhagavantam etad avoca || kiṃ nu kho bho Gotama sayaṃkatam sukhadukkhanti || ||
Mā hevaṃ Timbarukāti Bhagavā avoca || ||
4 Kim pana bho Gotamā param-kataṃ sukhadukkhanti || ||
Mā hevaṃ Timbarukāti Bhagavā avoca || ||
5 Kiṃ nu kho bho Gotama sayaṃ-katañca paraṃ-katañca sukhadukkhanti || ||
Mā hevaṃ Timbarukāti Bhagavā avoca ||
6 Kim pana bho Gotama asayaṃ-kāram aparaṃ-kāram adhicca-samuppannam sukhadukkhanti || ||
Mā hevaṃ Timbarukāti Bhagavā avoca ||
7 Kiṃ nu kho bho Gotama natthi sukhadukkhanti || ||
8 Na kho Timbaruka natthi sukhadukkham atthi kho Timbaruka sukhadukkhanti || || Tena hi bhavaṃ Gotamo sukhadukkhaṃ na jānāti na passati || ||
9 Na khvāhaṃ Timbaruka sukhadukkham na jānāmi na passāmi || jānāmi khvāhaṃ Timbaruka sukhadukkhaṃ passami khvāham Timbaruka sukhadukkhanti || ||
10 Kiṃ nu kho bho Gotama sayaṃkataṃ dukkhasukhanti iti puṭṭho samāno Mā hevam Timbarukā ti vadesi || ||
[page 023]
XII. 19. 2] ĀHĀRA-VAGGA 23
Kiṃ nu kho bho Gotama sayaṃ-katañca paraṃkatañca sukhadukkhanti iti puṭṭho samāno Mā hevam Timbarukā ti vadesi || || Kiṃ pana bho Gotama asayaṃkāram aparaṃ kāram adhicca-samuppannaṃ sukhadukkhanti iti puṭṭho samāno Mā hevaṃ Timbarukā ti vadesi || || Kiṃ nu kho bho Gotama natthi sukhadukkhanti iti puṭṭho samāno Na kho Timbaruka natthi sukhadukkham atthi kho Timbaruka sukhadukkhanti vadesi || || Tena hi bhavaṃ Gotamo sukhadukkhaṃ na jānāti na passatīti iti puṭṭho samāno Na khvāham Timbaruka sukhadukkhaṃ na jānāmi na passāmi ||
jānāmi khvāham Timbaruka sukhadukkham passāmi khvāham Timbaruka sukhadukkhanti vadesi || || Ācikkhatu ca me bhavaṃ Gotamo sukhadukkhaṃ desetu ca me bhavaṃ Gotamo sukhadukkhan ti || ||
11 Sā vedanā so vediyatīti kho Timbaruka ādito sato sayaṃkataṃ sukhadukkhanti || evam pāham na vadāmi || ||
12 Aññā vedanā añño vediyatīti kho Timbaruka vedanābhitunnassa sato paraṃ kataṃ sukhadukkhanti || evam pahaṃ na vadāmi || ||
13 Ete te Timbaruka ubho ante anupagamma majjhena Tathāgato dhammaṃ deseti || ||
Avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā || saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ ||
pe || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandassa samudayo hoti || || Avijjā tveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho ||
saṅkhārānirodhā viññāṇanirodho || pe || ||Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotīti || ||
14 Evaṃ vutte Timbaruka paribbājako Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Abhikkantaṃ bho Gotama || pe|| Esāham bhavantaṃ Gotamaṃ saraṇam gacchāmi dhammañ ca bhikkhusaṅghañca || upāsakaṃ maṃ bhavaṃ Gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatanti || || Aṭṭhamaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).19 (9) Bālena pandito
1 Sāvatthiyam viharati || ||
2 Avijjānīvaraṇassa bhikkhave bālassa taṇhāya sampayuttassa evam ayaṃ kāyo samudāgato
[page 024]
24 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 19. 3
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| Iti ayaṃ ceva kāyo bahiddhā ca nāmarūpam || itthetaṃ dvayaṃ dvayaṃ paṭicca phasso saḷevāyatanāni || yehi phuṭṭho bālo sukhadukkham {paṭisaṃvediyati} || etesaṃ vā aññatarena || ||
3 Avijjānīvaraṇassa bhikkhave paṇḍitassa taṇhāya sampayuttassa evam ayaṃ kāyo samudāgato || Iti ayaṃ ceva kāyo bahiddhā ca nāmarūpaṃ || itthetaṃ dvayaṃ dvayaṃ paṭicca phasso saḷevāyatanāni || yehi phuṭṭho paṇḍito sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvediyati || etesaṃ vā aññatarena || ||
4 Tatra bhikkhave ko viseso ko adhippāyo kiṃ nānākaraṇaṃ paṇḍitassa bālenāti || ||
5 Bhagavaṃ-mūlakā no bhante dhammā Bhagavaṃnettikā Bhagavaṃ-{paṭisaraṇā} || Sādhu vata bhante Bhagavantaṃ yeva paṭibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho ||
Bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantīti || ||
6 Tena hi bhikkhave suṇātha sādhukam manasi karotha bhāsissāmiti || ||
Evam bhante ti kho te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosuṃ || ||
7 Bhagavā etad avoca || || Yāya bhikkhave avijjāya nivutassa bālassa yāya ca taṇhāya sampayuttassa ayaṃ kāyo samudāgato || Sā ceva avijjā bālassa appahīnā sā ca taṇhā aparikkhīṇā || || Tam kissa hetu || Na bhikkhave bālo acari brahmacariyaṃ sammādukkhakkhayāya || tasmā bālo kāyassa bhedā kāyūpago hoti || So kāyūpago samāno na parimuccati jātiyā jaramaraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi na parimuccati dukkhasmā ti vadāmi || ||
8 Yāya ca bhikkhave avijjāya nivutassa paṇḍitassa yāya ca taṇhāya sampayuttassa ayaṃ kāyo samudāgato || Sā ceva avijjā paṇḍitassa pahīnā sā ca taṇhā parikkhīṇā ||
Tam kissa hetu || Acari bhikkhave paṇḍito brahmacariyam sammādukkhakkhayāya
[page 025]
XII. 20. 4] ĀHĀRA-VAGGA 25
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| tasmā paṇḍito kāyassa bhedā na kāyūpago hoti || So akāyūpago samāno parimuccati jātiyā jarāmaraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi parimuccati dukkhasmā ti vadāmi || ||
9 Ayam kho bhikkhave viseso ayam adhippāyo idam nānākaraṇam paṇḍitassa bālena yad idaṃ brahmacariyavāso ti || ||
Navamaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).20 (10) Paccayo
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Paticcasamuppādañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi paṭicca-samuppanne ca dhamme || taṃ sunātha sādhukaṃ manasikarotha bhāsissāmīti || ||
Evam bhante ti kho te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosuṃ || ||
Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave paṭicca-samuppādo || Jātipaccayā bhikkhave jarāmaraṇam uppādā vā Tathāgatānam anuppādā vā Tathāgatānaṃ || ṭhitā va sā dhātu dhammaṭṭhitatā dhammaniyāmatā idappaccayatā || || Taṃ Tathāgato abhisambujjhati abhisameti || abhisambujjhitvā abhisametvā ācikkhati deseti paññāpeti paṭṭhapeti vivarati vibhajati uttānī-karoti passathāti cāha ||
4 Jātipaccayā bhikkhave jarāmaraṇaṃ || bhavapaccayā bhikkhave jāti || upādānapaccayā bhikkhave bhavo || taṇhāpaccayā bhikkhave upādānaṃ || vedanāpaccayā bhikkhave taṇhā || phassapaccayā bhikkhave vedanā || saḷāyatanapaccayā bhikkhave phasso || nāmarūpapaccayā bhikkhave saḷāyatanaṃ || viññāṇapaccayā bhikkhave nāmarūpaṃ ||
saṅkhārapaccayā bhikkhave viññāṇaṃ || avijjāpaccayā bhikkhave saṅkhārā uppādā vā Tathāgatānaṃ anuppādā vā Tathāgatānaṃ || ṭhitā va sā dhātu dhammaṭṭhitatā dhammaniyāmatā idappaccayatā || taṃ Tathāgato abhisambhujjhati abhisameti
[page 026]
26 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 20. 5
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| abhisambhujjhitvā abhisametvā ācikkhati deseti paññāpeti paṭṭhapeti vivarati vibhajati uttānī-karoti passathāti cāha ||
5 Avijjāpaccayā bhikkhave saṅkhārā || Iti kho bhikkhave yā tatra tathatā avitathatā anaññathatā idappaccayatā ||
ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave paṭiccasamuppādo || ||
6 Katame ca bhikkhave paṭiccasamuppannā dhammā || ||
Jarāmaraṇaṃ bhikkhave aniccaṃ saṅkhataṃ paṭiccasamuppannaṃ khayadhammaṃ vayadhammaṃ virāgadhammaṃ nirodhadhammam || ||
7 Jāti bhikkhave aniccā saṅkhatā paṭiccasamuppannā khayadhammā vayadhammā virāgadhammā nirodhadhammā || ||
8 Bhavo bhikkhave anicco saṅkhato paṭiccasamuppanno khayadhammo vayadhammo virāgadhammo nirodhadhammo || ||
9-16 Upādānam bhikkhave || || Taṇhā bhikkhave || ||
Vedanā bhikkhave || || phasso bhikkhave || || Saḷāyatana bhikkhave || || Nāmarūpaṃ bhikkhave || || Viññāṇaṃ bhikkhave || || Saṅkhārā bhikkhave || ||
17 Avijjā bhikkhave aniccā saṅkhatā paṭiccasamuppannā khayadhammā vayadhammā virāgadhammā nirodhadhammā || ime vuccanti bhikkhave paṭiccasamuppannā dhammā || ||
18 Yato kho bhikkhave ariyasāvakassa ayañca paṭiccasamuppādo ime ca paṭiccasamuppannā dhammā yathābhūtaṃ sammāpaññāya sudiṭṭhā honti || so vata pubbantaṃ vā paṭidhāvissati || Ahosiṃ nu khvāham atītam addhānaṃ Na nu kho ahosim atītam addhānaṃ Kiṃ nu kho ahosiṃ atītam addhānam Kathaṃ nu kho ahosim atītam addhānam Kim hutvā kim ahosiṃ nu khvāham atītam addhānan ti || ||
19 Aparantam vā upadhāvissati || || Bhavissāmi nu khvāhaṃ anāgatam addhānam Na nu kho bhavissāmi anāgatam addhānam Kiṃ nu kho bhavissāmi anāgatam addhānam Kathaṃ nu kho bhavissāmi anāgatam addhānaṃ Kiṃ hutvā kim bhavissāmi nu khvāham anāgatam addhānanti
[page 027]
XII. 21. 2] DASABALA-VAGGO TATIYO 27
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| ||
20 Etarahi vā paccuppannam addhānaṃ ajjhattaṃ kathaṃkathī bhavissati || || Ahaṃ nu kho smi Na nu kho smi Kiṃ nu kho smi Kathaṃ nu kho smi Aham nu kho satto kuto āgato so kuhiṃgāmī bhavissatī ti || Netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati || ||
21 Taṃ kissa hetu || Tathā hi bhikkhave ariyasāvakassa ayañca paṭiccasamuppādo ime ca samuppannā dhammā yathā-bhūtaṃ sammapaññāya sudiṭṭhāti || ||
Dasamaṃ || ||
Āhāravaggo dutiyo || ||
Tassa uddānaṃ || ||
Āhāraṃ Phagguno ceva ||
Dve Samaṇabrāhmaṇā ||
Kaccāyanagotto Dhammakathikam ||
Acelaṃ Timbarukena ca ||
Bālena paṇḍito ceva ||
Dasamo Paccayena cā ti || ||
CHAPTER III DASABALA-VAGGO TATIYO
SN_2,12(1).21 (1) Dasabalā (1)
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati ||
2 Dasabalasamannāgato bhikkhave Tathāgato catūhi ca vesārajjehi samannāgato āsabhaṃ ṭhānam patijānāti ||
parisāsu sīhanādam nadati brahmacakkam pavatteti || ||
[page 028]
28 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 21. 3
Iti rūpam iti rūpassa samudayo iti rūpassa atthaṅgamo ||
Iti vedanā iti vedanāya samudayo iti vedanāya atthaṅgamo || Iti saññā iti saññāya samudayo iti saññāya atthaṅgamo || Iti saṅkhārā iti saṅkhārānam samudayo iti saṅkhārāṇam atthaṅgamo || Iti viññāṇam iti viññāṇassa samudayo iti viññāṇassa atthaṅgamo ||
Iti imasmiṃ sati idaṃ hoti imassuppādā idam uppajjati ||
imasmiṃ asati idaṃ na hoti imassa nirodhā idaṃ nirujjhati || ||
3 Yad idam avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā || saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ pe || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || ||
4 Avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho || pe|| evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotīti || || Pathamam || ||
SN_2,12(1).22 (2) Dasabalā (2)
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2-4 Dasabalasamannāgato bhikkhave- -evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti || ||
5 Evaṃ svākhyāto bhikkhave mayā dhammo uttāno vivaṭo pakasito chinnapilotiko || ||
6 Evaṃ svākhyāte kho bhikkhave mayā dhamme uttāne vivaṭe pakāsite chinnapilotike alam eva saddhā pabbajitena kulaputtena viriyam ārabhituṃ || kāmaṃ taco ca nahārū ca aṭṭhi ca avasissatu sarīre upasussatu maṃsaṃ lohitaṃ ||
Yan tam purisathāmena purisaviriyena purisaparakkamena pattabbaṃ na tam apāpuṇitvā viriyassa saṇṭhānaṃ bhavissati || ||
[page 029]
XII. 23. 4] DASABALA-VAGGO TATIYO 29
7 Dukkham bhikkhave kusīto viharati vokiṇṇo pāpakehi akusalehi dhammehi mahantañca sadattham parihāpeti ||
Āraddhaviriyo ca-kho bhikkhave sukhaṃ viharati pavivitto pāpakehi akusalehi dhammehi mahantañca sadattham paripūreti || ||
8 Na bhikkhave hīnena aggassa patti hoti || aggena ca bhikkhave aggassa patti hoti || maṇḍapeyyam idam bhikkhave brahmacariyaṃ satthā sammukhībhūto || Tasmāti ha bhikkhave viriyam ārabhatha appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya ||
9 Evam no ayam amhākam pabbajjā avañjhā bhavissati saphalā sa-udrayā || Yesaṃhi mayaṃ paribhuñjāma cīvarapiṇḍapāta-senāsana-gilāna-paccaya-bhesajja-parikkhāram ||
tesam vokārā amhesu mahapphalā bhavissanti mahānisaṃsāti || ||
10 Evaṃ hi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbaṃ || attatthaṃ vā hi bhikkhave sampassamānena alam eva appamādena sampādetuṃ || paratthaṃ vā hi bhikkhave sampassamānena alam eva appamādena sampādetum || ubhayatthaṃ vā hi bhikkhave sampassamānena alam eva appamādena sampādetun ti || || Dutiyam || ||
SN_2,12(1).23 (3) Upanisā
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati ||
2 Jānato ham bhikkhave passato āsavānaṃ khayaṃ vadāmi no ajānato no appassato || ||
3 Kiṃ ca bhikkhave jānato kiṃ passato āsavānaṃ khayo hoti || || Iti rūpaṃ iti rūpassa samudayo iti rūpassa atthaṅgamo || Iti vedanā || pe|| Iti saññā || || Iti saṅkhārā || ||
Iti viññāṇaṃ || iti viññāṇassa samudayo iti viññāṇassa atthaṅgamo ti || || Evam kho bhikkhave jānato evam passato āsavānaṃ khayo hoti ||
[page 030]
30 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 23. 4
4 Yam pissa tam bhikkhave khayasmiṃ khaye ñāṇaṃ taṃ {sa-upanisaṃ} vadāmi no {anupanisaṃ} || ||
5 Kā ca bhikkhave khaye ñāṇassa upanisā Vimuttīti-ssa vacanīyaṃ || vimuttim pāham bhikkhave sa-upanisaṃ vadāmi no anupanisaṃ || ||
6 Kā ca bhikkhave vimuttiyā upanisā Virāgo ti-ssa vacanīyaṃ || || Virāgam pāham bhikkhave {sa-upanisaṃ} vadāmi no anupanisaṃ || ||
7 Kā ca bhikkhave virāgassa upanisā Nibbidāti-ssa vacanīyaṃ || || Nibbidam pāham bhikkhave sa-upanisaṃ vadāmi no anupanisaṃ || ||
8 Kā ca bhikkhave nibbidāya upanisā Yathābhūtañāṇadassanan ti-ssa vacanīyaṃ || || Yathābhūtañāṇadassanam pāham bhikkhave sa-upanisaṃ vadāmi no anupanisaṃ || ||
9 Kā ca bhikkhave yathābhūtaññāṇadassanassa upanisā Samādhīti-ssa vacanīyaṃ || || Samādhim vāham bhikkhave sa-upanisaṃ vadāmi no anupanisaṃ || ||
10 Kā ca bhikkhave samādhissa upanisā Sukhan ti-ssa vacanīyaṃ || Sukham pāham bhikkhave sa-upanisaṃ vadāmi no anupanisaṃ || ||
11 Kā ca bhikkhave sukhassa upanisā Passaddhīti-ssa vacanīyaṃ || Passadhim pāham bhikkhave sa-upanisaṃ vadāmi no anupanisaṃ || ||
12 Kā ca bhikkhave passaddhiyā upanisā Pītīti-ssa {vacanīyaṃ} || Pītim pāham bhikkhave {sa-upanisaṃ} vadāmi no anupanisaṃ || ||
13 Kā ca bhikkhave pītiyā upanisā Pāmojjanti-ssa vacanīyaṃ || Pāmojjam pāham bhikkhave sa-upanisaṃ vadāmi no anupanisaṃ || ||
14 Kā ca bhikkhave pāmojjassa upanisā Saddhāti-ssa vacanīyaṃ || Saddham pāham bhikkhave sa-upanisaṃ vadāmi no anupanisaṃ || ||
[page 031]
XII. 23. 25] DASABALA-VAGGO TATIYO 31
15 Kā ca bhikkhave saddhāya upanisā Dukkhanti-ssa vacanīyaṃ || Dukkham pāham bhikkhave {sa-upanisaṃ} vadāmi no anupanisaṃ || ||
16 Kā ca bhikkhave dukkhassa upanisā Jātīti ssa vacanīyam || Jātim pāham bhikkhave {sa-upanisaṃ} vadāmi no anupanisaṃ || ||
17 Kā ca bhikkhave jātiyā upanisā Bhavoti-ssa vacanīyaṃ ||
bhavam pāham bhikkhave {sa-upanisaṃ} vadāmi no anupanisaṃ || ||
18 Kā ca bhikkhave bhavassa upanisā Upādānanti-ssa vacanīyaṃ || || Upādānam pāham bhikkhave {sa-upanisaṃ} vadāmi no anupanisaṃ || ||
19 Kā ca bhikkhave upādānassa upanisā Taṇhāti-ssa vacanīyaṃ || || Taṇham pāham bhikkhave sa-upanisaṃ vadāmi no anupanisaṃ || ||
20-25 Kā ca bhikkhave taṇhāya upanisā Vedanāti-ssa vacanīyaṃ || pe||
- Phasso tissa vacanīyaṃ || ||
- Saḷāyatananti-ssa vacanīyaṃ || ||
- Nāmarūpanti-ssa vacanīyaṃ || ||
- Viññāṇanti-ssa vacanīyaṃ || ||
- Saṅkhārāti-ssa vacanīyaṃ || saṅkhāre pāhām bhikkhave sa-upanise vadāmi no anupanise ||
26 Kā ca bhikkhave saṅkhārānam upanisā Avijjāti-ssa vacanīyaṃ ||
Iti kho bhikkhave avijjūpanisā saṅkhārā || saṅkhārūpanisām viññāṇaṃ || viññāṇūpanisaṃ nāmarūpaṃ || nāmarūpūpanisaṃ saḷāyatanaṃ || saḷāyatanūpaniso phasso || phassūpanisā vedanā || vedānūpanisā taṇhā || taṇhūpanisaṃ upādānaṃ || upādānūpaniso bhavo || bhavūpanisā jāti ||
jātūpānisaṃ dukkhaṃ || dukkhūpanisā saddhā || {saddhūpanisaṃ} pāmojjaṃ || pāmojjūpanisā pīti || pītūpanisā passaddhi || passaddhūpanisaṃ sukhaṃ || sukhūpaniso samādhi ||
samādhūpanisaṃ yathābhutaṃ ñāṇadassanaṃ || yathābhūtañāṇadassanūpanisā nibbidā
[page 032]
32 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 23. 27
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| nibbidūpaniso virāgo virāgūpanisā vimutti || vimuttūpanisaṃ khaye ñāṇaṃ || ||
27 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave uparipabbate phullaphusitake deve vassante tam udakaṃ yathā ninnam pavattamānam pabbata-kandara-padara-sākhā paripūreti || pabbata-kandara-padara-sākhā paripūrā kusubbhe paripūrenti || kusubbhā paripūrā mahāsobbhe paripūrenti || mahāsobbhā paripūrā kunnadiyo paripūrenti || kunnadiyo paripūrā mahānadiyo paripūrenti || mahānadiyo paripūrā mahāsamuddam sāgaram paripūrenti ||
28 Evam eva kho bhikkhave avijjūpanisā saṅkhārā ||
Saṅkhārūpanisaṃ viññāṇam || viññāṇūpanisaṃ nāmarūpaṃ || nāmarūpūpanisaṃ saḷāyatanaṃ || saḷāyātanūpaniso phasso || phassūpanisā vedanā || vedanūpanisā taṇhā ||
{taṇhūpanisaṃ} upādānaṃ || upādānūpaniso bhavo || bhavūpanisā jāti || jātūpanisaṃ dukkhaṃ || dukkhūpanisā saddhā ||
{saddhūpanisaṃ} pāmojjaṃ || pāmojjūpanisā pīti || pītūpanisā passaddhi || passaddhūpanisaṃ sukhaṃ || sukhūpaniso samādhi || samādhūpanisaṃ yathābhūtañāṇadassanaṃ ||
yathābhūtañāṇadassanūpanisā nibbidā || nibbidūpaniso virāgo || virāgūpanisā vimutti || vimuttūpanisaṃ khaye ñāṇanti || ||
Tatiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).24 (44) Aññatitthiyā
1 Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane || ||
I
2 Atha kho āyasmā Sāriputto pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya Rājagaham piṇḍāya pāvisi || ||
3 Atha kho āyasmato Sāriputtassa etad ahosi || Atippago kho tāva Rājagahe piṇḍāya carituṃ || yam nunāhaṃ yena aññatitthiyānam paribbājakānam ārāmo tenupasaṅkameyyanti || ||
4 Atha kho āyasmā Sāriputto yena aññatitthiyānam paribbājakānam ārāmo tenupasaṅkami
[page 033]
XII. 24. 8] DASABALA-VAGGO TATIYO 33
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| upasaṅkamitvā tehi aññatitthiyehi paribbājakehi saddhiṃ sammodi || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi ||
Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtam te aññatitthiyā paribbājakā etad avocuṃ || ||
5 Santāvuso Sāriputta eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṃkataṃ dukkhaṃ paññāpenti || santi panāvuso Sāriputta eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā paraṃkatam dukkham paññāpenti || santāvuso Sāriputta eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṃkatañca paraṃkatañca dukkham paññāpenti || santi panāvuso Sāriputta eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā asayaṃ-kāram aparaṃ-kāram adhicca samuppannam dukkham paññāpenti || ||
6 Idha panāvuso Sāriputta Samaṇo Gotamo kiṃvādī kimakkhāyī || Kathaṃ vyākaramānā ca mayam vuttavādino ceva Samaṇassa Gotamassa assāma na ca Samaṇaṃ Gotamam abhūtena abbhācikkheyyāma || dhammassa cānudhammam vyākareyyāma || na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto gārayhaṃ ṭhānam āgaccheyyāti || ||
7 Paṭiccasamuppannam kho āvuso dukkhaṃ vuttaṃ Bhagavatā || kiṃ paṭicca phassam paṭicca || iti vadaṃ vuttavādī ceva Bhagavato assa na ca Bhagavantam abhūtena abbhācikkheyya || dhammassa cānudhammaṃ vyākareyya || na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto gārayhaṃ ṭhānaṃ āgaccheyya ||
8 Tatrāvuso ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṃkataṃ dukkham paññāpenti tad api phassapaccayā ||
ye pi te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā paraṃ-kataṃ dukkham paññapenti tad api phassapaccayā || Ye pi te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṃ-kataṃ ca paraṃkataṃ ca dukkham paññāpenti tad api phassapaccayā || Ye pi te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā asayaṃkāram aparaṃkāram adhiccasamuppannaṃ dukkham paññāpenti tad api phassapaccayā
[page 034]
34 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 24. 9
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]||
9 Tatrāvuso ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṃkataṃ dukkhaṃ paññāpenti || te vata aññatra phassā paṭisaṃvedissantīti || netam ṭhānam vijjati || || Ye pi te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā paraṃkataṃ dukkhaṃ paññapenti || te vata aññatra phassā {paṭisaṃvedissantīti} ||
netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati || || Ye pi te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṃkatañca paraṃkatañca dukkham paññāpenti ||
te vata aññatra phassā {paṭisaṃvedissantīti} || netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati || || Ye pi te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā asayaṃkaram adhiccasamuppannam dukkhaṃ paññāpenti || te vata aññatra phassā paṭisaṃvedissantīti || netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatīti || ||
II
10 Assosi kho āyasmā Ānando āyasmato Sāriputtassa tehi aññatitthiyehi paribbājakehi saddhim kathāsallāpam || ||
11 Atha kho āyasmā Ānando Rājagahe piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattam piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Ānando yāvatako āyasmato Sāriputtassa tehi aññatitthiyehi paribbājakehi saddhim ahosi kathasallāpo taṃ sabbam Bhagavato ārocesi || ||
12 Sādhu sādhu Ānanda yathā taṃ Sāriputto sammāvyākaramāno vyākareyya || paṭiccasamuppannaṃ kho Ānanda dukkhaṃ vuttam mayā || kimpaṭicca phassam paṭicca || Iti vadaṃ vuttavādī ceva me assa na ca mam abhūtena vyākareyya na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto gārayham ṭhānam āgaccheyya || ||
13 Tatrānanda ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṃ-kataṃ dukkham paññāpenti tad api phassapaccayā || ||
[page 035]
XII. 24. 20] DASABALA-VAGGO TATIYO 35
Ye pi te || pe|| || Ye pi te || pe|| || Ye pi te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā asayaṃkāram aparaṃkāram adhiccasamuppannaṃ dukkham paññāpenti tad api phassapaccayā || ||
14 Tatrānanda ye pi te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṃkataṃ dukkham paññāpenti || te vata aññatra phassā {paṭisaṃvedissantīti} netam ṭhānaṃ vijjati || || Ye pi te || pe||
Ye pi te || pe|| || Ye pi te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā asayaṃkaram aparaṃkāram adhiccasamuppannam dukkham paññāpenti || te vata aññatra phassā {paṭisaṃvedissantīti} netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati || ||
15 Ekam idāham Ānanda samayam idheva Rājagahe viharāmi Veḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe || ||
16 Atha khvāham Ānanda pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya Rājagahe piṇḍāya pāvisiṃ || ||
17 Tassa mayham Ānanda etad ahosi || Atippago kho tāva Rājagahe piṇḍāya carituṃ || yam nunāhaṃ yena aññatitthiyānam paribbājakānam ārāmo tenupasaṅkameyyanti || ||
18 Atha khvāham Ānanda yena aññatitthiyānam paribbājakānam ārāmo tenupasaṅkamiṃ || upasaṅkamitvā tehi aññatitthiyehi paribbājakehi saddhiṃ sammodiṃ || sammodanīyam kathaṃ sārāṇīyam vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdiṃ || ||
Ekam antam nisinnaṃ kho maṃ Ānanda te aññatitthiyā paribbājakā etad avocuṃ || ||
19 Santāvuso Gotama eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṃkataṃ dukkham paññāpenti || || Santi panāvuso Gotama eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā paraṃ-kataṃ dukkham paññāpenti || || Santāvuso Gotama eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṃ-katañca paraṃ-katañca dukkhaṃ paññāpenti || || Santi panāvuso Gotama eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā asayaṃ-kāram aparaṃkāram adhiccasamuppannaṃ dukkham paññāpenti || ||
20 Idha no āyasmā Gotamo kiṃvādī kim akkhāyī ||
kathaṃ vyākaramānā mayaṃ vuttavādino ceva āyasmato Gotamassa assāma na ca āyasmantaṃ Gotamam abhūtena abbhācikkheyyāma
[page 036]
36 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 24. 21
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| dhammassa cānudhammaṃ vyākareyyāma na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto gārayhaṃ ṭhānam āgaccheyyāti || ||
21 Evaṃ vuttāham Ānanda te aññatitthiye paribbājake etad avocaṃ || || Paṭiccasamuppannaṃ kho āvuso dukkham vuttaṃ mayā || kim paṭicca phassaṃ paṭicca || iti vadaṃ vuttavādī ceva me assa na ca mam abhūtena abbhācikkheyya || dhammassa cānudhammaṃ vyākareyya na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto gārayhaṃ ṭhānam āgaccheyyāti || ||
22 Tatrāvuso ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṃkataṃ dukkham paññāpenti || tad api phassapaccayā || ||
Ye pi te || pe|| || Ye pi te || pe|| || Ye pi te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā asayam-kāram aparaṃ-kāram adhiccasamuppannam dukkham paññāpenti || tad api phassapaccayā || ||
23 Tatrāvuso ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṃ katam dukkhaṃ paññapenti || te vata aññatra phassā paṭisaṃvedissantīti || neṭaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati || || Ye pi te || pe|| ||
Ye pi te || pe|| || Ye pi te samaṇabrāmanā kammavādā asayaṃkāram aparaṃkāram adhiccasamuppannam dukkham paññāpenti || te vata aññatra phassā paṭisaṃvedissantīti netaṃ ṭhānam vijjatīti || ||
24 Acchariyam bhante abbhūtam bhante yatra hi nāma ekena padena sabbo attho vutto bhavissati || siyā nu kho bhante esevattho vitthārena vuccamāno gambhīro ceva assa gambhīravabhāso cā ti || ||
25 Tena hānanda taññevettha paṭibhātūti || ||
III
26 Sace mam bhante evam puccheyyuṃ || Jarāmaraṇaṃ āvuso Ānanda kiṃnidānaṃ kiṃsamudayaṃ kiṃjātikam kimpabhavanti || || Evam puṭṭhāham bhante evam vyākareyyaṃ || Jarāmaraṇaṃ kho āvuso jātinidānam jātisamudayaṃ jātijātikaṃ jātipabhavanti || Evam puṭṭhāham bhante evaṃ vyākareyyaṃ ||
[page 037]
XII. 25. 2] DASABALA-VAGGO TATIYO 37
27 Sa ce mam bhante evaṃ puccheyyuṃ || || Jāti panāvuso Ānanda kiṃnidānā kiṃsamudayā kiṃjātikā kimpabhavāti || Evam puṭṭhāham bhante evam vyākareyyaṃ || ||
Jāti kho āvuso bhavanidānā bhavasamudayā bhavajātikā bhavapabhavā ti || || Evam puṭṭhāham bhante evaṃ vyākareyyaṃ || ||
28 Sa ce maṃ bhante evam puccheyyuṃ || Bhavo pānāvuso Ānanda kiṃnidāno kiṃsamudayo kiṃjātiko kimpabhavoti || Evam puṭṭhāham bhante evaṃ vyākareyyam || ||
Bhavo kho āvuso upādānanidāno upādānasamudayo upādānajātiko upādānappabhavo ti || || Evam puṭṭhāhaṃ bhante evam vyākareyyaṃ ||
29-31 Sa ce mam bhante evam puccheyyuṃ ||
Upādānaṃ panāvuso || pe ||
Taṇhā panāvuso || pe||
Vedanā panāvuso || pe||
Sa ce mam bhante puccheyyuṃ || Phasso panāvuso Ānanda kiṃnidāno kiṃsamudāyo kiṃjātiko kimpabhavoti || evam puṭṭhāhaṃ bhante evaṃ vyākareyyaṃ ||
Phasso kho āvuso saḷāyatananidāno saḷāyatanasamudayo saḷāyatanajātiko saḷāyatanapabhavoti || channam tveva āvuso phassāyatanānaṃ asesavirāganirodhā phassanirodho || phassanirodhā vedanānirodho || vedanānirodhā taṇhānirodho || taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho || upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho || bhavanirodhā jātinirodho || jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotīti || || Evam puṭṭhāham bhante evaṃ vyākareyyanti || || Catuṭṭhaṃ ||
SN_2,12(1).25 (5) Bhūmija
1 Sāvatthiyam viharati ||
I
2 Atha kho āyasmā Bhūmijo sāyaṇhasamayam paṭisallāṇā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā Sāriputto tenupasaṅkami ||
[page 038]
38 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 25. 3
upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā Sāriputtena saddhiṃ sammodi ||
sammodaniyam kathām sārānīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Bhūmijo āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtam etad avoca || ||
3 Santāvuso Sāriputta eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṃkataṃ sukhadukkham paññāpenti || Santi panāvuso Sāriputta eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā param-kataṃ sukhadukkhaṃ paññāpenti || santi panāvuso Sāriputta eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṃkatañca paraṃ-katañca sukhadukkhaṃ paññāpenti || Santi panāvuso Sāriputta eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā asayaṃ-kāram aparaṃ-kāram adhiccasamuppannaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ paññāpenti ||
4 Idha no āvuso Sāriputta Bhagavā kiṃvādi kimakkhāyī ||
kathaṃ vyākaramānā ca mayaṃ vuttavādino ceva Bhagavato assāma na ca Bhagavantam abhūtena abbhācikkheyyāma ||
dhammassa cānudhammam vyākareyyāma na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto gārayhaṃ ṭhānam āgaccheyyāti ||
5 Paṭicca-samuppannam kho āvuso sukhadukkhaṃ vuttaṃ Bhagavatā || kiṃ paṭicca phassaṃ paṭicca || iti vadaṃ vuttavādī ceva Bhagavato assa na ca Bhagavantam abhūtena abbhācikkheyya || dhammassa cānudhammaṃ vyākareyya na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto gārayhaṃ ṭhānam āgaccheyya || ||
6 Tatrāvuso ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavāda sayaṃ-kataṃ sukhadukkhaṃ paññāpenti || tad api phassapaccayā || || Ye pi te || pe|| Ye pi te || pe|| || Ye pi te samanabrāhmaṇā kammavādā asayaṃ-kāraṃ aparaṃkāram adhicca samuppannaṃ sukhadukkham paññāpenti ||
tad api phassapaccayā || ||
7 Tatrāvuso ye pi te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṃkataṃ sukhadukkhaṃ paññāpenti || te vata aññatra phassā {paṭisaṃvedissantīti} netam ṭhānam vijjati || Ye pi te ||
[page 039]
XII. 25. 13] DASABALA-VAGGO TATIYO 39
pe || || Ye pi te || pe|| || Ye pi te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā asayaṃ-kāraṃ aparaṃ-kāram aḍhiccasamuppannaṃ sukhadukkham paññāpenti || te vata aññatra phassā {paṭisaṃvedissantīti} netam ṭhanaṃ vijjatīti || ||
II
8 Assosi kho āyasmā Ānando āyasmato Sāriputtassa āyasmatā Bhūmijena saddhim imaṃ kathāsallāpaṃ || ||
9 Atha kho āyasmā Ānando yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Ānando yāvatako āyasmato Sāriputtassa āyasmatā Bhūmijena saddhiṃ ahosi kathāsallāpo || tam sabbam Bhagavato ārocesi || ||
10 Sādhu sādhu Ānanda || yathā taṃ Sāriputto sammāvyākaramāno vyākareyya || paṭicca-samuppannaṃ kho Ānanda sukhadukkhaṃ vuttam mayā || kim paṭicca phassam paṭicca || iti vadaṃ vuttavādī ceva me assa na ca maṃ abhūtena abbhācikkheyya || dhammassa cānudhammaṃ vyākareyya na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto gārayhaṃ ṭhānam agaccheyya ||
11 Tatrānanda ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṃ-kataṃ sukhadukkhaṃ paññāpenti tad api phassapaccaye || || Ye pi te || pe|| || Ye pi te || pe|| || Ye pi te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā asayaṃ-kāram aparaṃkāraṃ adhiccasamupannaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ paññāpenti ||
tad api phassapaccayā || ||
12 Tatrānanda ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṃ-kataṃ sukhadukkham paññāpenti te vata aññatra phassā {paṭisaṃvedissantīti} netaṃ ṭhanaṃ vijjati || || Ye pi te || pe|| || Ye pi te || pe|| || Ye pi te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā asayaṃ-kāram aparaṃ-kāram adhiccasamuppannaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ paññāpenti || te vata aññatra phassā {pāṭisaṃvedissantīti} netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati ||
13 Kāye vā hānanda sati kāyasañcetanā-hetu uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ
[page 040]
40 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 25. 14
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| vācāya vā hānanda sati vacisañcetanā-hetu uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkham || mane vā hānanda sati manosañcetanā-hetu uppajjati ajjhattam sukhadukkhaṃ || ||
14 Avijjāpaccayā va sāmaṃ vā taṃ Ānanda kāyasaṅkhāram abhisaṅkharoti yam paccayāssa tam uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ || pare vāssa taṃ Ānanda kāyasaṅkhāram abhīsaṅkharonti yam paccayāssa tam uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ || || Sampajāno vā tam Ānanda kāyasaṅkhāram abhisaṅkharoti yam paccāyassa tam uppajjati ajjhattam sukhadukkham || asampajāno vā tam Ānanda kāyasaṅkhāram abhisaṅkharoti yam paccayāssa tam uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkham || ||
15 Sāmaṃ vātaṃ Ānanda vacīsaṅkhāram abhisaṅkharoti yam paccayāssa tam uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ ||
pare vāssa tam Ānanda vacīsaṅkhāram abhisaṅkharonti yaṃ paccayāssa taṃ uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ ||
16 Sampajāno vātaṃ Ānanda || pe|| || asampajāno vā tam Ānanda vacīsaṅkhāram abhisaṅkharoti yam paccayāssa tam uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ || ||
17 Sāmaṃ vā tam Ānanda manosaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti yam paccayāssa tam uppajjati ajjhattam sukhadukkhaṃ || Pare vāssa taṃ Ānanda manosaṅkhāram abhisaṅkharonti yaṃ paccayāssa taṃ uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ || ||
18 Sampajāno vā tam Ānanda || pe|| asampajāno vā tam Ānanda manosaṅkhāram abhisaṅkharoti yam paccayāssa taṃ uppajjati ajjhattam sukhadukkhaṃ || ||
19 Imesu Ānanda chasu dhammesu avijjā anupatitā ||
Avijjāya tveva Ānanda asesāvirāganirodhā so kāyo na hoti ||
yampaccayāssa tam uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ ||
Sa vācā na hoti yam paccayāssa tam uppajjati ajjhattam sukhadukkhaṃ || So mano na hoti yam paccayāssa tam uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ
[page 041]
XII. 26. 6] DASABALA-VAGGO TATIYO 41
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| khettaṃ taṃ na hoti ||
vatthu taṃ na hoti || āyatanaṃ taṃ na hoti || adhikaraṇaṃ taṃ na hoti || yam paccayāssa tam uppajjati ajjhattam sukhadukkhanti || ||
Pañcamaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).26 (6) Upavāno
1 Sāvatthiyam viharati ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Upavāṇo yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
Ekam antam nisinno kho āyasmā Upavāṇo Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
3 Santi bhante eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sayaṃ-kataṃ dukkhaṃ paññāpenti || Santi pana bhante eke samaṇabrāhmanā paraṃ-kataṃ dukkhaṃ paññāpenti || Santi pana bhante eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sayaṃ-katañca paraṃ-katañca dukkhaṃ paññāpenti || Santi pana bhante eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā {asayaṃ}-kāram aparaṃ-kāram adhiccasamuppannaṃ dukkhaṃ paññāpenti || ||
4 Idha no bhante Bhagavā kimvādī kiṃ akkhāyī || kathaṃ vyākaramānā ca mayaṃ vuttavādino ceva Bhagavato assāma na ca Bhagavantam abhūtena abbhācikkheyyāma || dhammassa cānudhammaṃ vyākareyyāma na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto gārayham ṭhānam āgaccheyyāti || ||
5 Paṭiccasamuppannaṃ kho Upavāṇa dukkhaṃ vuttaṃ mayā || Kimpaṭicca phassaṃ paṭicca || iti vadaṃ vuttavādī ceva me assa na ca maṃ abhūtena abbhācikkheyya dhammassa cānudhammaṃ vyākareyya na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto gārayhaṃ ṭhānam āgaccheyya ||
6 Tatra Upavāṇa ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā sayaṃ-kataṃ dukkhaṃ paññāpenti || tad api phassa paccayā || || Ye pi te ||
pe || || Ye pi te || pe|| || Ye pi te samaṇabrāhmaṇā asayaṃkāram aparaṃ-kāram adhiccasamuppannam dukkhaṃ paññāpenti || tad api phassa paccayā || ||
[page 042]
42 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 26. 7
7 Tatra Upavāṇa ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā sayaṃ-kataṃ dukkhaṃ paññāpenti || te vata aññatra phassā paṭisaṃvedissantīti netam ṭhānaṃ vijjati || || Ye pi te || pe|| || Ye pi te || pe|| || Ye pi te samaṇabrāhmaṇā asayam-kāraṃ aparaṃ-kāraṃ adhiccasamuppannaṃ dukkhaṃ paññāpenti || te vata aññatra phassā paṭisaṃvedissantīti netam ṭhānam vijjatīti || || Chaṭṭham || ||
SN_2,12(1).27 (7) Paccayo
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Avijjāpaccayā bhikkhave saṅkhārā || Saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ || pe|| || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti ||
3 Katamañ ca bhikkhave jarāmaraṇaṃ || || Yā tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhi tamhi sattanikāye jarā jīraṇatā khaṇḍiccaṃ pāliccaṃ valittacatā āyuno saṃhāni indriyāṇaṃ paripāko ayaṃ vuccati jarā || || Yā tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhā tamhā sattanikāyā cuti cavanatā bhedo antaradhānam maccu maraṇam kālakiriyā khandhānam bhedo kaḷevarassa nikkhepo idaṃ vuccati maraṇaṃ || || Iti ayañca jarā idañca maraṇaṃ ||
Idam vuccati bhikkhave jarāmaraṇaṃ || ||
4 Jātisamudayā jarāmaraṇasamudayo || jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇanirodho || ayam eva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo jarāmaraṇanirodha-gāminī paṭipadā || seyyathīdam || || sammādiṭṭhi sammāsaṅkappo sammāvācā sammākammanto sammā-ājīvo sammāvāyāmo sammāsati sammāsamādhi || ||
5 Katamo ca bhikkhave jāti ||
6 Katamo ca bhikkhave bhavo ||
7 Katamañ ca bhikkhave upādānam ||
[page 043]
XII. 28. 6] DASABALA-VAGGO TATIYO 43
8 Katamā ca bhikkhave taṇhā ||
9 Katamā ca bhikkhave vedanā ||
10 Katamo ca bhikkhave phasso ||
11 Katamañ ca bhikkhave saḷāyatanaṃ ||
12 Katamañ ca bhikkhave nāmarūpaṃ ||
13 Katamañ ca bhikkhave viññāṇam ||
14 Katamā ca bhikkhave saṅkhārā || tayo me bhikkhave saṅkhārā || kāyasaṅkhāro vācīsaṅkhāro cittasaṅkhāro || ime vaccanti bhikkhave saṅkhārā || ||
Avijjasamudayā saṅkhāra-samudayo || avijjā-nirodhā saṅkhāra-nirodho || ayam eva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo saṅkhāra-nirodha-gāminī paṭipadā || seyyathīdam || sammādiṭṭhi || pa || sammāsamādhi || ||
15 Yato kho bhikkhave ariyasāvako evam paccayam pajānāti || evam paccayasamudayaṃ pajānāti || evam paccayanirodham pajānāti || evaṃ paccayanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ pajānāti || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave ariyasāvako diṭṭhisampanno iti pi || dassanasampanno iti pi || āgato imaṃ saddhammam iti pi || passati imaṃ saddhammam iti pi ||
sekhena ñānena samannāgato iti pi || sekhāya vijjāya samannāgato iti pi || dhammasotaṃ samāpanno iti pi || ariyo nibbedhikapañño iti pi || amatadvāram āhacca tiṭṭhati iti pīti || || Sattamaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).28 (8) Bhikkhū.
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Tatra kho || ||
3 Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu jarāmaraṇam pajānāti || jarāmaraṇasamudāyam pajānāti || jarāmaraṇanirodham pajānāti || jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminiṃ patipadam pajānāti || pe||
4 Jātim pajānāti || ||
5 Bhavam pajānāti || ||
6 Upādānam pajānāti || ||
[page 044]
44 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA. [XII. 28. 7
7 Taṇham pajānāti || ||
8 Vedanam pajānāti || ||
9 Phassam pajānāti || ||
10 Saḷāyatanam pajānāti || ||
11 Nāmarūpam pajānāti || ||
12 Viññāṇam pajānāti || ||
13 Saṅkhāre pajānāti || saṅkhārasamudayam pajānāti ||
saṅkhāranirodham pajānāti || saṅkhāranirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadam pajānāti || ||
14 Katamañca bhikkhave jarāmaraṇaṃ || || Yā tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhi tamhi sattanikāye jarā jīraṇatā khaṇḍiccam pāliccam valittacatā āyuno samhāni indriyānam paripāko ayam vuccati jarā || Yā tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhi tamhi sattanikāye cuti cavanatā bhedo antaradhānaṃ maccu maraṇaṃ kālakiriyā khandhānam bhedo kaḷevarassa nikkhepo idam vuccati maraṇaṃ || Iti ayañca jarā idañca maraṇaṃ || idam vuccati bhikkhave jarāmaraṇaṃ || ||
15 Jātisamudayā jarāmaraṇasamudayo || jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇanirodho || ayam eva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminī paṭipadā || seyyathīdaṃ || || Sammādiṭṭhi || pe|| sammāsamādhi || ||
16-24 Katamā ca bhikkhave jāti || pe|| katamo ca bhikkhave bhavo || katamañ ca bhikkhave upādānam || katamā ca bhikkhave taṇhā || vedanā || phasso || saḷāyatanaṃ ||
nāmarūpaṃ || viññāṇam ||
25 Katame ca bhikkhave saṅkhārā || || Tayo me bhikkhave saṅkhārā || kāyasaṅkhāro || vacīsaṅkhāro || cittasaṅkhāro ||
ime vuccanti bhikkhave saṅkhārā || ||
Avijjā-samudayā saṅkhārasamudayo || avijjā-nirodhā saṅkhāranirodho || ayam eva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo saṅkhāranirodhagāminī paṭipadā || seyyathīdaṃ || sammādiṭṭhi || pe|| sammāsamādhi || ||
26 Yato kho bhikkhave bhikkhu evam jarāmaraṇaṃ pajānāti || evaṃ jarāmaraṇasamudayam pajānāti || evaṃ jarāmaraṇanirodham pajānāti || evaṃ jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminiṃ patipadam pajānāti || ||
27-36 Evaṃ jātiṃ pajānāti || pe|| || Bhavam || Upādānam ||
Taṇhaṃ || Vedanaṃ || Phassaṃ || Saḷāyatanaṃ || Nāmarūpaṃ ||
[page 045]
XII. 29. 24] DASABALA-VAGGO TATIYO. 45
Viññāṇaṃ || Saṅkhāre saṅkhāra-samudayam || saṅkhāranirodhaṃ || evam saṅkhāranirodhagāminiṃ patipadaṃ pajānāti || ||
37 Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu diṭṭhisampanno iti pi || dassanasampanno iti pi || āgato imaṃ saddhammam iti pi || passati imaṃ saddhammam iti pi || sekhāya vijjāya samannāgato iti pi || dhammasotaṃ samāpanno iti pi || ariyo nibbedhikapañño iti pi || amatadvāram āhacca tiṭṭhati iti pīti || || Aṭṭhamaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).29 (9) Samaṇabrāhmaṇā (1)
1 Sāvatthiyam viharati || ||
I
2-12 Tatra kho ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā jarāmaraṇaṃ na parijānanti || jarāmaraṇasamudayaṃ na parijānanti || jarāmaraṇanirodhaṃ na parijānanti || jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminiṃ patipadaṃ na parijānanti || || jātiṃ na parijānanti || pe || || Bhavam || || Upādānaṃ || ||
Taṇhaṃ || || Vedanaṃ || Phassam || || Saḷāyatanaṃ || || Nāmarupaṃ || || Viññāṇam || || Saṅkhāre || saṅkārasamudayaṃ ||
saṅkhāranirodhaṃ || saṅkhāranirodhagaminiṃ paṭipadaṃ na parijānanti || ||
13 Na me te bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā samanesu vā samaṇā sammatā brāhmaṇesu vā brāhmaṇā sammatā || na ca panete āyasmanto sāmaññatthaṃ vā brāhmaññatthaṃ vā diṭṭheva dhamme sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharanti || ||
II
14-24 Ye ca kho keci bhikkhave samaṇā va brāhmaṇā vā jarāmaraṇaṃ parijānanti || jarāmaraṇasamudayaṃ parijānanti || jarāmaraṇanirodhaṃ parijānanti || jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ parijānanti || jātiṃ parijānanti ||
pe || bhavam || upādānaṃ || tanhaṃ || vedanaṃ || phassam ||
saḷāyatanam || nāmarūpaṃ || viññāṇaṃ || saṅkhāre parijānanti
[page 046]
46 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 29. 25
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| saṅkhārasamudayam parijānanti || saṅkhāranirodham parijānanti || saṅkhāranirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadam parijānanti || ||
25 Te kho me bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā samaṇesu ceva samaṇā sammatā brāhmaṇesu ca brāhmaṇasammatā || te ca panāyasmanto sāmaññatthañ ca brahmaññatthañca diṭṭheva dhamme sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharantīti || || Navamaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).30 (10) Samaṇabrāhmaṇā (2)
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Tatra kho || pe||
3 Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā jārāmaraṇam nappajānanti || jarāmaraṇasamudayaṃ nappajānanti || jarāmaraṇanirodhaṃ nappajānanti || jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadam nappajānanti || te vata jarāmaraṇaṃ samatikkamma ṭhassantīti || netam ṭhānaṃ vijjati || ||
4-12 Jātim nappajānanti || pe|| || Bhavam || || Upadānaṃ ||
Taṇhaṃ || || Vedanaṃ || || Phassaṃ || || Saḷāyatanam || || Nāmarupaṃ || || Viññānaṃ || ||
13 Saṅkhāre nappajānanti || saṅkhārasamudayam nappajānanti || saṅkhāranirodhaṃ nappajānanti || saṅkhāranirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ nappajānanti || te vata saṅkhāre samatikkamma ṭhassantīti || netaṃ ṭhānaṃ {vijjati} || ||
14 Ye ca kho keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā jarāmaraṇaṃ pajānanti || jarāmaraṇaṃ pajānanti || jarāmaraṇasamudayaṃ pajānanti || jarāmaraṇanirodhaṃ pajānanti || jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ pajānanti ||
te te jarāmaraṇaṃ samatikkamma ṭhassantīti || ṭhānam etaṃ vijjati || ||
15-23 Jātim pajānanti || pe|| bhavaṃ || upādānaṃ || taṇhaṃ || vedanaṃ || phassaṃ || saḷāyatanaṃ || nāmarūpaṃ ||
viññāṇaṃ ||
24 Saṅkhāre pajānanti || saṅkhārasamudayaṃ pajānanti ||
saṅkharanirodhaṃ pajānanti || saṅkhāranirodhagāminim paṭipadaṃ pajānanti || te vata saṅkhāre samatikkamma ṭhassantīti ṭhānam etaṃ vijjatīti || || Dasamaṃ || ||
[page 047]
XII. 31. 4] KAḶARAKHATTIYO VAGGO CUTUTTHO 47
Dasabalavaggo tatiyo || ||
Tassuddānam || ||
Dve Dasabalā Upanisā ca Aññatitthiyā Bhūmijam ||
Upavāṇo Paccayo Bhikkhu ||
Dve ca Samaṇabrāhmaṇā ti || ||
CHAPTER IV KAḶARAKHATTIYO VAGGO CATUTTHO
SN_2,12(1).31 (1) Bhūtam
1 Ekam samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati ||
I
2 Tatra kho Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtam āmantesi || || Vuttam idaṃ Sāriputta Parāyane Ajita-pañhe ||
Ye ca saṅkhātadhammāse || ye ca sekhā puthu idha ||
Tesam me nipako iriyaṃ || puṭṭho me brūhi mārisāti || ||
Imassa kho Sāriputta saṅkhittena bhāsitassa kathaṃ vitthārena attho daṭṭhabbo ti || ||
Evaṃ vutte āyasmā Sāriputto tuṇhī ahosi || ||
3 Dutiyam pi kho Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtam āmantesi || pe|| Dutiyam pi kho āyasmā Sāriputto tuṇhī ahosi || ||
4 Tatiyam pi kho Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtam āmantesi || || Vuttam idaṃ Sāriputta Parāyane Ajita-pañhe ||
Ye ca saṅkhātadhammāse || ye ca sekhā puthu idha ||
Tesam me nipako iriyaṃ || puṭṭho me brūhi mārisāti || ||
[page 048]
48 NIDĀNA-SAMYUTTA. [XII. 31. 5
Imassa nu kho Sāriputta saṅkhittena bhāsitassa kathaṃ vitthārena attho daṭṭhabbo ti || || Tatiyam pi kho āyasmā Sāriputto tuṇhī ahosi || ||
II
5 Bhūtam idanti Sāriputta passasīti || bhūtaṃ idanti Sāriputta passasīti || ||
6 Bhūtam idanti bhante yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passati || || Bhūtam idanti yathābhūtam sammappaññāya disvā bhūtassa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti || || Tadāhārasambhavanti sammappaññāya passati ||
tadāhārasambhavanti yathā-bhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā āhārasambhavassa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti || || Tadāhāranirodhā yaṃ bhūtam taṃ nirodhadhamman ti yathā-bhūtam sammappaññāya passati || tad āhāranirodhā yaṃ bhūtaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti yathā-bhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā nirodhadhammassa nibbidāya virāgaya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti || ||
Evaṃ kho bhante sekho hoti || ||
7 Kathañca bhante saṅkhātadhammo hoti || Bhūtam idanti bhante yathā-bhūtaṃ sammapaññāya passati ||
bhūtam idanti yathā-bhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā bhūtassa nibbidā virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimutto hoti || ||
Tadāhārasambhavanti yathā-bhūtaṃ sammapaññāya passati || tadāhārasambhavanti yathā-bhūtam sammappaññāya disvā āhārasambhavassa nibbidā virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimutto hoti || ||
Tadāhāranirodhā yaṃ bhūtaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti yathā-bhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passati || tadāhāranirodhā yaṃ bhutaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti yathā-bhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā nirodhadhammassa nibbidā virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimutto hoti
[page 049]
XII. 31. 10] KAḶĀRAKHATTIYO VAGGO CATUTTHO 49
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| || Evaṃ kho bhante saṅkhātadhammo hoti ||
8. Iti kho bhante yam tam vuttaṃ Parāyane Ajiṭapañhe || ||
Ye ca saṅkhātadhammāse || ye ca sekhā puthu idha ||
Tesaṃ me nipako iriyaṃ || puṭṭho me brūhi mārisāti || ||
Imassa khvāham bhante saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṃ vitthārena attham ājānāmīti || ||
III
9 Sādhu sādhu Sāriputta bhūtam idanti Sāriputta yathā bhūtaṃ sammapaññāya passati || bhūtam idanti yathā bhūtaṃ sammapaññāya disvā bhūtassa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti || ||
Tadāhārasambhavanti yathābhūtam sammapaññāya passati || tadāhārasambhavanti yathā-bhūtaṃ samma-paññāya disvā āhārasambhavassa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti || ||
Tadāhāranirodhā yaṃ bhūtaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti yathā-bhūtaṃ sammapaññāya passati || tadāhāranirodhāyaṃ bhūtaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti yathā-bhūtam sammapaññāya disvā nirodhadhammassa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti || ||
Evaṃ kho Sāriputta sekho hoti || ||
10 Kathañca Sāriputta saṅkhātadhammo hoti || Bhūtam idanti Sāriputta yathā-bhūtaṃ sammapaññāya passati ||
Bhūtam idanti yathā-bhūtam sammapaññāya disvā bhūtassa nibbidā virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimutto hoti || ||
Tadāhārasambhavanti yathā-bhūtaṃ sammapaññāya passati || tadāhārasambhavanti yatha-bhūtaṃ sammapaññāya disvā āhārasambhavassa nibbidā virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimutto hoti || ||
Tadāhāranirodhā yam bhūtaṃ tam nirodhadhammanti yathā-bhūtam sammapaññāya passati || tadāhāranirodhā yam bhūtam taṃ nirodhadhammanti yathā-bhūtaṃ sammapaññāya disvā nirodhammassa nibbidā virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimutto hoti
[page 050]
50 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 31. 11
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| ||
Evaṃ kho Sāriputta saṅkhātadhammo hoti ||
11 Iti kho Sāriputta yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ parāyane Ajitapañhe || ||
Ye ca saṅkhātadhammāse || ye ca sekhā puthu idha ||
tesaṃ me nipako iriyaṃ || puṭṭho me brūhi mārisāti || ||
Imassa kho Sāriputta saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evam vitthārena attho daṭṭhabbo ti || ||
Pathamaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).32 (2) Kaḷāra
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
I
2 Atha kho Kaḷārakhattiyo bhikkhu yenāyasmā Sāriputto tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā Sāriputtena saddhiṃ sammodi || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Kaḷārakhattiyo bhikkhu āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtam etad avoca || ||
Moliyaphagguno āvuso Sāriputta bhikkhu sikkham paccakkhāya hīnāyāvatto ti || ||
Na hi nūna so āyasmā imasmiṃ dhammavinaye assāsam alatthāti || ||
4 Tena āyasmā Sāriputto imasmim dhammavinaye assāsam patto ti ||
Na khvāham āvuso kaṅkhāmīti ||
5 Āyatim panāvusoti ||
Nakhvāham āvuso vicikicchāmīti || ||
6 Atha kho Kaḷārakhattiyo bhikkhu uṭṭhāyāsanā yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
7 Ekam antam nisinno kho Kaḷārakhattiyo bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca
[page 051]
XII. 32. 15] KAḶĀRAKHATTIYO VAGGO CATUTTHO 51
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| || Ayasmatā bhante Sāriputtena aññā vyākatā khīṇā jati vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti pajānāmīti || ||
8 Atha kho Bhagavā aññataram bhikkhum āmantesi || ||
Ehi tvaṃ bhikkhu mama vacanena Sāriputtam āmantehi ||
Satthā tam āvuso Sāriputta āmantetīti || ||
9 Evam bhante ti kho so bhikkhu Bhagavato paṭisutvā yenāyasmā Sāriputto tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtam etad avoca || Satthā tam āvuso Sāriputta āmāntetīti || ||
10 Evam āvuso ti kho āyasmā Sāriputto tassa bhikkhuno paṭisutvā yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
II
11 Ekam antam nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantam Sāriputtaṃ Bhagavā etad avoca || || Saccaṃ kira tayā Sāriputta aññā vyākatā khīnā jāti vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ {karaṇīyaṃ} nāparam itthattāyāti pajānāmīti || ||
Na kho bhante etehi padehi etehi vyañjanehi attho vutto ti ||
12 Yena kenaci pi Sāriputta pariyāyena kulaputto aññaṃ vyākaroti || atha kho vyākatam vyākatato daṭṭhabbanti || ||
13 Nanu aham pi bhante evam vadāmi Na kho bhante etehi padehi etehi vyañjanehi attho vutto ti || ||
14 Sace taṃ Sāriputta evam puccheyyum || Kathaṃ jānatā pana tayā āvuso Sāriputta katham passatā aññā vyākatā khīṇā jāti vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparaṃ itthattāyāti pajānāmīti || Evam puṭṭho tvaṃ Sāriputta kinti vyākareyyāsīti || ||
15 Sace mam bhante evam puccheyyuṃ Kathaṃ jānatā pana tayā āvuso Sāriputta katham passatā aññā vyākatā khīṇā jāti vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti pajānāmīti evaṃ puṭṭhāhaṃ bhante evam vyākareyyaṃ
[page 052]
52 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 32. 16
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| ||
16 Yaṃnidānā āvuso jāti tassa nidānassa khayā khīṇasmiṃ khīṇam iti viditaṃ || khīṇasmiṃ khīṇam iti viditvā khīnā jāti vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti pajānāmī ti || ||
Evam puṭṭhāham bhante evaṃ vyākareyyanti || ||
17 Sace pana taṃ Sāriputta evam puccheyyuṃ || ||
Jāti panāvuso Sāriputta kiṃnidānā kiṃsamudayā kiṃ jātikā kimpabhavāti || evam puṭṭho tvaṃ Sāriputta kinti vyākareyyāsīti || ||
18 Sace mam bhante evam puccheyyuṃ || || Jāti panāvuso Sāriputta kiṃnidānā || pa || kimpabhavāti || evam puṭṭhāham bhante evaṃ vyākareyyaṃ || || Jāti kho āvuso bhavanidānā bhavasamudayā bhavajātikā bhavapabhavāti ||
Evaṃ puṭṭhāham bhante evaṃ vyākareyyanti ||
19 Sace pana taṃ Sāriputta evaṃ puccheyyuṃ || Bhavo panāvuso Sariputto kiṃnidāno kiṃsamudayo kiṃjātiko kimpabhavoti || evam puṭṭho tvaṃ Sāriputta kinti vyākareyyāsīti || ||
20 Sace maṃ bhante evaṃ puccheyyum || || Bhavo panāvuso Sāriputta kiṃnidaño || pa || kimpabhavoti || evaṃ puṭṭho bhante evaṃ vyākareyyaṃ || Bhavo kho āvuso upādānanidāno upādānasamudayo upādānajātiko upādāna pabhāvoti || Evam puṭṭhāham bhante evaṃ {vyākareyyanti} || ||
21 Sace pana taṃ Sāriputta evam puccheyyuṃ || Upādānam panāvuso || pe||
22-23 Sa ce pana taṃ Sāriputta evaṃ puccheyyuṃ ||
Taṇhā panāvuso kiṃnidānā kiṃsamudayā kiṃjātikā kiṃ pabhavāti || evaṃ puṭṭho tvaṃ Sāriputta kinti vyākareyyāsīti || ||
[page 053]
XII. 32. 30] KAḶĀRAKHATTIYO VAGGO CATUTTHO 53
24 Sace mam bhante evam puccheyyuṃ || Taṇhā panāvuso Sāriputta kiṃnidānā kiṃsamudayā kiṃjātikā kimpabhavāti || evam puṭṭhāham bhante evaṃ vyākareyyaṃ ||
Taṇhā kho āvuso vedanānidānā vedanāsamudayā vedanājātikā vedanāpabhavāti || evam puṭṭhāham bhante evaṃ vyākareyyanti || ||
25 Sacepana tam Sāriputta evam puccheyyuṃ || || Kathaṃ jānato pana te āvuso Sāriputta katham passato yā vedanā sunandī sā na upaṭṭhāsīti || evam puṭṭho tvaṃ Sāriputta kinti vyākareyyāsīti || ||
26 Sace mam bhante evam puccheyyuṃ || Kathaṃ jānato pana te āvuso katham passato yā vedanā sunandī sā na upaṭṭhāsīti || evam puṭṭāham bhante evaṃ vyākareyyaṃ || ||
27 Tisso kho imā āvuso vedanā || Katamā tisso || Sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || imā kho āvuso tisso vedanā aniccā || yad aniccaṃ tam dukkhanti vidite yā vedanā sunandī sā na upaṭṭhāsīti || ||
Evam puṭṭhāham bhante evaṃ vyākareyyanti || ||
28 Sādhu sādhu Sāriputta ayam pi kho Sāriputta pariyāyo etasseva saṅkhittena veyyākaraṇāya || Yam kiñci vedayitaṃ taṃ dukkhasminti || ||
29 Sace pana taṃ Sāriputta evam puccheyyuṃ || Katham vimokhā pana tayā āvuso Sāriputta aññā vyākatā khīnā jātī vusitam brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyam nāparam itthattāyātī pajānāmīti || Evam puṭṭho tvaṃ Sāriputta kinti vyākareyyāsītī || ||
30 Sace mam bhante evam puccheyyuṃ || Katham vimokkhā pana tayā āvuso Sāriputta aññā vyākatā khīṇā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyam nāparam itthattāyāti pajānāmīti || evam puṭṭhāham bhante evaṃ vyākareyyaṃ ||
[page 054]
54 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 32. 31
31 Ajjhattam vimokkhā khvāham āvuso sabbupādānanakkhayā tathāsato viharāmi || yathāsatam viharantaṃ āsavā nānusavanti attānaṃ ca nāvajānāmīti ||
Evam puṭṭhāham bhante evam vyākareyyanti || ||
32 Sādhu sādhu Sāriputta || ayam kho Sāriputta pāriyāyo etasseva atthassa saṅkhittena veyyākaraṇāya || ye āsavā samaṇena vuttā tesvāham na kaṅkhāmi te me pahīnā na vicikicchāmīti ||
33 Idam vatvā Bhagavā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāram pāvisi || ||
III
34 Tatra kho āyasmā Sāriputto acirapakkantassa Bhagavato bhikkhū āmantesi || ||
35 Pubbe {appaṭisaṃviditaṃ} maṃ āvuso Bhagavā pathamam pañham apucchi tassa me ahosi dandhāyitattam || ||
Yato ca kho me āvuso Bhagavā pathamam pañham anumodi || tassa mayham āvuso etad ahosi ||
36 Divasañce pi mam Bhagavā etam attham puccheyya aññam aññehi padehi aññam aññehi pariyāyehi || divasam paham Bhagavato etam attham vyākareyyam aññam aññehi padehi aññam aññehi pariyāyehi || ||
37 Rattiñce pi maṃ Bhagavā etam attham puccheyya aññam aññehi padehi aññam aññehi pariyāyehi || rattim paham Bhagavato etam attham vyākareyyam aññam aññehi padehi aññam aññehi pariyāyehi || ||
38 Rattindivaṃ ce pi mam Bhagavā etam attham puccheyya aññam aññehi padehi aññam aññehi pariyāyehi ||
rattindivaṃ paham Bhagavato etam attham vyākareyyam aññam aññehi padehi aññam aññehi pariyāyehi || ||
[page 055]
XII. 32. 46] KAḶĀRAKHATTIYO VAGGO CATUTTHO 55
39 Dve rattidivāni ce pi mam Bhagavā etam attham puccheyya || dve rattidivāni paham Bhagavato etam atthaṃ vyākareyyaṃ || ||
40 Tīni rattidivāni ce pi maṃ Bhagavā etam attham puccheyya || tīni rattidivāni paham Bhagavato etam attham vyākareyyam ||
41 Cattāri rattidivāni ce pi mam Bhagavā etam attham puccheya || cattāri rattidivāni paham Bhagavato etam atthaṃ vyākareyyaṃ || ||
42 Pāñca rattidivāni ce pi mam Bhagavā etam attham puccheyya || pañca rattidivāni paham Bhagavato etam attham vyākareyyam ||
43 Cha rattidivāni ce pi mam Bhagavā etam attham puccheyya || charattidivāni paham Bhagavato etam atthaṃ vyākareyyam || ||
44 Satta rattidivāni ce pi mam Bhagavā etam attham puccheyya aññam aññehi padehi aññam aññehi pariyāyehi || Satta rattidivāni paham Bhagavato etam atthaṃ vyākareyyaṃ aññam aññehi padehi aññam aññehi pariyāyehīti || ||
IV
45 Atha kho Kaḷārakhattiyo bhikkhu uṭṭhāyāsanā yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
46 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Kaḷārakhattiyo bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Āyasmatā bhante Sāriputtena sīhanādo nadito pubbe {appaṭisaṃviditaṃ} mam āvuso Bhagavā pathamam pañhaṃ āpucchi || tassa me ahosi dandhāyitattaṃ || || Yato ca kho me āvuso Bhagavā pathamam pañham anumodi || tassa mayham āvuso etad ahosi || || Divasañ ce pi maṃ Bhagavā etam attham puccheyya aññam aññehi padehi aññam aññehi pariyāyehi ||
divasam paham Bhagavato etam attham vyākareyyam aññam aññehi padehi aññam aññehi pariyāyehi || || Rattiñce pi || gha || Rattindivām ce pi mam Bhagavā || Dve rattidivāni ce pi mam Bhagavā || || Tīni || Cattāri || Pañca ||
Cha || Satta rattidivāni ce pi mam Bhagavā etam attham puccheyya aññam aññehi padehi aññam aññehi pariyāyehi
[page 056]
56 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 32. 47
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]||
satta rattidivāni paham Bhagavato etam atthaṃ vyākareyyam aññam aññehi padehi aññam aññehi pariyāyehīti || ||
47 Sā hi bhikkhu Sāriputtassa dhammadhātu suppatividdhā || yassā dhammadhātuyā suppaṭividdhattā divasañce pahaṃ Sāriputtam etam attham puccheyyam aññam aññehi padehi aññam aññehi pariyāyehi || divasam pi me Sāriputto etam attham vyākareyya aññam aññehi padehi aññam aññehi pariyāyehi || || Rattiñce paham Sāriputtam etam attham puccheyyam aññam aññehi padehi aññam aññehi pariyāyehi || rattim pi me Sāriputto etam attham vyākareyya || ||
Rattidivāni ce paham Sāriputtam etam attham puccheyyam ||
rattidivāni pi me Sāriputto etam attham vyākareyya || ||
Dve rattidivāni ce paham Sāriputtam etam attham puccheyyam || dve rattidivāni pi me Sāriputto etam atthaṃ vyākareyya || || Tīni rattidivāni ce paham Sāriputto etam attham puccheyyam tīni rattidivāni pi me Sāriputto etam attham vyākareyya || || Cattāri rattidivāni ce paham Sāriputtam etam attham puccheyyam || cattāri rattidivāni pi me Sāriputto etam attham vyākareyya || || Pañca rattidivāni ce pahaṃ Sāriputtam etam attham puccheyyaṃ pañca rattidivāni pi me Sāriputto etam attham vyākareyya || ||
Cha rattidivāni ce pahaṃ Sāriputtaṃ etam attham puccheyyaṃ || cha rattidivāni pi me Sāriputto etam attham vyākareyya || || Satta rattidivāni ce paham Sāriputtam etam attham puccheyyam aññam aññehi padehi aññam aññehi pariyāyehi || satta rattidivāni pi me Sāriputto etam attham vyākareyya aññam aññehi padehi aññam aññehi pariyāyehī ti || || Dutiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).33 (3) Nāṇassa vatthūni (1)
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Catucattārīsaṃ vo bhikkhave ñāṇavatthūni desissāmi ||
Taṃ suṇātha sādhukam manasi karotha bhāsissāmīti || ||
Evam bhante ti kho te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosum || ||
3 Bhagavā etad avoca || || Katamāni ca bhikkhave catucattārīsam ñāṇavatthūni || ||
[page 057]
XII. 33. 17] KAḶĀRAKHATTIYO VAGGO CATUTTHO 57
4 Jarāmaraṇe ñāṇaṃ jarāmaraṇasamudaye ñāṇaṃ jarāmaraṇanirodhe ñāṇaṃ jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ñāṇaṃ || ||
5 Jātiyā ñāṇaṃ jātisamudaye ñāṇaṃ jātinirodhe ñāṇaṃ jātinirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ñāṇaṃ || ||
6 Bhave ñāṇaṃ bhavasamudaye ñāṇaṃ bhavanirodhe ñāṇaṃ bhavanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ñāṇaṃ || ||
7 Upādāne ñāṇaṃ upādānasamudaye ñāṇaṃ upādānanirodhe ñāṇaṃ upādānanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ñāṇaṃ || ||
8 Taṇhāya ñāṇaṃ vedanāsamudaye ñāṇaṃ vedanānirodhe ñāṇaṃ vedanānirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ñāṇaṃ || ||
9 Vedanāya ñāṇaṃ vedanāsamudaye ñāṇaṃ vedanānirodhe ñāṇaṃ vedanānirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ñāṇaṃ || ||
10 Phasse ñāṇaṃ || ||
11 Saḷāyatane ñāṇaṃ || ||
12 Nāmarūpe ñāṇaṃ || ||
13 Viññāne ñāṇaṃ || ||
14 Saṅkhāresu ñāṇaṃ saṅkhārasamudaye ñāṇaṃ saṅkhāranirodhe ñāṇaṃ saṅkhāranirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ñāṇaṃ || ||
Imāni vuccanti bhikkhave catucattārīsaṃ ñāṇavatthūni || ||
15 Katamañca bhikkhave jarāmaraṇam || ||
Yā tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhi tamhi sattanikāye jarā jīranatā khaṇḍiccaṃ pāliccam valittacatā āyuno saṃhāni indriyānaṃ paripāko || ayam vuccati jarā || || Yā tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhā tamhā sattanikāyā cuti cavanatā bhedo antaradhānaṃ maccumaraṇaṃ kālakiriyā khandhānam bhedo kaḷevarassa nikkhepo || idaṃ vuccati maraṇaṃ ||
Iti ayañca jarā idañca maraṇaṃ || idam vuccati bhikkhave jarāmaraṇaṃ || ||
16 Jātisamudayā jarāmaraṇasamudayo || jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇanirodho || ayam eva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminī paṭipadā || seyyathīdam || Sammādiṭṭhi || pa || sammāsamādhi || ||
17 Yato kho bhikkhave ariyasāvako evaṃ jarāmaraṇam pajānāti || evaṃ jarāmaraṇasamudayam pajānāti || evaṃ jarāmaraṇanirodham pajānāti
[page 058]
58 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 33. 18
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| evaṃ jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminim paṭipadam pajānāti || ||
18 Idhamassa dhamme ñāṇaṃ || so iminā dhammena diṭṭhena viditena akālikena pattena pariyogāḷhena atītānāgate nayaṃ neti ||
19 Ye kho keci atītam addhānam samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā jarāmaraṇam abbhaññaṃsu || jarāmaraṇasamudayam abbhaññaṃsu || jarāmaraṇanirodham abbhaññaṃsu || jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminim paṭipadam abbhaññaṃsu || sabbe te evam evam abbhaññaṃsu || Seyyathāpaham etarahi || ||
20 Ye hi pi keci anāgatam addhānam samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā jarāmaraṇam abhijānissanti || jarāmaraṇasamudayam abhijānissanti || jarāmaraṇanirodham abhijānissanti || jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminim paṭipadam abhijānissanti || sabbe te evam evam abhijānissanti || seyyathāpaham etarahīti || idam assa anvaye ñāṇaṃ || ||
21 Yato kho bhikkhave ariyasāvakassa imāni dve ñāṇāni parisuddhāni honti pariyodātāni dhamme ñāṇaṃ ca anvaye ñāṇaṃ ca || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave ariyasāvako diṭṭhisampanno iti pi || dassanasampanno iti pi || āgato imaṃ saddhammam iti pi || passati imaṃ saddhammam iti pi ||
sekhena ñāṇena samannāgato iti pi || sekhāya vijjāya samannāgato iti pi || dhammasotaṃ samāpanno iti pi || ariyo nibbedhikapāñño iti pi || amatadvāram āhacca tiṭṭhati iti pīti || pe||
22 Katamā ca bhikkhave jāti || yā tesam || ||
23 Katamo ca bhikkhave bhavo ||
24 Katamaṃ ca bhikkhave upādānaṃ ||
25 Katamā ca bhikkhave taṇhā ||
26 Katamā ca bhikkhave vedanā ||
27 Katamo ca bhikkhave phasso ||
28 Katamaṃ ca bhikkhave saḷāyatanam ||
29 Katamaṃ ca bhikkhave nāmarūpaṃ ||
30 Katamaṃ ca bhikkhave viññāṇaṃ ||
31 Katame ca bhikkhave saṅkhārā || || Tayo me bhikkhave saṅkhārā
[page 059]
XII. 34. 2] KAḶĀRAKHATTIYO VAGGO CATUTTHO 59
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| kāyasaṅkhāro vacīsaṅkhāro cittasaṅkhāro ti || ime vuccanti bhikkhave saṅkhārā || ||
32 Avijjāsamudayā saṅkhārasamudayo || avijjāsamudayanirodhā saṅkhāranirodho || ayam eva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo saṅkhāranirodhagāminī paṭipadā || seyyathīdaṃ ||
Sammādiṭṭhi || pe|| sammāsamādhi || ||
33 Yato kho bhikkhave ariyasāvako evaṃ saṅkhāre pajānāti || evaṃ saṅkhārasamudayam pajānāti || evaṃ saṅkhāranirodham pajānāti || evaṃ saṅkharā nirodhagaminiṃ paṭipadam pajānāti || idam assa dhamme ñāṇaṃ || ||
So iminā dhammena diṭṭhena viditena akālikena pattena pariyogāḷhena atītānāgate nayaṃ neti || ||
34 Ye kho keci atītam addhānam samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā saṅkhare abbhaññaṃsu saṅkharasamudayam abbhaññaṃsu || saṅkhāranirodham abbhaññaṃsu || sabbe te evam evam abbhaññaṃsu seyyathāpaham etarahi ||
35 Ye pi hi keci anāgatam addhānaṃ samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā saṅkhāre abhijānissanti || saṅkhārasamudayam abhijānissanti || saṅkhāranirodham abhijānissanti ||
saṅkhāranirodhagāminim paṭipadam abhijānissanti || sabbe te evam evam abhijānissanti || seyyathāpaham etarahi ||
Idam assa anvaye ñāṇaṃ ||
36 Yato kho bhikkhave ariyasāvakassa imāni dve ñāṇāni parisuddhāni honti pariyodātāni dhamme ñāṇaṃ ca anvaye ñāṇaṃ ca || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave āriyasāvako diṭṭhisampanno iti pi || dassanasampanno iti pi || āgato imaṃ saddhammam iti pi || passati imaṃ saddhammam iti pi ||
sekhena ñāṇena samannāgato iti pi || sekhayā vijjāya samannāgato iti pi || dhammasotam samāpanno iti pi || ariyo nibbedhikapañño iti pi || amatadvāram āhacca tiṭṭhati iti pīti || || Tatiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).34 (4) Ñāṇassa vatthūni (2)
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Satta sattari vo bhikkhave ñāṇavatthūni desissāmi ||
taṃ sunātha || pe|| ||
[page 060]
60 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 34. 3
Katamāni ca bhikkhave sattasattari ñāṇavatthūni ||
3 Jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇanti ñāṇaṃ || asati jātiyā natthi jarāmaraṇanti ñāṇaṃ || atītam pi addhānam jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇan ti ñānaṃ || asati jātiyā natthi jarāmaraṇanti ñāṇaṃ || anāgatam pi addhānaṃ jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇanti ñāṇaṃ || asati jātiyā natthi jarāmaraṇanti ñāṇaṃ || Yam pissa taṃ dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇaṃ tam pi khayadhammam vayadhammam virāgadhammam nirodhamman ti ñāṇaṃ ||
4 Bhavapaccayā jātīti ñāṇam || pe||
5 Upādānapaccayā bhavo ti ñāṇam || pe||
6 Taṇhāpaccayā upādānanti ñāṇaṃ || pe||
7 Vedanāpaccayā taṇhāti ñānaṃ || pe||
8 Phassapaccayā vedanāti ñānaṃ || pe||
9 Saḷāyatanapaccayā phassotiñāṇaṃ || pe||
10 Nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatananti ñāṇaṃ || pe||
11 Viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpanti ñāṇaṃ || pe||
12 Saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇanti ñāṇaṃ || pe||
13 Avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārāti ñāṇaṃ || asati avijjāya natthi saṅkhārāti ñāṇaṃ || atītam pi addhānam avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā ti ñāṇaṃ || asati avijjāya natthi saṅkhārā ti ñāṇaṃ || anāgatam pi addhānam avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā ti ñāṇaṃ || asati avijjāya natthi saṅkhārā ti ñāṇaṃ || Yam pissa tam dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇaṃ tam pi khayadhammaṃ vayadhammaṃ virāgadhammaṃ nirodhadhammanti ñāṇaṃ || ||
14 Imāni vuccanti bhikkhave sattasattari ñāṇavatthūnīti || || Catutthaṃ || ||
SN_,. () Avijjāpaccayā () Savatthiyam viharati || ||
2 Avijjāpaccayā bhikkhave saṅkhārā || saṅkhārapaccayā viññānaṃ || pe|| evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hotīti || ||
3 Katamaṃ nu kho bhante jarāmaraṇaṃ || kassa ca panidam jarāmaraṇanti || ||
No kallo pañhoti Bhagavā avoca || || Katamaṃ jarāmaraṇaṃ kassa ca panidam jarāmaraṇanti iti vā bhikkhu yo vadeyya
[page 061]
XII. 35. 11] KAḶĀRAKHATTIYO VAGGO CATUTTHO 61
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| aññaṃ jarāmaraṇam aññassa ca panidaṃ jarāmaraṇanti iti vā bhikkhu yo vadeyya || ubhayam etam ekattam vyañjanam eva nānaṃ || || Tam jīvaṃ taṃ sarīranti vā bhikkhu diṭṭhiyā sati brahmacariyavāso na hoti || aññaṃ jīvam aññaṃ sarīranti vā bhikkhu diṭṭhiyā sati brahmacariyavāso na hoti || || Ete te bhikkhu ubho ante anupagamma majjhena Tathāgato dhammaṃ deseti || ||
Jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇanti || ||
4 Katamā nu kho bhante jāti kassa ca panāyaṃ jātīti || ||
No kallo pañho ti Bhagavā avoca || || Katamā jāti kassa ca panāyaṃ jātīti iti vā bhikkhu yo vadeyya || aññā jāti aññassa ca panāyaṃ jātīti iti vā bhikkhu yo vadeyya ||
ubhayam etam ekattam vyañjanam eva nānaṃ || || Taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sarīrantivā bhikkhu diṭṭhiyā sati brahmacariyavāso na hoti || aññaṃ jīvam aññaṃ sarīranti vā bhikkhu diṭṭhiyā brahmacariyavāso na hoti || || Ete te bhikkhu ubho ante anupagamma majjhena Tathāgato dhammaṃ deseti || || Bhavapaccayā jātīti || ||
5 Katamo nu kho bhante bhavo kassa ca panāyam bhavoti || ||
No kallo pañhoti Bhagavā avoca || || Katamo bhavo kassa ca panāyam bhavoti iti vā bhikkhu yo vadeyya || añño bhavo aññassa ca panāyam bhavoti iti vā bhikkhu yo vadeyya || ubhayam etam ekattam vyañjanam eva nānam || ||
Tam jīvaṃ taṃ sarīranti vā bhikkhu diṭṭhiyā sati brahmacariyavāso na hoti || aññaṃ jīvaṃ aññaṃ sarīranti vā bhikkhu diṭṭhiyā sati brahmacariyavāso na hoti || || Ete te bhikkhu ubho ante anupagamma majjhena Tathāgato dhammaṃ deseti || ||
6 Upādānapaccayā bhavoti || pe||
7 Taṇhāpaccayā upādānanti || pe||
8 Vedanāpaccayā taṇhāti || ||
9 Phassapaccayā vedanāti || ||
10 Saḷāyatanapaccayā phassoti || ||
11 Nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatananti || ||
[page 062]
62 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 35. 12
12 Viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpanti || ||
13 Saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇanti || ||
14 Katame nu kho bhante saṅkhārā kassa ca panime saṅkhārāti || ||
No kallo pañhoti Bhagavā avoca || || Katame saṅkhārā kassa ca panime saṅkhārāti iti vā bhikkhu yo vadeyya ||
aññe saṅkhārā aññassa ca panime saṅkhārāti iti vā bhikkhu yo vadeyya || ubhayam etam ekatthaṃ vyañjanam eva nānaṃ || || Tam jīvaṃ tam sarīranti vā bhikkhu diṭṭhiyā sati brahmacariyavāso na hoti || aññaṃ jīvaṃ aññaṃ sarīranti vā bhikkhu diṭṭhiyā sati brahmacariyavāso na hoti || ||
Ete te bhikkhu ubho ante anupagamma majjhena Tathāgato dhammaṃ deseti || || Avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārāti ||
Avijjāya tveva bhikkhu asesavirāganirodhā yānissitāni visūkāyitāni visevitāni vipphanditāni kānici kānici || ||
15 Katamaṃ ca jarāmaraṇaṃ kassa ca panidaṃ jarāmaraṇam iti vā || aññaṃ jarāmaraṇam aññassa ca panidaṃ jarāmaraṇam iti vā || || Taṃ jīvaṃ tam sarīram iti vā aññaṃ jīvam aññam sarīram iti vā || || Sabbānissitāni pahīnāni bhavantī || ucchinnamūlāni tālavatthu katāni anabhāvakatāni āyatiṃ anuppādadhammāni || || Avijjāya tveva bhikkhu asesavirāganirodhā yā nissitāni visukāyitāni visevitāni vipphanditāni kānici kānici || ||
16 Katamā jāti kassa ca panāyam jāti iti vā || || Tam jīvaṃ taṃ sarīram iti vā aññam jivam aññaṃ sarīram iti vā || || Sabbānissitāni pahīnāni bhavanti || ucchinnamūlāni talavatthukatāni anabhāvakatāni āyatiṃ anuppādadhammāni || Avijjāya tveva bhikkhu asesavirāganirodhā yā nissitāni visukāyitāni visevitāni vipphanditāni kānici kānici || ||
17 Katamo bhavo || pe||
18 Katamam upādānam || pe||
19 Katamā taṇhā || pe||
[page 063]
XII. 36. 9] KAḶĀRAKHATTIYO VAGGO CATUTTHO 63
20 Katamā vedanā || pe||
21 Katamo phasso || pe||
22 Katamaṃ saḷāyatanam || pe||
23 Katamaṃ nāmarūpam || pe||
24 Katamaṃ viññāṇaṃ || pe|| Avijjāya tveva bhikkhu asesavirāganirodhā yānissitāni visūkāyitāni visevitāni vipphanditāni kānici kānici || ||
25 Katame saṅkhārā kassa ca panime saṅkhārā iti vā || ||
Aññe saṃkhārā aññassa ca panime saṅkhārā iti vā || taṃ jivaṃ taṃ sarīram iti vā aññaṃ jivam aññaṃ sarīram iti vā || || Sabbānissitāni pahīnāni bhavanti || ucchinnamūlāni tālavatthukatāni anabhāvakatāni āyatim anuppādadhammānīti || || pe|| || Pañcamaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).36 (6) Avijjāpaccayā (2)
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Avijjāpaccayā bhikkhave saṅkhārā || saṅkhārāpaccayā viññāṇaṃ || pe|| Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || ||
3 Katamaṃ jarāmaraṇaṃ kassa ca panidaṃ jarāmaraṇanti iti vā bhikkhave yo vadeyya || aññaṃ jarāmaraṇam aññassa ca panidam jarāmaraṇanti iti vā bhikkhave yo vadeyya || ubhayam etam ekattham vyañjanam eva nānam || ||
Taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sarīranti vā bhikkhave diṭṭhiyā sati brahmacariyavāso na hoti || aññam jīvam aññaṃ sarīranti vā bhikkhave diṭṭhiyā sati brahmacariyavāso nā hoti || ||
Ete te bhikkhave ubho ante anupagamma majjhena Tathāgato dhammaṃ deseti Jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇanti ||
pe || ||
4 Katamā jāti || ||
5 Katamo bhavo || ||
6 Katamam upādānaṃ || ||
7 Katamā taṇhā || ||
8 Katamā vedanā || ||
9 Katamo phasso || ||
[page 064]
64 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 36. 10
10 Katamaṃ saḷāyatanaṃ || ||
11 Katamam nāmarūpaṃ || ||
12 Katamaṃ viññāṇaṃ || ||
13 Katame saṅkhārā kassa ca panime saṅkhārā ti iti vā bhikkhave yo vadeyya || aññe saṅkhārā aññassa ca panime saṅkhārā ti iti vā bhikkhave yo vadeyya || ubhayam etam ekattam vyañjanam eva nāṇaṃ ||
Taṃ jīvam taṃ sarīram iti vā bhikkhave diṭṭhiyā sati brahmacariyavāso no hoti || aññaṃ jīvam aññaṃ sarīram iti vā bhikkhave ditthiyā sati brahmacariyavāso na hoti || ||
Ete te bhikkhave ubho ante anupagamma majjhena Tathāgato dhammaṃ deseti Avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā ||
pe || ||
14 Avijjāya tveva bhikkhave asesavirāganirodhā yānissitāni visukāyitāni visevitāni vipphanditāni kānici kānici || ||
15 Katamā jāti || pe||
16 Katamo bhavo || ||
17 Katamam upādānam || ||
18 Katamā taṇhā || ||
19 Katamā vedanā || ||
20 Katamo phasso || ||
21 Katamaṃ saḷāyatanaṃ || ||
22 Katamaṃ nāmarūpaṃ || ||
23 Katamaṃ viññāṇam || ||
24 Katame saṅkhārā kassa ca panime saṅkhārā iti vā || ||
Aññe saṅkhārā aññassa ca panime saṅkhārā iti vā || || Taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sarīram iti vā || || Sabbānissitāni pahināni bhavanti ucchinnamūlāni tālavatthukatāni anabhāvakatāni āyatim anupādadhammānīti || || Chaṭṭham || ||
SN_2,12(1).37 (7) Na tumhā
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Nāyam bhikkhave kāyo tumhākam na pi aññesaṃ ||
[page 065]
XII. 38. 4] KAḶĀRAKHATTIYO VAGGO CATUTTHO 65
3 Purāṇam idam bhikkhave kammam abhisaṅkhatam abhisañcetayitam vedaniyaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
4 Tatra kho bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako paṭiccasamuppādaññeva sādhukaṃ yoniso manasi karoti || ||
5 Iti imasmiṃ sati idaṃ hoti || imassuppādā idam uppajjati || imasmin asati idam na hoti || imassa nirodhā idam nirujjhati || Yad idam avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā ||
saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇam || pe|| Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho || saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho || pe|| evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotīti || || pe|| || Sattamaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).38 (8) Cetanā (1)
1 Sāvatthiyam viharati || ||
2 Yañca kho bhikkhave ceteti yañ ca pakappeti yañca anuseti || ārammaṇam etaṃ hoti viññāṇassa ṭhitiyā || ārammaṇe sati patiṭṭhā viññāṇassa hoti || tasmiṃ patiṭṭhite viññāṇe virūḷhe āyatim punabbhavābhinibbatti hoti ||
āyatim punabbhavābhinibbattiyā sati āyatiṃ jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti || ||
Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || ||
3 No ce bhikkhave ceteti no ce pakappeti atha ce anuseti || ārammaṇam etaṃ hoti viññāṇassa ṭhitiyā || ārammaṇe sati patiṭṭhā viññāṇassa hoti || tasmiṃ patiṭṭhite viññāṇe virūḷhe āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti hoti || āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatiyā sati āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || ||
4 Yato ca kho bhikkhave no ceva ceteti no ca pakappeti no ca anuseti || ārammaṇam etaṃ na hoti viññāṇassa ṭhitiyā
[page 066]
66 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 39. 1
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| ārammaṇe asati patiṭṭhā viññāṇassa na hoti || tad appatiṭṭhite viññāṇe avirūḷhe āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti na hoti || āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbattiyā asati āyatiṃ jāti jarāmaraṇam sokadevaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotī ti || || Aṭṭhamaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).39 (9) Cetanā (2)
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Yañca bhikkhave ceteti yañ ca pakappeti yañ ca anuseti || ārammaṇam etaṃ hoti viññāṇassa ṭhitiyā || ārammaṇe sati patiṭṭhā viññāṇassa hoti || tasmiṃ patiṭṭhite viññāṇe virūḷhe nāmarūpassa avakkanti hoti || ||
3 Nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ || || Saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso || || Phassapaccayā vedanā || pe|| || Tanhā || ||
pe || || Upādānaṃ || || pe|| || Bhavo || pe|| jāti || pe|| Jarāmaraṇaṃ || sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti || || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || ||
4 No ce bhikkhave ceteti no ca pakappeti atha ce anuseti || ārammaṇam etaṃ hoti viññāṇassa ṭhitiyā || ārammaṇe sati patiṭṭhā viññāṇassa hoti || || Tasmiṃ patiṭṭhite viññāṇe {virūḷhe} nāmarūpassa avakkanti hoti || ||
5 Nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ || pe|| Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || ||
6 Yato ca kho bhikkhave no ceteti no ca pakappeti no ca anuseti || ārammaṇam etaṃ na hoti viññāṇassa ṭhitiyā ||
ārammaṇe asati patiṭṭhā viññāṇassa na hoti || || Tad appatiṭṭhite viññāṇe avirūḷhe nāmarūpassa avakkanti na hoti || ||
Nāmarūpanirodhā saḷāyatananirodho || pe|| Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotīti || ||
Navamaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).40 (10 Cetanā (3)
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Yañca kho bhikkhave ceteti yañca pakappeti yañca anuseti
[page 067]
XII. 40. 7] KAḶĀRAKHATTIYO VAGGO CATUTTHO 67
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| ārammaṇam etaṃ hoti viññāṇassa ṭhitiyā ||
ārammaṇe sati patiṭṭhā viññāṇassa hoti || ||
3 Tasmiṃ patiṭṭhite viññāṇe virūḷhe nati hoti || natyā sati āgatigati hoti || āgatigatiyā sati cutūpapāto hoti ||
cutūpapāte sati āyatiṃ jāti jarāmaraṇam sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti || ||
Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || ||
4 No ce bhikkhave ceteti no ca pakappeti atha ce anuseti ārammaṇam etaṃ hoti viññāṇassa ṭhitiyā || ārammaṇe sati patiṭṭhā viññāṇassa hoti || ||
5 Tasmiṃ patiṭṭhite viññāṇe {virūḷhe} nati hoti || natiyā sati āgatigati hoti || āgatigatiyā sati cutūpapāto hoti ||
cutūpapāte sati āyatiṃ jāti jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti || ||
Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || ||
6 Yato ca kho bhikkhave no ce ceteti no ca pakappeti no ca anuseti || ārammaṇam etaṃ na hoti viññāṇassa ṭhitiyā ||
ārammaṇe asati patiṭṭhā viññāṇassa na hoti ||
7 Tad appatiṭṭhite viññāṇe avirūḷhe nati na hoti || natiyā asati āgatigati na hoti || āgatigatiyā asati cutupapāto na hoti || cutūpapāte asati āyatiṃ jāti jarāmaraṇam soka paridevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti || ||
Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhukkhandhassa nirodho hotīti || || Dasamaṃ || ||
Kaḷārakhattiyavaggo catuttho || || Tassuddānam || ||
Bhūtam idaṃ Kalārañca ||
Dve ca Ñāṇassa vatthūni ||
[page 068]
68 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 41. 1
Avijjāpaccayā ca dve ||
Natumhā Cetanā tayo ti || ||
CHAPTER V Gahapativaggo Pañcamo
SN_2,12(1).41 (1) Pañcaverabhayā (1)
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
I
2 Atha kho Anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || Upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
Ekam antaṃ nisinnam kho Anāthapiṇḍikam gahapatim Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
3 Yato kho gahapati ariyasāvakassa pañca bhayāni verāni vūpasantāni honti || Catūhi ca sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato hoti || ariyo cassa ñāyo paññāya sudiṭṭho hoti suppaṭividdho || so akaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ vyākareyya || || Khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoniyo khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto || sotāpanno ham asmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyano || ||
4 Katamāni pañcabhayāni verāni vūpasantāni honti || ||
5 Yaṃ gahapati pāṇātipātī pāṇātipātapaccayā diṭṭhadhammikam pi bhayam veram pasavati samparāyikam pi bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati || cetasikam pi dukkham domanassam {paṭisaṃvediyati} || pānātipātāpaṭiviratassa evaṃ tam bhayaṃ veraṃ vūpasantaṃ hoti || ||
6 Yam gahapati adinnādāyi adinnādānapaccayā diṭṭhadhammikam pi bhayam veram pasavati || samparāyikam pi bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati || cetasikam pi dukkhaṃ domanassam {paṭisaṃvediyati} || adinnādānā paṭiviratassa evaṃ taṃ bhayaṃ veraṃ vūpasantaṃ hoti || ||
[page 069]
XII. 41. 13] GAHAPATIVAGGO PAÑCAMO 69
7 Yaṃ gahapati kāmesu micchācārī kāmesu micchācārapaccayā diṭṭhadhammikam pi bhayaṃ veram pasavati ||
samparāyikam pi bhayam veram pasavati || Cetasikam pi dukkham domanassam {paṭisaṃvediyati} || kāmesu micchācārā paṭiviratassa tam bhayaṃ veraṃ vūpasantaṃ hoti || ||
8 Yam gahapati musāvādī musāvādapaccayā diṭṭhadhammikam pi bhayam veram pasavati || samparāyikam pi bhayaṃ veram pasavati || cetasikam pi dukkham domanassam {paṭisaṃvediyati} || musāvādā paṭiviratassa evaṃ taṃ bhayaṃ veram vūpasantaṃ hoti || ||
9 Yaṃ gahapati surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhāyī surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānapaccayā diṭṭhadhammikam pi bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati || samparāyikam pi bhayaṃ veram pasavati || cetasikam pi dukkhaṃ domanassam {paṭisaṃvedayati} || sūrāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭiviratassa evam tam bhayaṃ veraṃ vūpasantaṃ hoti || ||
Imāni pañcabhayāni verāni vūpasantāni honti ||
II
10 Katamehi catūhi sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato hoti || ||
11 Idha gahapati ariyasāvako Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti || || Iti pi so Bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ Buddho Bhagavāti || ||
12 Dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti || ||
Svākhyāto Bhagavatā Dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opanayiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhīti || ||
13 Saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti || supaṭipanno Bhagavato Sāvakasaṅgho || ujupaṭipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho || ñāyapaṭipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho ||
sāmīcipaṭipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho || yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭhapurisapuggalā || || esa Bhagavato Sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaram puññakhettaṃ lokassāti
[page 070]
70 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 41. 14
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| ||
14 Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti || akhaṇḍehi acchiddehi asabalehi akammāsehi bhujissehi viññūpasaṭṭhehi aparāmaṭṭhehi samādhisaṃvattanikehi || ||
Imehi catūhi sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato hoti || ||
15 Katamo cassa ariyo ñāyo paññāya sudiṭṭho hoti suppatividdho || ||
16 Idha gahapati ariyasāvako paṭiccasamuppādaññeva sādhukaṃ yoniso manasi karoti || || Iti imasmiṃ sati idaṃ hoti || imasmim asati idaṃ na hoti || imassuppādā idam uppajjati || imassa nirodhā idaṃ nirujjhati ||
17 Yadidam avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā || saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ || pe|| Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || || Avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho || || saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho || pe||
Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti || ||
Ayam assa ariyo ñāyo paññāya sudiṭṭho hoti suppaṭividdho || ||
18 Yato ca kho gahapati ariyasāvakassa imāni pañcabhayāni verāni vūpasantāni honti || imehi catūhi sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato hoti || ayaṃ cassa ariyo ñāyo paññāya sudiṭṭho hoti suppaṭividdho || so ākaṅkhamano attanā va attānaṃ vyākareyya || khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoniyo khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto ||
sotāpanno ham asmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyano ti || || Pathamam || ||
SN_2,12(1).42 (2) Pañcaverabhayā (2)
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena Bhagavā-Phagavā etad avoca || ||
[page 071]
XII. 43. 1] GAHAPATIVAGGO PAÑCAMO 71
3 Yato kho bhikkhave ariyasāvakassa pañcabhayāni verāni vūpasantāni honti || catūhi ca sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato hoti || ariyo cassa ñāyo paññāya sudiṭṭho hoti suppaṭividdho || so ākaṅkhamāno attanā va attānam vyākareyya || || Khīṇanirayomhi || pe|| avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyano || || [Bhikkhave ti sabbam vitthāretabbaṃ] || ||
3 Katamāni pañcabhayāni verāni vūpasantāni honti || ||
Yaṃ bhikkhave pānātipāti || pe|| ||
Yaṃ bhikkhave adinnādāyī || pe|| ||
Yaṃ bhikkhave kāmesu micchācārī || pe|| ||
Yaṃ bhikkhave musāvādī || pe|| ||
Yaṃ bhikkhave surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhāyī || pe|| ||
Imāni pañcabhayāni verāni vūpasantāni honti || ||
4 Katamehi catūhi sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato hoti || ||
Idha bhikkhave ariyasāvako Buddhe || pe|| Dhamme ||
pe || Saṅghe || pe|| Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti || ||
Imehi catūhi sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato hoti || ||
5 Katamo cassa ariyo ñāyo paññāya sudiṭṭho hoti suppaṭividdho || ||
Idha bhikkhave ariyasāvako paṭicca samuppādaññeva sādhukaṃ yoniso manasi karoti || pe || ||
Ayam assa ariyo ñāyo paññāya sudiṭṭho hoti suppaṭividdho || ||
6 Yato ca kho bhikkhave ariyasāvakassa imāni pañcabhayāni verāni vūpasantāni honti || imehi catūhi sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato hoti || ayaṃ cassa ariyo ñāyo paññāya sudiṭṭho hoti suppaṭividdho || So ākaṅkhamāno attanā va attānaṃ vyākareyya || || Khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoniyo khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto || sotāpanno ham asmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyano ti || || Dutiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).43 (3) Dukkha
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
[page 072]
72 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 43. 2
2 Dukkhassa bhikkhave samudayañca atthaṅgamañca desissāmi || taṃ suṇātha || pe|| ||
I
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave dukkhassa samudayo ||
4 Cakkhuṃ ca paticca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇaṃ || tiṇṇaṃ saṅgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā ||
vedanāpaccayā taṇhā || Ayaṃ kho bhikkhave dukkhassa samudayo || ||
5 Sotaṃ ca paṭicca sadde ca ||
6 Ghānaṃ ca paṭicca gandhe ca ||
7 Jivhaṃ ca paṭicca rase ca ||
8 Kāyañca paṭicca phoṭṭhabbe ca ||
9 Manañca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññāṇaṃ || tiṇṇaṃ saṅgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā ||
vedanāpaccayā taṇhā || Ayaṃ kho bhikkhave dukkhassa samudayo || ||
II
10 Katamo ca bhikkhave dukkhassa atthaṅgamo || ||
11 Cakkhuṃ ca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇam || tiṇṇaṃ saṅgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā || vedanāpaccayā taṇhā || || Tassāyeva taṇhāya asesavirāganirodhā upādānanirodho || upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho ||
bhavanirodhā jātinirodho || jātinirodhā jatāmaraṇam sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti || || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti || ||
Ayaṃ kho bhikkhave dukkhassa atthaṅgamo || ||
12 Sotañca paṭicca sadde ca uppajjati sotaviññāṇaṃ || ||
13 Ghānañ ca paṭicca gandhe ca uppajjati ghānaviññāṇaṃ ||
14 Jivhaṃ ca paṭicca || pe||
15 Kāyaṃ ca paṭicca || pe||
16 Manaṃ ca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññāṇaṃ || tiṇṇam saṅgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā ||
vedanāpaccayā taṇhā || tassāyeva taṇhāya asesavirāganirodhā upādānanirodho || upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho ||
bhavanirodhā jātinirodho || jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti
[page 073]
XII. 44. 12] GAHAPATIVAGGO PAÑCAMO 73
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakhandhassa nirodho hoti || ||
17 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhave dukkhassa atthaṅgamo ti || ||
Tatiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).44 (4) Loko
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Lokassa bhikkhave samudayañca atthaṅgamañca desissāmi || Tam suṇātha || pe|| ||
I
3 Katamo ca bhikkhave lokassa samudayo || ||
4 Cakkhuṃ ca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇaṃ || tiṇṇam saṅgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā ||
vedanāpaccayā taṇhā || taṇhapaccayā upādānaṃ || upādānapaccayā bhavo || bhavapaccayā jāti || jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti ||
Ayaṃ lokassa samudayo || ||
5 Sotañca paṭicca sadde ca || pe|| ||
6 Ghānaṃ ca paṭicca gandhe ca || pe|| ||
7 Jivhaṃ ca paṭicca rase ca || pe|| ||
8 Kāyaṃ ca paṭicca poṭṭhabbe ca || ||
9 Manaṃ ca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññāṇam || tiṇṇam saṅgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā || pe||
jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti || || Ayaṃ kho bhikkhave lokassa samudayo || ||
II
10 Katamo ca bhikkhave lokassa atthaṅgamo || ||
11 Cakkhuṃ ca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇam || tiṇṇaṃ saṅgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā ||
vedanāpaccayā taṇhā || tassā yeva taṇhāya asesavirāganirodhā upādānanirodho || upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho ||
pe || || evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti || ||
Ayaṃ lokassa atthaṅgamo || ||
12 Sotaṃ ca paṭicca sadde ca || pe|| ||
[page 074]
74 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 44. 13
13 Ghānaṃ ca paṭicca gandhe ca || pe|| ||
14 Jivhaṃ ca paṭicca rase ca || pe|| ||
15 Kāyaṃ ca paṭicca poṭṭhabbe ca || pe|| ||
16 Manaṃ ca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññāṇaṃ || tiṇṇam saṅgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā ||
vedanāpaccayā taṇhā || || tassāyeva taṇhāya asesavirāganirodhā upādānanirodho || upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho ||
pe || || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti || ||
17 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhave lokassa atthaṅgamoti || || Catutthaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).45 (5) Ñātika
1 Evam me sutaṃ || Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Ñātike viharati Giñjakāvasathe || ||
I
2 Atha kho Bhagavā rahogato paṭisallīno imam dhammapariyāyam abhāsi || ||
3 Cakkhuṃ ca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇaṃ || tiṇṇaṃ saṅgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā ||
vedanāpaccayā taṇhā || taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ || pe|| Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || ||
4 Sotañca paṭicca sadde ca || pe|| ||
5 Ghānañca paṭicca gandhe ca || pe|| ||
6 Jivhaṃ ca paṭicca rase ca || pe|| ||
7 Kāyaṃ ca paṭicca poṭṭhabbe ca || pe|| ||
8 Manañca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññāṇaṃ || tiṇṇaṃ saṅgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā || vedanāpaccayā taṇhā || taṇhāpaccayā upādānam || pe|| || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || ||
9 Cakkhuṃ ca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇaṃ || tiṇṇaṃ saṅgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā ||
vedanāpaccayā taṇhā || tassā yeva taṇhāya || asesavirāganirodhā upādānanirodhe || upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho ||
pe || || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti || pe|| ||
[page 075]
XII. 46. 3] GAHAPATIVAGGO PAÑCAMO 75
10 Sotañca paṭicca sadde ca || pe|| ||
11 Ghānañca paṭicca || pe|| ||
12 Jivhañca paṭicca || pe|| ||
13 Kāyañca paṭicca || pe|| ||
14 Manañca paṭicca dhamme uppajjati manoviññāṇaṃ ||
tiṇṇaṃ saṅgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā || vedanāpaccayā taṇhā || tassā yeva taṇhāya asesavirāganirodhā upādānanirodho || upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho || pe|| ||
Evam atassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotīti || ||
II
15 Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu Bhagavato upassutiṃṭhito hoti || ||
16 Addasā kho Bhagavā taṃ bhikkhum upassutiṃṭhitaṃ ||
17 Disvāna taṃ bhikkhum etad avoca || || Assosi no tvaṃ bhikkhu imaṃ dhammapariyāyanti || ||
Evam bhante ti || ||
18 Uggaṇhāhi tvaṃ bhikkhu imaṃ dhammapariyāyaṃ ||
pariyāpuṇāhi tvaṃ bhikkhu imaṃ dhammapariyāyaṃ || ||
Atthasaṃhitāyam bhikkhu dhammapariyāyo ādibrahamacariyako ti || || Pañcamaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).46 (6) Aññataraṃ
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati ||
2 Atha kho aññataro brāhmaṇo yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi || sammodanīyaṃ katham sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam etad avoca ||
3 Kiṃ nu kho bho Gotama so karoti {paṭisaṃvediyatīti} || ||
So karoti so paṭisaṃvediyatītī kho brāhmaṇa ayam eko anto || ||
[page 076]
76 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 46. 4
4 Kim pana bho Gotama añño karoti añño paṭisaṃvediyatīti || ||
Añño karoti añño paṭisaṃvediyatīti kho brāhmaṇa ayaṃ dutiyo anto || || Ete te brāhmaṇa ubho ante anupagamma majjhena Tathāgato dhammaṃ deseti || ||
5 Avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā || saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ ||
pe || || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || ||
Avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho ||
saṅkhāranirodhā || pe|| Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotīti || ||
6 Evaṃ vutte so brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
Abhikkantaṃ bho Gotama abhikkantaṃ bho Gotama || pe||
Upāsakam maṃ bhavaṃ Gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatanti || || Chaṭṭhaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).47 (7) Jānussoṇi
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Atha kho Jānussoṇi brāhmaṇo yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi ||
pe || ||
Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Jānussoṇi brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
3 Kim nu kho bho Gotama sabbaṃ atthīti || || Sabbam atthīti kho brāhmaṇa ayam eko anto || ||
4 Kiṃ pana bho Gotama sabbaṃ natthīti || ||
Sabbam natthīti kho brāhmaṇa ayaṃ dutiyo anto || ||
Ete te brāhmaṇa ubho ante anupagamma majjhena Tathāgato dhammaṃ deseti || ||
5 Avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā || saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ ||
pe || || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || ||
Avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho ||
saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho || pe|| || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotīti || ||
6 Evaṃ vutte so Jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam etad avoca
[page 077]
XII. 49. 1] GAHAPATIVAGGO PAÑCAMO 77
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| || Abhikkantam bho Gotama || pe || pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gatanti || || Sattamam || ||
SN_2,12(1).48 (8) Lokāyatika
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Atha kho lokāyatiko brāhmaṇo yena Bhagavā || pe|| ||
Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho lokāyatiko brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
3 Kiṃ nu kho bho Gotama sabbam atthīti || ||
Sabbam atthīti kho brāhmaṇa jeṭṭham etam lokāyatam || ||
4 Kim pana bho Gotama sabbaṃ natthīti || ||
Sabbaṃ natthīti kho brāhmaṇa dutiyaṃ etaṃ lokāyataṃ || ||
5 Kiṃ nu kho bho Gotama sabbam ekattan ti ||
Sabbam ekattanti kho brāhmaṇa tatiyam etaṃ lokāyataṃ || ||
6 Kiṃ pana bho Gotama sabbaṃ puthuttanti || ||
Sabbaṃ puthuttanti kho brāhmaṇa catuttham etaṃ lokāyatam || ||
Ete te brāhmaṇa ubho ante anupagamma majjhena Tathāgato dhammaṃ deseti || ||
7 Avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā || saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ ||
pe || || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hotī || ||
Avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho ||
saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho || pe|| || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotīti || ||
8 Evaṃ vutte lokāyatiko brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Abhikkantaṃ bho Gotama || pe || ajjatagge pānupe taṃ saraṇaṃ gatanti || || Aṭṭhamaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).49 (9) Ariyasāvaka (1)
1 Sāvatthi || ||
[page 078]
78 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 49. 2
2 Na bhikkhave sutavato ariyasāvakassa evaṃ hoti || ||
Kiṃ nu kho kismiṃ sati kiṃ hoti || Kissuppādā kim uppajjati || || [Kismiṃ satī saṅkhāra honti || Kismiṃ sati viññāṇaṃ hoti ||] Kismiṃ sati nāmarūpaṃ hoti || kismiṃ sati saḷāyatanaṃ hoti || kismiṃ sati phasso hoti || kismiṃ sati vedanā hoti || kismiṃ sati taṇhā hoti || kismiṃ sati upādānaṃ hoti || kismiṃ sati bhavo hoti || kismiṃ sati jāti hoti || kismiṃ sati jarāmaraṇaṃ hotīti || ||
3 Atha kho bhikkhave sutavato ariya sāvakassa aparapaccayā ñāṇam evettha hoti || || Imasmiṃ sati idaṃ hoti ||
imassuppādā idam uppajjati || [Avijjāya sati saṅkhārā honti ||
saṅkhāresu sati viññāṇaṃ hoti ||] viññāṇe sati nāmarūpaṃ hoti || pe|| || Jātiyā sati jarāmaraṇaṃ hotīti || || So evaṃ pajānāti evam ayam loko samudayatīti || ||
4 Na bhikkhave sutavato ariyasāvakassa evaṃ hoti || ||
Kiṃ nu kho kismiṃ asati kiṃ na hoti || kissa nirodhā kiṃ nirujjhati || [Kismiṃ asati saṅkhārā na honti || kismiṃ asati viññāṇaṃ na hoti ||] kismiṃ asati nāmarūpaṃ na hoti ||
kismiṃ asati saḷāyatanaṃ na hoti || kismiṃ asati phasso na hoti || kismiṃ asati vedanā na hoti || kismiṃ asati taṇhā na hoti || kismiṃ asati upādānaṃ na hoti || kismiṃ asati bhavo na hoti || kismiṃ asati jāti na hoti || kismiṃ asati jarāmaraṇaṃ na hotīti || pe|| ||
5 Atha kho bhikkhave sutavato ariyasāvakassa aparapaccayā ñāṇam evettha hoti ||
Imasmiṃ asīti idaṃ na hoti || imassa nirodhā idaṃ nirujjhati || [Avijjāya asati saṅkhārā na honti || saṅkhāresu asati viññāṇaṃ na hoti ||] viññāṇe asati nāmarūpaṃ na hoti || nāmarūpe asati saḷāyatanam na hoti || pe|| phasso na hoti || pe|| vedanā na hoti || taṇhā na hoti || pe|| upādānaṃ na hoti || pe|| bhavo na hoti || pe|| jāti na hoti || pe|| jātiyā asati jarāmaraṇaṃ na hotīti || pe|| || So evaṃ pajānāti evam ayaṃ loko nirujjhatīti || ||
[page 079]
XII. 50. 5] GAHAPATIVAGGO PAÑCAMO 79
6 Yato ca kho bhikkhave ariyasāvako evaṃ lokassa samudayañca atthaṅgamañca yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave ariyasāvako diṭṭhisampanno iti pi || pe|| ||
amatadvāram āhacca tiṭṭhati iti pīti || || Navamaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).50 (10) Ariyasāvaka (2)
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Na bhikkhave sutavato ariyasāvakassa evaṃ hoti || ||
Kiṃ nu kho kismiṃ sati kiṃ hoti || || kissuppādā kim uppajjati || kismiṃ sati saṅkhārā honti || kismiṃ sati viññāṇaṃ hoti || kismiṃ sati nāmarūpaṃ hoti || kismiṃ sati saḷāyatanaṃ hoti || kismiṃ sati phasso hoti || kismiṃ sati vedanā hoti || kismiṃ sati taṇhā hoti || kismiṃ sati upādānaṃ hoti ||
kismiṃ sati bhavo hoti || kismiṃ sati jāti hoti || kismiṃ sati jarāmaraṇaṃ hoti || pe|| ||
3 Atha kho bhikkhave sutavato ariyasāvakassa aparapaccayā ñāṇam evettha hoti || || Imasmiṃ sati idaṃ hoti ||
imassuppādā idam uppajjati || || avijjāya sati saṅkhārā honti ||
saṅkhāresu sati viññāṇaṃ hoti || viññāṇe sati nāmarūpaṃ hoti || nāmarūpe sati saḷāyatanam hoti || saḷāyatane sati phasso hoti || phasse sati vedanā hoti || vedanāya sati taṇhā hoti || taṇhāya sati upādānaṃ na hoti || upādāne sati bhavo hoti || bhave sati jāti hoti || jātiyā sati jarāmaraṇaṃ hotīti || ||
So evaṃ jānāti evam ayaṃ loko samudayatīti || ||
4 Na bhikkhave sutavato ariyasāvakassa evaṃ hoti || Kiṃ nu kho kismiṃ asati kiṃ na hoti || kissa nirodhā kiṃ nirujjhati || kismiṃ asati saṅkhārā na honti || kismiṃ asati viññāṇaṃ na hoti || pe|| || kismim asati jarāmaraṇaṃ na hoti || ||
5 Atha kho bhikkhave sutavato ariyasāvakassa aparapaccayā ñāṇam evettha hoti || || Imasmim asati idaṃ na hoti || imassa nirodhā idaṃ nirujjhati || Avijjāya asati saṅkhārā na honti
[page 080]
80 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 50. 6
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| saṅkhāresu asati viññāṇaṃ na hoti ||
viññāṇe asati nāmarūpaṃ na hoti || nāmarūpe asati saḷāyatanaṃ na hoti || pe|| jātiyā asati jarāmaraṇaṃ na hotīti || ||
So evam pajānāti evam ayaṃ loko nirujjhatīti || ||
6 Yato ca kho bhikkhave ariyasāvako evam lokassa samudayañca atthaṅgamañca yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave ariyasāvako diṭṭhisampanno iti pi ||
passati imaṃ saddhammam iti pi || sekhena ñāṇena samannāgato iti pi || [sekhāya vijjāya samannāgato iti pi ||] dhammasotaṃ samāpanno iti pi || ariyo nibbedhikapañño iti pi ||
amatadvāram āhacca tiṭṭhati iti pīti || || Dasamaṃ || ||
Gahapativaggo pañcamo || ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Dve Pañcaverabhayā vuttā ||
Dukkhaṃ Loko ca Ñātikaṃ ||
Aññataraṃ Jānussoṇi ca ||
Dve Ariyasāvakā vuttā ||
Vaggo tena pavuccatīti ||
CHAPTER VI Rukkha-vaggo Chaṭṭho
SN_2,12(1).51 (1) Parivimaṃsana
1 Evam me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Sāvatthiyam viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2 Tatra Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi Bhikkhavo ti || ||
Bhadante ti te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosum || ||
3 Bhagavā etad avoca || || Kittāvatā nu kho bhikkhave bhikkhu {pariviṃsamāno} parivīmaṃseyya sabbaso sammādukkhakkhayāyāti || ||
{Bhagavaṃmūlakā} no bhante dhammā Bhagavaṃnettikā Bhagavaṃpaṭisaraṇā
[page 081]
XII. 51. 10] RUKKHA-VAGGO CHAṬṬHO 81
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| sādhu vata bhante Bhagavantaṃ yeva paṭibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho || Bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantīti || ||
4 Tena hi bhikkhave taṃ suṇātha sādhukaṃ manasi karotha bhāsissāmīti || ||
Evam bhante ti kho te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosuṃ || ||
Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
5 Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu parivīmaṃsamāno parivīmaṃsati || || Yaṃ kho idam anekavidhaṃ nānappakārakaṃ dukkhaṃ loke uppajjati jarāmaraṇaṃ || idaṃ nu kho dukkhaṃ kiṃnidānaṃ kiṃsamudayaṃ kiṃjātikaṃ kimpabhavaṃ || || kismiṃ sati jarāmaraṇaṃ hoti || kismiṃ asati jarāmaraṇaṃ na hotīti || ||
6 So parivīmaṃsamāno evam pajānāti || Yaṃ kho idam anekavidhaṃ nānappakarakaṃ dukkhaṃ loke uppajjati jarāmaraṇaṃ || idaṃ kho dukkhaṃ jātinidānaṃ jātisamudayaṃ jātijātikaṃ jātipabhavaṃ || || Jātiyā sati jarāmaraṇaṃ hoti || jātiyā asati jarāmaraṇaṃ na hotīti || ||
7 So jarāmaraṇaṃ ca pajānāti jarāmaraṇasamudayaṃ ca pajānāti jarāmaraṇanirodhaṃ ca pajānāti || yā ca jarāmaraṇanirodhasāruppagāminī paṭipadā taṃ ca pajānāti || ||
Tathā paṭipanno ca hoti anudhammacārī || ||
8 Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu sabbaso sammādukkhakkhayāya paṭipanno jarāmaraṇanirodhāya || ||
9 Athāparaṃ parivīmaṃsamāno parivīmaṃsati || || Bhavo panāyaṃ kinnidāno || Upādānaṃ panidaṃ kinnidānam ||
Taṇhā panāyaṃ kinnidānā || Vedanā || Phasso || Saḷāyatanaṃ panidaṃ kinnidānaṃ || Nāmarūpaṃ panidaṃ || Viññāṇaṃ panidaṃ || Saṅkhārā panime kinnidānā kiṃsamudayā kiṃjātikā kiṃpabhāvā || kismiṃ sati saṅkhārā honti kismiṃ asati saṅkhārā na hontī ti || ||
10 So parivimaṃsamāno evaṃ pajānāti || || Saṅkhārā avijjānidānā avijjāsamudayā avijjājātikā avijjāpabhavā || ||
[page 082]
82 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 51. 11
Avijjāya sati saṅkhārā honti || avijjāya asati saṅkhārā na hontī ti || ||
11 So saṅkhāre ca pajānāti saṅkhārasamudayañca pajānāti saṅkhāranirodhañ ca pajānāti || yā ca saṅkhārānirodhasāruppagāminī paṭipadā taṃ ca pajānāti || || Tathā paṭipanno ca hoti anudhammacārī || || Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu sabbaso sammādukkhakkhayāya paṭipanno saṅkhāranirodhāya || ||
12 Avijjāgato yaṃ bhikkhave purisapuggalo puññaṃ ce saṅkhāram abhisaṃkharoti || puññūpagaṃ hoti viññāṇaṃ ||
apuññaṃ ce saṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti || apuññūpagaṃ hoti viññāṇaṃ || Āneñjam ce saṅkhāram abhisaṅkharoti ||
āneñjūpagaṃ hoti viññānaṃ || ||
13 Yato kho bhikkhave bhikkhuno avijjā pahīnā hoti vijjā uppannā || so avijjāvirāgā vijjuppādā-n-eva puññabhisaṅkhāram abhisaṅkharoti || na apuññābhisaṅkhāram abhisaṅkharoti || na ānejābhisaṅkhāram abhisaṅkharoti || ||
14 Anabhisaṅkharonto anabhisañcetayanto na kiñci loke upādiyati || anupādiyaṃ na paritassati || aparitassaṃ paccattaññeva parinibbāyati || khīṇā jāti || vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ {karaṇīyaṃ} nāparam itthattāyā ti pajānāti || ||
15 So sukham ce vedanaṃ vedayati || sā aniccāti pajānāti || anajjhositā ti pajānāti || anabhinanditāti pajānāti || || Dukkhaṃ ce vedanam vedayati || sa aniccā ti pajānāti || anajjhositāti pajānāti || anabhinanditā ti pajānāti || ||
Adukkham asukhaṃ ce vedanaṃ vedayati || sā aniccāti pajānāti || anajjhositāti pajānāti || anabhinanditā ti pajānāti || ||
16 So sukhaṃ ce vedanaṃ vedayati visaññutto taṃ vedanam vedayati || dukkhaṃ ce vedanaṃ vedayati visaññutto taṃ vedanaṃ vedayati || adukkham asukhaṃ ce vedanaṃ vedayati visaññutto taṃ vedanaṃ vedayati ||
[page 083]
XII. 51. 23] RUKKHA-VAGGO CHAṬṬHO 83
17 So kāyapariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ vediyamāno kāyapariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ vediyāmīti pajānāti || jīvitapariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ vediyamāno jīvitapariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ vediyāmīti pajānāti || kāyassa bhedā uddhaṃ jīvitapariyādānā idheva sabbavedayitāni anabhinanditāni sītibhavissanti ||
sarīrāni avasissantīti pajānāti || ||
18 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave puriso kumbhakārapākā uṇhaṃ kumbham uddharitvā same bhūmibhāge patiṭṭhapeyya tatra yāyam usmā sa tattheva vūpasameyya kapallāni avasiseyyuṃ || evam eva kho bhikkhave bhikkhu kāyapariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ vediyamāno kāyapariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ vediyāmīti pajānāti || jīvitapariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ vedijamāno jivitapariyantikam vedanam vediyāmīti pajānāti ||
kāyassa bhedā uddhaṃ jīvitapariyādānā idheva sabbavedayitāni anabhinanditāni sītibhavissanti || sarīrāni avassissantīti pajānāti || ||
19 Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave || api nu kho khīnāsavo bhikkhu puññābhisaṅkhāraṃ vā abhisaṅkhareyya apuññābhisaṅkhāram vā abhisaṅkhareyya āneñjābhisaṅkhāram vā abhisaṅkhareyyāti || ||
No etam bhante || ||
20 Sabbaso vā pana saṅkhāresu asati saṅkharānirodhā api nu kho viññāṇaṃ paññayethāti || ||
No etam bhante || ||
21 Sabbaso vā pana viññāṇe asati saṅkhāranirodhā api nu kho nāmarūpaṃ paññāyethāti || ||
No etam bhante || ||
22 Sabbaso vā nāmarūpe asati nāmarūpanirodhā api nu kho saḷāyatanaṃ paññāyethāti || ||
No etam bhante || ||
23 Sabbaso vā pana saḷāyatane asati saḷāyatananirodhā api nu kho phasso paññāyethāti || ||
No etam bhante || ||
[page 084]
84 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 51. 24
24 Sabbaso vā pana phasse asati phassanirodhā api nu kho vedanā paññāyethāti || ||
No etam bhante || ||
25 Sabbaso vā pana vedanāya asati vedanānirodhā api nu kho taṇhā paññāyethāti || ||
No etam bhante || ||
26 Sabbasso vā pana taṇhāya asati taṇhānirodhā api nu kho upādānam paññāyethāti || ||
No etam bhante || ||
27 Sabbaso vā pana upādāne asati upādānanirodhā api nu kho bhavo paññāyethāti || ||
No etam bhante || ||
28 Sabbaso vā pana bhave asati bhavanirodhā api nu kho jāti paññāyethāti || ||
No etam bhante || ||
29 Sabbaso vā pana jātiyā asati jātinirodhā api nu kho jarāmaraṇaṃ paññāyethāti || ||
No etam bhante || ||
30 Sādhu sādhu bhikkhave || evam etam bhikkhave netam aññathā || || Saddahatha me tam bhikkhave adhimuccatha nikkaṅkhā ettha hotha nibbicikicchā || esevanto dukkhassāti || || Pathamaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).52 (2) Upādāna
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Upādāniyesu bhikkhave dhammesu assādānupassino viharato taṇhā pavāḍḍhati || taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ ||
upādānapaccayā bhavo bhavapaccayā jāti || jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti || || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || ||
3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave dasannaṃ vā kaṭṭhavāhānaṃ vīsāya vā kaṭṭhavāhānaṃ tiṃsāya vā kaṭṭhavāhānaṃ cattārīsāya vā kaṭṭhavāhānaṃ mahā aggikkhandho jāleyya
[page 085]
XII. 52. 7] RUKKHA-VAGGO CHAṬṬHO 85
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]||
Tatra puriso kālena kālaṃ sukkhāni ceva tiṇāni pakkhippeyya || sukkhāni ca gomayāni pakkhippeyya || sukkhāni ca kaṭṭhāni pakkhippeyya || Evañhi so bhikkhave mahā aggikkhando tadāhāro tadupādāno ciram dīgham addhānam jaleyya ||
4 Evam eva kho bhikkhave upādāniyesu dhammesu assādānupassino viharato taṇhā pavaḍḍhati || taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ || pe|| || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || ||
5 Upādāniyesu bhikkhave dhammesa ādīnavānupassino viharato taṇhā nirujjhati || taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho ||
upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho || bhavanirodhā jātinirodho ||
jātinirodha jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti || || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti || ||
6 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave dasannaṃ vā kaṭṭhavāhānam vīsāya vā || tiṃsāya vā cattārīsāya vā kaṭṭhavāhānam mahā aggikkhandho jāleyya || tatra puriso na kālena kālaṃ sukkhāni ceva tiṇāni pakkhippeyya || na sukkhāni ca gomayāni pakkhippeyya || na sukkhāni ca kaṭṭhāni pakkhippeyya || Evañhi so bhikkhave mahā aggikkhandho purimassa ca upādānassa pariyādānā aññāssa ca anupāhārā anāhāro nibbāyeyya || ||
7 Evam eva kho bhikkhave upādāniyesu dhammesu ādīnavānupassino viharato taṇhā nirujjhati || tanhānirodhā upādānanirodho || pe|| || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotīti || || Dutiyaṃ || ||
[page 086]
86 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 53. 1]
SN_2,12(1).53 (3) Saññojanaṃ (1)
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Saññojaniyesu bhikkhave dhammesu assādānupassino viharato taṇhā pavaḍḍhati || taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ ||
[upādānāpaccayābhavo || bhavapaccayājāti || jatipaccayājarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti ||] Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || ||
3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave telaṃ ca paṭicca vaṭṭim ca paṭicca telappadīpo jhāyeyya || tatra puriso kālena kalaṃ telam āsiñceyya vaṭṭim upasamhareyya || Evañhi so bhikkhave telappadīpo tadāhāro tad upādāno ciraṃ dīgham addhānaṃ jaleyya ||
4 Evam eva kho bhikkhave saññojaniyesu dhammesu assādānupassino viharato taṇhā pavaḍḍhati || taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ || pe|| ||
Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || ||
5 Saññojaniyesu bhikkhave dhammesu ādīnavānupassino viharato taṇhā nirujjhati || tanhānirodhā upādānanirodho ||
pe || || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti || ||
6 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave telaṃ ca paṭicca vaṭṭiṃ ca paṭicca telappadīpo jhāyeyya || tatra puriso na kālena kālaṃ telam āsiñceyya na vaṭṭiñca upasaṃhareyya || Evañhi so bhikkhave telappadīpo purimassa ca upādañassa pariyādānā aññassa ca anupāhārā anāhāro nibbāyeyya || ||
7 Evam eva kho bhikkhave saññojaniyesu dhammesu ādīnavānupassino viharato taṇhā nirujjhati || taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho || pe|| || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotīti || || Tatiyam || ||
[page 087]
XII. 55. 3] RUKKHA-VAGGO CHAṬṬHO 87
SN_2,12(1).54 (4) Saññojanaṃ (2)
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave telaṃ ca paṭicca vaṭṭiṃ ca paṭicca telappadīpo jhāyeyya || tatra puriso kālena kālam telam āsiñceyya vaṭṭiṃ upasaṃhareyya || evam hi so bhikkhave telappadīpo tadāhāro tadupādāno ciraṃ dīgham addhānaṃ jāleyya || Evam eva kho bhikkhave saññojaniyesu dhammesu assādānupassino viharato taṇhā pavaḍḍhati || taṇhāpaccayā upādānam || pe|| || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || ||
3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave telaṃ ca paṭicca vaṭṭiṃ ca paṭicca telappadīpo jhāyeyya || tatra na kālena kālam telam āsiñceyya na vaṭṭiṃ ca upasaṃhareyya || Evañ hi so bhikkhave telappadīpo purimassa ca upādānassa pariyādānā aññassa ca anupāhārā anāhāro nibbāyeyya || || Evam eva kho bhikkhave saññojaniyesu dhammesu ādīnavānupassino viharato taṇhā nirujjhati || taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho ||
pe || || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotīti || || Catuttham || ||
SN_2,12(1).55 (5) Mahārukkho (1)
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Upādāniyesu bhikkhave dhammesu assādānupassino viharato taṇhā pavaḍḍhati || Taṇhāpaccayā upādānam ||
pe || || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || ||
3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave mahārukkho || tassa yāni ceva mūlāni adhogamāniyāni ca tiriyaṅgamāni sabbān tāni uddham ojam abhiharanti || Evañ hi so bhikkhave mahārukkho tadāhāro tadupādāno ciraṃ dīgham addhānaṃ tiṭṭheyya || || Evam eva kho bhikkhave upādāniyesu dhammesu assādānupassino viharato taṇhā pavaḍḍhati || tanhāpaccayā upādānam || [upadānapaccayā bhavo] || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti || ||
[page 088]
88 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 55. 4
4 Upādāniyesu bhikkhave dhammesu ādīnavānupassino viharato taṇhā nirujjhati || taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho ||
upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho || pe|| || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti || ||
5 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave mahārukkho || Atha puriso āgaccheyya kuddālapiṭakam ādāya || so taṃ rukkhaṃ mūle chindeyya || mulena chetvā paliṃ khaṇeyya || paliṃ khaṇitvā mulāni uddhareyya antamaso usīraṇāḷimattānipi || so taṃ rukkhaṃ khaṇḍākhaṇḍikaṃ chindeyya || khaṇḍākhaṇḍikaṃ chetvā phāleyya || phāletvā sakalikaṃ sakalikaṃ kareyya || sakalikam sakalikaṃ karitvā vātātape visoseyya ||
vātātape visosetvā agginā ḍaheyya || agginā ḍahitvā masiṃ kareyya || masiṃ karitvā mahāvāte vā opuneyya || nadiyāvā sīghasotāya pavāheyya || || Evañhi so bhikkhave mahārukkho ucchinnamūlo assa || tālavatthukato anabhāvaṃkato āyatim anuppādadhammo || ||
6 Evam eva kho bhikkhave upādāniyesu dhammesu ādīnavānuppassino viharato taṇhā nirujjhati || taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho || || pe [upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho] || ||
Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotīti || || Pañcamaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).56 (6) Mahārukkho (2)
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave mahārukkho || tassa yāni ceva mūlāni adhogamāniyāni ca tiriyaṅgamāni sabbāni tāni uddham ojam abhiharanti || Evañhi so bhikkhave mahārukkho tadāhāro tadupādāno ciraṃ dīgham addhānam tiṭṭheyya || ||
3 Evam eva kho bhikkhave upādāniyesu dhammesu assādānupassino viharato taṇhā pavaḍḍhati || || taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ
[page 089]
XII. 57. 5] RUKKHA-VAGGO CHAṬṬHO 89
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| pe|| || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || ||
4 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave mahārukkho || Atha puriso āgaccheyya kuddālapiṭakam ādāya || so taṃ rukkham mūle chindeyya || mūle chetvā paliṃ khaṇeyya || paliṃ khaṇitvā mulāni uddhareyya || pe|| || nadiyā vā sīghasotāya pavāheyya || || Evañhi so bhikkhave mahārukkho ucchinnamūlo assa || tālavatthukato anabhāvaṃkato āyatim anuppādadhammo || ||
5 Evam eva kho bhikkhave upādāniyesu dhammesu ādīnavānupassino viharato taṇhā nirujjhati || taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho || pe|| || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotīti || || Chaṭṭham || ||
SN_2,12(1).57 (7) Taruṇa
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Saññojaniyesu bhikkhave dhammesu assādānupassino viharato taṇhā pavaḍḍhati || taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ ||
pe || || Evam etassa kevalassa samudayo hoti || ||
3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave taruṇo rukkho || tassa puriso kālena kālam mūlāni palisajjeyya || kālena kālam paṃsuṃ dadeyya || kālena kālaṃ udakam dadeyya || || Evañhi so bhikkhave taruṇo rukkho tadāhāro tadupādāno vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullam āpajjeyya || ||
4 Evam eva kho bhikkhave saññojaniyesu dhammesu assādānupassino viharato taṇhā pavaḍḍhati || taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ || pe|| || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || ||
5 Saññojaniyesu bhikkhave dhammesu ādīnavānupassino viharato taṇhā nirujjhati || taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho ||
la || || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti || ||
[page 090]
90 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 57. 6
6 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave taruṇo rukkho || Atha puriso āgaccheyya kuddālapiṭakam ādāya || So taṃ rukkhaṃ mūle chindeyya mūle chetvā phalikhaṇeyya || phalikhaṇitvā mūlani uddhareyya antamaso usīranāḷamattāni pi so taṃ rukkhaṃ khaṇḍākhaṇḍikam chindeyya khaṇḍākhandikaṃ chetvā phaleyya phāletvā sakalikam sakalikaṃ kareyya sakalikaṃ sakalikaṃ karitvā vātātape visosetvā agginā ḍaheyya agginā ḍahetvā masiṃ kareyya masiṃ karitvā vātātape vā opuneyya nadiyā vā sīghasotāya pavāheyya ||
evañhi so bhikkhave taruṇo rukkho ucchinnamūlo assa ||
tālavatthukato anabhāvakato āyatim anuppādadhammo || ||
7 Evam eva kho bhikkhave saññojaniyesu dhammesu ādīnavānupassino viharato taṇhā nirujjhati || taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho || pe|| || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotīti || || Sattamaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).58 (8) Nāmarūpam
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Saññojaniyesu bhikkhave dhammesu assādānupassino viharato nāmarūpassa avakkanti hoti || Nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ || pe|| || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || ||
3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave mahārukkho || tassa yāni ceva mūlāni adhogamāni yāni ca tiriyaṅgamāni || sabbāni tāni uddham ojam abhiharanti || Evañhi so bhikkhave mahārukkho tadāhāro tadupādāno ciraṃ dīgham addhānaṃ tiṭṭheyya || ||
4 Evam eva kho bhikkhave saññojaniyesu dhammesu assādānupassino viharato nāmarūpassa avakkanti hoti ||
pe || ||
5 Saññojaniyesu bhikkhave dhammesu ādīnavānupassino viharato nāmarūpassa avakkanti na hoti || nāmarūpanirodhā saḷāyatananirodho
[page 091]
XII. 59. 8] RUKKHA-VAGGO CHAṬṬHO 91
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| pe|| || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti || ||
6 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave mahārukkho || atha puriso āgaccheyya kuddālapiṭakam ādāya || pe|| || āyatim anupādadhammo ||
7 Evam eva kho bhikkhave saññojaniyesu dhammesu ādinavānupassino viharato nāmarūpassa avakkanti na hoti || Nāmarūpanirodhā saḷāyatananirodho || pe|| || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotīti || ||
Aṭṭhamaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).59 (9) Viññāṇaṃ
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Saññojaniyesu bhikkhave dhammesu assādānupassino viharato viññāṇassa avakkanti hoti || viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ || pe|| || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || ||
3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave mahārukkho || tassa yāni ceva mulāni || pe|| ||
4 Evam eva kho bhikkhave saññojaniyesu dhammesu ādīnavānupassino viharato viññāṇassa avakkanti hoti ||
viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpam || pe|| || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || ||
5 Saññojaniyesu bhikkhave dhammesu ādīnavānupassino viharato viññāṇassa avakkanti na hoti || viññāṇanirodhā nāmarūpanirodho || pe|| || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti || ||
6 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave mahārukkho || Atha puriso āgaccheyya kuddālapiṭakam ādāya || pe|| || āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo || ||
7 Evam eva kho bhikkhave saññojaniyesu dhammesu ādīnavānupassino viharato viññāṇassa avakkanti na hoti ||
viññāṇassa nirodhā nāmarūpanirodho || pe|| ||
8 Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotīti || || Navamaṃ || ||
[page 092]
92 NIDĀNA-SAMYUTTA [XII. 60. 1
SN_2,12(1).60 (10) Nidāna
1 Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Kurusu viharati Kammāsadammaṃ nāma Kurūnaṃ nigamo || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Ānando yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Acchariyam bhante abbhutam bhante yāvagambhīro cāyam bhante paṭiccasamuppādo gambhīrāvabhāso ca || atha ca pana me uttānakuttānako viya khāyatīti || ||
4 Māhevām Ānanda māhevam Ānanda || gambhīro cāyam Ānanda paṭiccasamuppādo gambhīrāvabhāso ca ||
Etassa Ānanda dhammassa {aññāṇaṃ} ananubodhā appativedhā evam ayaṃ pajā tantākulakajātā guḷigandhikajātā muñjapabbajā bhūtā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ saṃsāraṃ nātivattati ||
5 Upādāniyesu Ānanda dhammesu assādānupassino viharato taṇhā pavaḍḍhati || taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ ||
upādānapaccayā bhavo || [bhavapaccayā jāti || jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti ||] Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || ||
6 Seyyathāpi Ānanda mahārukkho || tassa yāni ceva mūlāni adhogamāni yāni ca tiriyaṅgamāni || sabbāni tāni uddham ojam abhisaṃharanti || Evañhi so Ānanda mahārukkho tadāhāro tadupādāno ciraṃ dīgham addhānaṃ tiṭṭheyya || ||
7 Evam eva kho Ānanda upādāniyesu dhammesu assādānupassino viharato taṇhā pavaḍḍhati|| taṇhapaccayā upādānaṃ
[page 093]
XII. 60. 10] RUKKHA-VAGGO CHAṬṬHO 93
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| upādānapaccayā bhavo || pe|| || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || ||
8 Upādāniyesu Ānanda dhammesu ādīnavānupassino viharato taṇhā nirujjhati || taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho ||
[upādānanirodha bhavanirodho ||] pe|| Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti || ||
9 Seyyathāpi Ānanda mahārukkho || Atha puriso āgaccheyya kuddālapiṭakam ādāya || So tam rukkhaṃ mūle chindeyya || mūle chetvā paliṃ khaṇeyya || paliṃ khaṇitvā mūlāni uddhareyya antamaso usīranāḷimattāni pi || so taṃ rukkham khaṇḍākhaṇḍikaṃ chindeyya || khaṇḍākhaṇḍikaṃ chinditvā phāleyya || phāletvā sakalikaṃ sakalikaṃ kareyya ||
sakalikaṃ sakalikaṃ karitvā vātātape visoseyya || vātātāpe visosetvā agginā ḍaheyya || agginā ḍahetvā masiṃ kareyya ||
masiṃ karitvā mahāvāte vā opuneyya nadiyā vā sīghasotāya pavāheyya || Evañhi so Ānanda mahārukkho ucchinnamūlo assa tālavatthukato anabhāvanikato āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo || ||
10 Evam eva kho Ānanda upādāniyesu dhammesu ādīnavānupassino viharato taṇhā nirujjhati || taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho || upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho || bhavanirodhā jātinirodho || jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokoparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti || || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotīti || || Dasamaṃ || ||
Rukkhavaggo chaṭṭho || ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Parivīmaṃsanupādānaṃ ||
Dve ca Saññojanāni ca ||
Mahārukkhena dve vuttā||
Taruṇena ca sattamaṃ ||
Nāmarūpañca Viññāṇaṃ ||
Nidānena ca te dasāti || ||
[page 094]
94 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 61. 1
CHAPTER VII MAHĀVAGGO SATTAMO
SN_2,12(1).61 (1) Assutavato
1 Evaṃ me sutaṃ || Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2 Assutavā bhikkhave putthujjano imasmiṃ cātumahābhūtikasmiṃ kāyasmim nibbindeyya pi virajjeyya pi vimucceyya pi || ||
3 Taṃ kissa hetu || || Dissati bhikkhave imassa catumahābhūtikassa kāyassa ācayo pi apacayo pi ādānam pi nikkhepanam pi || ||
Tasmā tatrāssutavā puthujjano nibbindeyya pi virajjeyya pi vimucceyya pi || ||
4 Yaṃ ca kho etaṃ bhikkhave vuccati cittaṃ iti pi mano iti pi viññānaṃ iti pi|| tatrassutavā puthujjano nālaṃ nibbinditum nālaṃ virajjituṃ nālaṃ vimuccituṃ || ||
5 Tam kissa hetu|| Dīgharattaṃ hetaṃ bhikkhave assutavato puthujjanassa ajjhositaṃ mamāyitaṃ parāmaṭṭham Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti || ||
Tasmā tatrāssutavā puthujjano nālaṃ nibbindituṃ nālaṃ virajjituṃ nālam vimuccituṃ || ||
6 Varaṃ bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano imaṃ cātumahābhūtikaṃ kāyam attato upagaccheyya na tveva cittaṃ || ||
7 Tam kissa hetu || || Dissatāyam bhikkhave cātumahābhūtiko kāyo ekam pi vassaṃ tiṭṭhamāno || dve pi vassāni tiṭṭhamāno || tīṇi pi vassāni tiṭṭhamāno || cattāri pi vassāni tiṭṭhamāno || pañca pi vassāni tiṭṭhamāno || dasa pi vassāni tiṭṭhamāno || vīsati pi vassāni tiṭṭhamāno || tiṃsam pi vassāni tiṭṭhamāno || Cattārīsam pi vassāni tiṭṭhamāno || paññāsam pi vassāni tiṭṭhamāno || vassasatam pi tiṭṭhamāno ||
[page 095]
XII. 62. 3] MAHĀVAGGO SATTAMO 95
bhiyyo pi tiṭṭhamāno || || Yaṃ ca kho etaṃ bhikkhave vuccati cittam iti pi mano iti pi viññāṇam iti pi || taṃ rattiyā ca divasassa ca aññad eva uppajjati aññaṃ nirujjhati || ||
8 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave makkaṭo arāññe pavane caramāno sākhaṃ gaṇhati || taṃ muñcitvā aññaṃ gaṇhati ||
Evam eva kho bhikkhave yad idam vuccati cittam iti pi mano iti pi viññāṇam iti pi || taṃ rattiyā ca divasassa ca ānnad eva uppajjati aññam nirujjhati || ||
9 Tatra bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako paṭiccasamuppādaṃ yeva sādhukaṃ yoniso manasi karoti || || Iti pi imasmim sati idam hoti imassuppādā idam uppajjati ||
imasmiṃ asati idaṃ na hoti imassa nirodhā idaṃ nirujjhati || || Yad idam avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā || saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇam || pe|| || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || ||
10 Avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho ||
saṅkharanirodhā viññāṇanirodho || pe|| || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti || ||
11 Evam passaṃ bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako rūpasmiṃ pi nibbindati || vedanāya pi nibbindati || saññāya pi nibbindati || saṅkhāresu pi nibbindati || viññāṇasmim pi nibbindati || || Nibbindaṃ virajjati || virāgā vimuccati ||
vimuttasmiṃ vimuttamiti ñāṇaṃ hoti || || Khīṇājāti vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyam nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || || Pathamaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).62 (2) Assutavā (2)
1 Sāvatthiyam viharati || ||
2 Assutavā bhikkhave puthujjano imasmiṃ cātumahābhūtikasmiṃ kāyasmim nibbindeyya pi virajjeyya pi vimucceyya pi || ||
3 Taṃ kissa hetu || || Dissati bhikkhave imassa cātumahābhūtikassa kāyassa ācayo pi apacayo pi ādānam pi nikkhepanam pi
[page 096]
96 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 62. 4
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| tasmā tatrāssutavā puthujjano nibbindeyyapi virajjeyya pi vimucceyya pi || ||
4 Yaṃ ca kho etam bhikkhave vuccati cittam iti pi mano iti pi viññāṇaṃ iti pi || tatrāssutavā puthujjano nālaṃ nibbindituṃ nālaṃ virajjituṃ nālaṃ vimuccituṃ || ||
5 Taṃ kissa hetu || || Dīgharattañhetaṃ bhikkhave assutavato puthujjanassa ajjhositaṃ mamāyitaṃ parāmaṭṭham etaṃ mama esoham asmi eso me attā ti || ||
Tasmā tatrāssutavā puthujjano nālaṃ nibbinditum nālaṃ virajjituṃ nālaṃ vimuccituṃ || ||
6 Varaṃ bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano imaṃ cātumahābhūtikaṃ kāyam attato upagaccheyya na tveva cittaṃ || ||
7 Taṃ kissa hetu || || Dissatāyam bhikkhave cātumahābhūtiko kāyo ekam pi vassam tiṭṭhamāno || dve pi vassāni tiṭṭhamāno || tīni pi || pe|| cattāri pi || pe|| pañcā pi || pe|| dasa pi || pe|| vīsati pi || pe|| tiṃsa pi || pe|| cattārīsam pi || pe||
paññāsam pi vassāni tiṭṭhamāno || vassasatam pi tiṭṭhamāno || bhiyyo pi tiṭṭhamāno || || Yaṃ ca kho etam bhikkhave vuccati cittam iti pi mano iti pi viññāṇam iti pi || taṃ rattiyā ca divasassa ca aññad eva upajjati aññaṃ nirujjhati || ||
8 Tatra bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako paṭiccasamuppādam yeva sādhukaṃ yoniso manasi karoti || Iti imasmiṃ sati idaṃ hoti imassuppādā idam uppajjati imasmim asati idaṃ na hoti imassa nirodhā idaṃ nirujjhati || ||
9 Sukhavedaniyaṃ bhikkhave phassaṃ paṭicca uppajjati sukhā vedanā || tasseva sukhavedaniyassa phassassa nirodhā yaṃ tajjaṃ vedayitaṃ sukhavedaniyaṃ phassaṃ paṭicca uppannā sukhā vedanā sā nirujjhati sā v-ūpasammati || ||
10 Dukkhavedaniyaṃ bhikkhave phassaṃ paṭicca uppajjati dukkhā vedanā || tasseva dukkhavedaniyassa phassassa nirodhā yaṃ tajjaṃ vedayitam dukkhavedaniyaṃ phassaṃ paṭicca uppannā dukkhā vedanā sā nirujjhati sā vūpasammati
[page 097]
XII. 63. 1] MAHĀVAGGO SATTAMO 97
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| ||
11 Adukkhamasukhavedaniyaṃ bhikkhave phassaṃ paṭicca uppajjati adukkhamasukhavedanā || tasseva adukkhamasukhavedaniyassa phassassa nirodhā yaṃ tajjaṃ vedayitam adukkhamasukhavedaniyaṃ phassaṃ paṭicca uppannā adukkhamasukhavedanā sā nirujjhati sa vupasammati || ||
12 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave dvinnaṃ kaṭṭhānaṃ saṅghaṭṭasamodhānā usmā jāyati tejo abhinibattati || tesaṃ yeva dvinnaṃ kaṭṭhānam nānābhāvāvinikkhepā yā tajjā usmā sā nirujjhati sā vūpasammati || ||
13 Evam eva kho bhikkhave sukhavedaniyaṃ phassaṃ paṭicca uppajjati sukhavedanā || tasseva sukhavedaniyassa phassassa nirodhā yaṃ tajjaṃ vedayitaṃ sukhavedaniyaṃ phassaṃ paṭicca uppannā sukhavedanā sā nirujjhati sā vūpasammati || ||
14 Dukkhavedaniyaṃ phassam paṭicca || pe|| ||
15 Adukkhamasukhavedaniyaṃ phassaṃ paṭicca uppajjati adukkhamasukhavedanā || tasseva adukkhamasukhavedaniyassa phassassa nirodhā yaṃ tajjaṃ vedayitam adukkhamasukhavedaniyaṃ phassam paṭicca uppannā adukkhamasukhavedanā sā nirujjhati sā vūpasammati || ||
16 Evaṃ passaṃ bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako phasse nibbindati || vedanāya pi nibbindati || saññāya pi nibbindati || viññāṇasmim pinibbindati || || Nibbindaṃ virajjati ||
[virāgā vimuccati || vimuttasmiṃ vimuttamhīti nāṇaṃ hoti || || Khīnā jāti vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇiyaṃ] nāparam itthattāyā ti pajānātīti || || Dutiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).63 (3) Puttamaṃsa
1 Sāvatthi || ||
[page 098]
98 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 63. 2
2 Cattāro me bhikkhave āhārā bhūtānaṃ vā sattānaṃ ṭhitiyā sambhavesinaṃ vā anuggahāya || ||
3 Katame cattāro || || Kabaliṃkāro āhāro oḷāriko vā sukhumo vā || phasso dutiyo || manosāñcetanā tatiyā ||
viññāṇaṃ catutthaṃ || ||
Ime kho bhikkhave cattāro āhārā bhūtānaṃ vā sattānaṃ ṭhitiyā sambhavesinaṃ va anuggahāya || ||
4 Kathaṃ ca bhikkhave kabaliṃkāro āharo daṭṭhabbo || ||
5 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave dve jayampatikā parittaṃ sambalam ādāya kantāramaggaṃ paṭipajjeyyuṃ || tesam assa ekaputtako piyo manāpo ||
6 Atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhave dvinnaṃ jayampatikānaṃ kantāragatānaṃ yā parittā sambalamattā sā parikkhayaṃ pariyādānaṃ gaccheyya || siyā ca nesaṃ kantārāvaseso anithiṇṇo || ||
7 Atha kho tesam bhikkhave dvinnam jayampatikānam evam assa || || Amhākaṃ kho yā parittā sambalamattā sā parikkhīṇā pariyādiṇṇā || atthi cāyaṃ kantārāvaseso anittiṇṇo || Yannuna mayaṃ imam ekaputtakaṃ piyaṃ manāpaṃ vadhitvā vallūrañca soṇḍikañca karitvā puttamaṃsāni khādantā evantaṃ kantārāvasesaṃ nitthareyyāma || mā sabbeva tayo vinassimhāti || ||
8 Atha kho te bhikkhave dve jayampatikā tam ekaputtakam piyaṃ manāpaṃ vadhitvā vallūrañca soṇḍikañca karitvā puttamaṃsāni khādantā evantaṃ kantārāvasesaṃ nitthareyyuṃ || te puttamaṃsāni ceva khādeyyuṃ ure ca patipiṃseyyum kahaṃ ekaputtaka kahaṃ ekaputtakāti || ||
9 Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave api nu te davāya vā āhāram āhareyyum || madāya vā āhāram āhareyyuṃ ||
[page 099]
XII. 63. 16] MAHĀVAGGO SATTAMO 99
Maṇḍanāya vā āhāram āhareyyuṃ || vibhūsanāya vā āhāram āhareyyunti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
10 Nanu te bhikkhave yāvadeva kantārassa nittharaṇatthāya āhāram āhareyyunti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
11 Evam eva khvāhaṃ bhikkhave kabaliṃkāro āhāro daṭṭhabbo ti vadāmi || kabaliṃkāre bhikkhave āhāre pariññāte pañcakāmaguṇiko rāgo pariññāto hoti || Pañcakāmaguṇike rāge pariññāte natthi taṃ saññojanaṃ yena saññojanena saññutto ariyasāvako puna imam lokam āgaccheyya || ||
12 Kathañca bhikkhave phassāhāro daṭṭhabbo || ||
13 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave gāvī niccammā kuḍḍañce nissāya tiṭṭheyya ye kuḍḍanissitā pāṇā te naṃ khādeyyuṃ ||
rukkhañce nissāya tiṭṭheyya ye rukkhanissitā pāṇā te naṃ khādeyyuṃ || udakañce nissāya tiṭṭheyya ye udakanissitā pāṇā te naṃ khādeyyuṃ || ākāsañce nissāya tiṭṭheyya ye ākāsanissitā pāṇā te naṃ khādeyyuṃ || || Yaññad eva hi sā bhikkhave gāvī niccammā nissāya nissāya tiṭṭheyya ye tannissitā tannissitā pāṇā te naṃ khādeyyuṃ || Evam eva khvāhaṃ bhikkhave phassāhāro daṭṭhabbo ti vadāmi || ||
14 Phasse bhikkhave āhāre pariññāte tisso vedanā pāriññātā honti || tīsu vedanāsu pariññātāsu ariyasāvakassa natthi kiñci uttariṃ karaṇīyanti vadāmi || ||
15 Kathañca bhikkhave manosañcetanāhāro daṭṭhabbo || ||
16 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave aṅgārakāsu sādhikaporisā puṇṇā aṅgārānaṃ vitacchikānaṃ vītadhūmānaṃ || Atha puriso āgaccheyya jīvitukāmo amaritukāmo sukhakāmo dukkhapaṭikkūlo || tam enaṃ dve balavanto purisā nānābāhāsu gahetvā tam aṅgārakāsum upakaḍḍheyyuṃ || atha kho bhikkhave tassa purisassa ārakāvassa cetanā ārakā patthanā ārakā paṇidhi || ||
[page 100]
100 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 63. 17
17 Taṃ kissa hetu || || Evaṃ hi bhikkhave tassa purisassa hoti || || Imaṃ cāhaṃ aṅgārakāsuṃ papatissāmi tato nidānaṃ maraṇaṃ vā nigacchāmi maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkhanti || || Evam eva khvāhaṃ bhikkhave manosañcetanāhāro daṭṭhabbo ti vadāmi ||
18 Manosañcetanāya bhikkhave āhāre pariññāte tisso taṇhā pariññātā honti || tīsu taṇhāsu pariññātāsu ariyasāvakassa natthi uttariṃkaraṇīyanti vadāmi || ||
19 Kathañca bhikkhave viññāṇāhāro daṭṭhabbo || ||
20 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave coram āgucāriṃ gahetvā rañño dasseyyuṃ || Ayante deva coro āgucārī || imassa yaṃ icchitaṃ taṃ daṇḍam paṇehīti || tam enam rājā evaṃ vadeyya ||
Gacchatha bho imaṃ purisaṃ pubbaṇhasamayaṃ sattisatena hanathāti || tam enaṃ pubbaṇhasamayaṃ sattisatena hareyyuṃ || ||
21 Atha rājā majjhantikaṃ samayaṃ evaṃ vadeyya || ||
Ambho kathaṃ so purisoti || || Tatheva deva jīvatīti || tam eṇam rājā evam vadeyya || || Gacchatha bho tam purisaṃ majjhantikasamayaṃ sattisatena hanathāti || tam enaṃ majjhantikasamayaṃ sattisatena haneyyuṃ || ||
22 Atha rājā sāyaṇhasamayaṃ evaṃ vadeyya || || Ambho kathaṃ so puriso ti || || Tatheva deva jīvatīti || tam enaṃ rājā evaṃ vadeyya || || Gacchatha bho tam purisaṃ sāyaṇhasamayaṃ sattisatena hanathāti || tam enaṃ sāyaṇhasamayaṃ sattisatena haneyyuṃ || ||
23 Taṃ kim maññatha bhikkhave || Api nu so puriso divasaṃ tīhi sattisatehi haññamāno tato nidānaṃ dukkham domanassam {paṭisaṃvediyethāti} || ||
Ekissa pi bhante sattiyā haññamāno tato nidānaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvediyetha ko pana vādo tīhi sattisatehi haññayamāno ti || ||
24 Evam eva khvāhaṃ bhikkhave viññāṇāharo daṭṭhabbo ti vadāmi || ||
25 Viññāṇe bhikkhave āhāre pariññāte nāmarūpam pariññātaṃ hoti || nāmarūpe pariññāte arivasāvakassa natthi kiñci uttariṃkaraṇīyanti vadāmīti || || Tatiyaṃ || ||
[page 101]
XII. 64. 8] MAHĀVAGGO SATTAMO 101
SN_2,12(1).64 (4) Atthirāgo
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Cattāro me bhikkhave āhārā bhūtānaṃ vā sattānam ṭhitiyā sambhavesinaṃ vā anuggahāya || ||
3 Katame cattāro || || Kabaliṃkāro āhāro oḷāriko vā sukhumo vā phasso dutiyo manosañcetanā tatiyā viññānaṃ catutthaṃ || ||
Ime kho bhikkhave cattāro āhārā bhūtānaṃ vā sattānam ṭhitiyā sambhavesinaṃ vā anuggahāya || ||
4 Kabaliṃkāre ce bhikkhave āhāre atthi rāgo atthi nandi atthi taṇhā patiṭṭhitaṃ tattha viññāṇaṃ virūḷhaṃ || ||
Yattha patiṭṭhitaṃ viññāṇaṃ virūḷhaṃ || atthi tattha nāmarūpassa avakkanti || Yattha atthi nāmarūpassa avakkanti atthi tattha saṅkhārāṇaṃ vuddhi || Yattha atthi saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi atthi tattha āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti || Yattha atthi āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti atthi tattha āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ || Yattha atthi āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ sasokantam bhikkhave sadaraṃ saupāyāsanti vadāmi || ||
5 Phasse ce bhikkhave āhāre || pe|| ||
6 Manosañcetanāya ce bhikkhave āhāre || pe|| ||
7 Viññāṇe ce bhikkhave āhāre atthi rāgo atthi nandi atthi taṇhā patiṭṭhitaṃ tattha viññāṇaṃ virūḷhaṃ || || Yattha patiṭṭhitaṃ viññāṇaṃ virūḷhaṃ atthi tattha nāmarūpassa avakkanti || Yattha atthi nāmarūpassa avakkanti atthi tattha saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi || Yattha atthi saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi atthi tattha āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibatti || Yattha atthi āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti atthi tattha āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ || Yattha atthi āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ sasokantaṃ sadaraṃ saupāyāsanti vadāmi || ||
8 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave rajako vā cittakāro vā sati rajanāya va lākhāya vā haliddiyā vā nīliyā vā mañjeṭṭhāya vā suparimaṭṭhe vā phalake bhittiyā vā dussapaṭṭe vā itthirūpam vā purisarūpaṃ vā abhinimmineyya sabbaṅgapaccaṅgaṃ
[page 102]
102 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 64. 9
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]||
9 Evam eva kho bhikkhave kabaliṃkāre ce āhāre atthi rāgo atthi nandi atthi taṇhā patiṭṭhitam tattha viññāṇaṃ virūḷhaṃ || || Yattha patiṭṭhitaṃ viññāṇaṃ virūḷham atthi tattha nāmarūpassa avakkanti || Yattha atthi nāmarupassa avakkanti atthi tattha saṅkhārānam vuddhi || Yattha atthi saṅkhārānam vuddhi atthi tattha āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti || Yattha atthi āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti atthi tattha āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ || Yattha atthi āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ sasokantaṃ bhikkhave sadaraṃ saupāyāsan ti vadāmi || ||
10 Phassa ce bhikkhave āhāre || pe|| ||
11 Manosañcetanāya ce bhikkhave āhāre || pe|| ||
12 Viññāne ce bhikkhave āhāre atthi rāgo atthi nandi atthi taṇhā patiṭṭhitaṃ tattha viññāṇaṃ virūḷhaṃ || ||
Yattha patiṭṭhitaṃ viññānaṃ {virūḷhaṃ} atthi tattha nāmarūpassa avakkanti || Yattha atthi nāmarūpassa avakkanti atthi tattha saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi || Yattha atthi saṅkhāranaṃ vuddhi atthi tattha āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti ||
Yattha atthi āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti atthi tattha āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ || Yattha atthi āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ sasokanti bhikkhave sadaram saupāyāsanti vādāmi || ||
13 Kabaliṃkāre ce bhikkhave āhāre natthi rāgo natthi nandi natthi taṇhā appatiṭṭhitaṃ tattha viññāṇaṃ avirūḷhaṃ || || Yattha appatiṭṭhitaṃ viññāṇam {avirūḷhaṃ} natthi tattha nāmarūpassa avakkanti || Yattha natthi nāmarūpassa avakkanti natthi tattha saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi ||
Yattha natthi saṅkhārānam vuddhi natthi tattha āyatim punabbhavābhinibbatti || Yattha natthi āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti natthi tattha āyatim jātijarāmaraṇaṃ || Yattha natthi āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ asokantaṃ bhikkhave adaraṃ anupāyāsanti vadāmi || ||
[page 103]
XII. 64. 24] MAHĀVAGGO SATTAMO 103
14 Phasse ce bhikkhave āhāre || pe|| ||
15 Manosañcetanāya ce bhikkhave || pe|| ||
16 Viññāṇe ce bhikkhave āhāre natthi rāgo natthi nandi natthi taṇhā appatiṭṭhitaṃ tattha viññāṇam avirūḷham || ||
Yattha appatiṭṭhitaṃ viññāṇam avirūḷhaṃ natthi tattha nāmarūpassa avakkanti || Yattha natthi nāmarūpassa avakkanti natthi tattha saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi || Yattha natthi saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi natthi tattha āyatim punabbhavābhinibbatti || Yattha natthi āyatim punabbhavābhinibbatti natthi tattha āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ || Yattha natthi āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇam asokantam bhikkhave adaram anupāyāsanti vadāmi || ||
17 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave kuṭāgāraṃ vā kuṭāgārasālā vā || uttarāya vā dakkhiṇāya vā pācīnāya vā vātapānā ||
suriye uggacchante vātapānena rasmi pavisitvā kvassa patiṭṭhitāti || ||
Pacchimāya bhante bhittiyanti || ||
18 Pacchimā ce bhikkhave bhitti nāssa kvāssa patiṭṭhitā ti || ||
Pathaviyaṃ bhante ti || ||
19 Pathavī ce bhikkhave nāssa kvāssa patiṭṭhitā ti || ||
Āpasmiṃ bhante ti || ||
20 Āpo ce bhikkhave nāssa kvāssa patiṭṭhitā ti || ||
Appatiṭṭhitā bhante ti || ||
21 Evam eva kho bhikkhave kabaliṃkāre ce bhikkhave āhāre natthi rāgo natthi nandi natthi taṇhā || pe|| ||
22 Phasse ce bhikkhave āhāre || pe|| ||
23 Manosañcetanāya ce bhikkhave āhāre || pe|| ||
24 Viññāṇe ce bhikkhave āhāre natthi rāgo natthi nandi natthi taṇhā appatiṭṭhitaṃ tattha viññāṇaṃ {avirūḷhaṃ} || ||
Yattha appatiṭṭhitam viññāṇam avirūḷham natthi tattha nāmarūpassa avakkanti || Yattha natthi nāmarūpassa avakkanti natthi tattha saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi || Yattha natthi saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi natthi tattha āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti
[page 104]
104 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 65. 1
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| Yattha natthi āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti natthi tattha āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ || Yattha natthi āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ asokantam bhikkhave adaram anupāyāsanti vadāmi || || Catutthaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).65 (5) Nagaram
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Pubbe me bhikkhave sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva sato etad ahosi || || Kicchaṃ vatāyaṃ loko āpanno jāyati ca jīyate ca mīyati ca cavati ca upapajjati ca ||
atha ca panimassa dukkhassa nissaraṇaṃ na pajānāti jarāmaraṇassa || Kudāssu nāma imassa dukkhassa nissaraṇaṃ paññāyissati jarāmaraṇassā ti || ||
3 Tassa mayham bhikkhave etad ahosi || || Kimhi nu kho sati jarāmaraṇaṃ hoti kimpaccayā jarāmaraṇanti || ||
4 Tassa mayhaṃ bhikkhave yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo || || Jātiyā kho sati jarāmaraṇaṃ hoti || jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇanti || ||
5 Tassa mayham bhikkhave etad ahosi || || Kimhi nu kho sati jāti hoti || bhavo hoti || upādānaṃ hoti || taṇhā hoti ||
vedanā hoti || phasso hoti || saḷāyatanaṃ hoti || nāmarūpaṃ hoti || kimpaccayā nāmarūpanti || ||
6 Tassa mayham bhikkhave yonīso manasikārā ahu paññāya ābhisamayo || viññāṇe kho sati nāmarūpaṃ hoti viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpanti || ||
7 Tassa mayham bhikkhave etad ahosi || || Kimhi nu kho sati viññāṇaṃ hoti kiṃpaccayā viññāṇanti || ||
8 Tassa mayham bhikkhave yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo || || Nāmarūpe kho sati viññāṇaṃ hoti nāmarūpapaccayā viññāṇanti ||
9 Tassa mayham bhikkhave etad ahosi || || Paccudāvattati kho idaṃ viññāṇaṃ nāmarūpamhā nāparaṃ gacchati ||
ettāvatā jīyetha vā jāyetha vā māyetha vā cavetha vā upapajjetha vā yad idam nāmarūpapaccayā viññāṇaṃ || viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ || nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ ||
saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso || pe|| ||
[page 105]
XII. 65. 19] MAHĀVAGGO SATTAMO 105
Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || ||
10 Samudayo samudayo ti kho me bhikkhave pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhum udapādi ñāṇam udapādi paññā udapādi vijjā udapādi āloko udapādi || ||
11 Tassa mayham bhikkhave etad ahosi || || Kiṃhi nu kho asati jarāmaraṇaṃ na hoti || kissa nirodhā jarāmaraṇanirodho ti || ||
12 Tassa mayhaṃ bhikkhave yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo || Jātiyā kho asati jarāmaraṇaṃ na hoti || jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇanirodho ti || ||
13 Tassa mayham bhikkhave etad ahosi || || Kimhi nu kho asati jāti na hoti ||bhavo na hoti || upādānaṃ na hoti ||
taṇhā na hoti || vedanā na hoti || phasso na hoti || sāḷāyatanaṃ na hoti || nāmarūpaṃ na hoti || kissa nirodhā nāmarūpanirodhoti || ||
14 Tassa mayham bhikkhave yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo || viññāṇe kho asati nāmarupaṃ na hoti || viññāṇanirodhā nāmarūpanirodhoti ||
15 Tassa mayham bhikkhave etad ahosi || Kimhi nu kho asati viññāṇaṃ na hoti || kissa nirodhā viññāṇanirodhoti || ||
16 Tassa mayham bhikkhave yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo || nāmarūpe kho asati viññāṇaṃ na hoti nāmarupanirodhā viññāṇanirodhoti || ||
17 Tassa mayhaṃ bhikkhave etad ahosi || || Adhigato kho myāyaṃ maggobodhāya yad idaṃ nāmarūpanirodhā viññāṇanirodho || Viññāṇanirodhā nāmarūpanirodho || nāmarūpanirodhā saḷāyatananirodho || saḷāyatananirodhā phassanirodho || pe|| ||
Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti || ||
18 Nirodho nirodhoti kho me bhikkhave pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhum udapādi ñāṇam udapādi paññā udapādi vijjā udapādi āloko udapādi || ||
19 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave puriso araññe pavane caramāno passeyya purāṇam maggam purāṇañjasaṃ pubbakehi manussehi anuyātaṃ || so tam anugaccheyya tam anugacchanto passeyya purāṇaṃ nagaraṃ purāṇam rājadhāniṃ pubbakehi manussehi ajjhāvutthaṃ ārāmasampannaṃ vanasampannaṃ pokkharaṇisampannam uddāpavantaṃ ramaṇīyaṃ
[page 106]
106 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 65. 20
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| ||
20 Atha kho so bhikkhave puriso rañño vā rājamahāmattassa vā ārocceyya || || Yagghe bhante jāneyyāsi || aham addasam araññe pavane caramāno purāṇaṃ maggaṃ purāṇañjasaṃ pubbākehi manussehi anuyātam tam anuggacchiṃ || tam anugacchanto addasaṃ purāṇam nagaraṃ purāṇaṃ rājadhāniṃ pubbakehi maṇussehi ajjhāvutthaṃ ārāmasampannaṃ vanasampannaṃ pokkharaṇisampannam uddāpavantaṃ ramaṇīyam || tam bhante nagaram māpehīti ||
21 Atha kho bhikkhave rājā vā rājamahāmatto vā taṃ nagaram māpeyya || tad assa nagaram aparena samayena iddhaṃ ceva phitaṃ ca bahujanam ākiṇṇamanussam vuddhivepullappattaṃ || ||
Evam eva khvāham bhikkhave addasaṃ purāṇaṃ maggaṃ purāṇañjasaṃ pubbakehi sammāsambuddhehi anuyātaṃ || ||
22 Katamo ca so bhikkhave purāṇamaggo purāṇañjaso pubbakehi sammāsambuddhehi anuyāto || || Ayam eva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo || seyyathāpi sammadiṭṭhi || pe||
sammāsamādhi || || Ayaṃ kho so bhikkhave purāṇamaggo purāṇañjaso pubbakehi sammāsaṃbuddhehi anuyāto || ||
Tam anugacchiṃ || tam anugacchanto jarāmaraṇaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ || jarāmaraṇasamudayam abbhaññāsiṃ || jarāmaraṇasamudayam abbhaññāsiṃ || jarāmaraṇanirodham abbhaññāsiṃ || jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminim paṭipadam abbhaññāsim || ||
23-31 Tam anugacchiṃ || tam anugacchanto jātim abbhaññāsiṃ || pe|| || bhavam abbhaññāsiṃ || pe|| || upādānam abbhaññāsiṃ || pe|| || taṇham abbhaññāsim || pe|| ||
vedanam abbhaññāsiṃ || pe|| || phassam abbhaññāsiṃ || pe|| ||
saḷāyatanam abbhaññāsiṃ || pe|| || nāmarūpam abbhaññāsiṃ || pe|| || viññāṇam abbhaññāsiṃ || pe|| ||
32 Tam anugacchiṃ || tam anugacchanto saṅkhāre abbhaññāsiṃ || saṅkhārasamudayam abbhaññāsiṃ || saṅkhāranirodham abbhaññāsiṃ || saṅkhāranirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadam abbhaññāsiṃ || ||
[page 107]
XII. 66. 9] MAHĀVAGGO SATTAMO 107
33 Tad abhiññāya ācikkhiṃ bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ upāsakānam upāsikānam || tayidam bhikkhave brahmacariyam iddhaṃ ceva phītaṃ ca vitthārikaṃ bahujaññaṃ puthubhūtam yāvadeva manussehi suppakāsitanti || || Pañcamaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).66 (6) Sammasam
1 Evaṃ me sutam || Ekam samayam Bhagavā Kurusu viharati Kammāsadammam nāma Kurūnam nigamo || ||
2 Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi Bhikkhavo ti || ||
Bhadante ti te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosuṃ || ||
3 Bhagavā etad avoca || || Sammasatha no tumhe bhikkhave antaraṃ sammasanti || ||
4 Evaṃ vutte aññataro bhikkhu Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca || || Ahaṃ kho bhante sammasāmi antaraṃ sammasanti || ||
5 Yathā katham pana tvam bhikkhu sammasasi antaram sammasanti || ||
6 Atha kho so bhikkhu vyākāsi || [Yathā so bhikkhu vyākāsi] na so bhikkhu Bhagavato cittam ārādhesi || ||
7 Evaṃ vutte āyasmā Ānando Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Etassa Bhagavā kālo etassa Sugata kālo yaṃ Bhagavā antaraṃ sammasaṃ bhāseyya || Bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantīti || ||
8 Tena hānanda suṇātha sādhukaṃ manasi karotha bhāsissāmīti || ||
Evam bhanti ti kho te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosuṃ || ||
9 Bhagavā etad avoca || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu sammasamāno sammasati antaraṃ sammasaṃ || || Yaṃ kho idam anekavidhaṃ nānappakārakaṃ dukkhaṃ loke uppajjati jarāmaraṇam || [idam kho dukkhanidānaṃ kiṃsamudayaṃ kiṃjātikam kimpabhavaṃ
[page 108]
108 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 66. 10
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| kismiṃ sati jarāmaraṇaṃ hoti ||
kismiṃ asati jarāmaraṇaṃ na hotīti || so sammasamāno evaṃ jānāti || || Yaṃ kho idam anekavidhaṃ nānappakārakaṃ dukkhaṃ loke uppajjati jarāmaraṇaṃ ||] idaṃ kho dukkham upadhinidānaṃ upadhisamudayaṃ upadhijātikaṃ upadhipabhavaṃ || upadhismiṃ sati jarāmaraṇaṃ hoti upadhismiṃ asati jarāmaraṇaṃ na hotīti || so jarāmaraṇaṃ ca pajānāti || jarāmaraṇasamudayām ca pajānāti || jarāmaraṇanirodhaṃ ca pajānāti || Yā ca jarāmaraṇanirodhasāruppagāminī paṭipadā tañ ca pajānāti || || Tathā paṭipanno ca hoti anudhammacārī || ||
Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu sabbaso sammādukkhakkhayāya paṭipanno jarāmaraṇanirodhāya || ||
10 Athāparaṃ sammasamāno sammasati antaraṃ sammasaṃ || upadhi panāyaṃ kiṃnidāno kiṃsamudayo kiṃjātiko kiṃpabhavo || kismiṃ sati upadhi hoti kismiṃ asati [upadhi] na hotīti || || So sammasamāno evaṃ jānāti || ||
Upadhi taṇhānidāno taṇhāsamudayo taṇhāpabhavo taṇhāya sati upadhi hoti taṇhāya asati upadhi na hotīti || so upadhiñca pajānāti upadhisamudayañca pajānāti upadhinirodhañca pajānati || yā ca upadhinirodhasāruppagāminī paṭipadā tañca pajānāti || || Tathā paṭipanno ca hoti anudhammacārī || ||
Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu sabbaso sammādukkhakkhayāya paṭipanno upadhinirodhāya || ||
11 Athāparaṃ sammasamāno sammasati antaraṃ sammasaṃ || || Taṇhā panāyaṃ kattha uppajjamānā uppajjati kattha nivisamānā nivisatīti || || So sammasamāno evaṃ pajānāti || || Yaṃ kho kiñci loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati ettha nivisamānā nivisati || Kiñca loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ || Cakkhuṃ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpam etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati ettha nivisamānā nivisati || ||
[Evaṃ peyyālo] || ||
12 Sotaṃ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarupam || pe|| ||
[page 109]
XII. 66. 22] MAHĀVAGGO SATTAMO 109
13 Ghānaṃ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ || pe|| ||
14 Jivhā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ || pe|| ||
15 Kāyo loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ || pe|| ||
16 Mano loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ etthesā taṇhā uppajjamāna uppajjati ettha nivisamānā nivisati ||
17 Ye hi keci bhikkhave atītam addhānam samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā yaṃ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpam taṃ niccato addakkhuṃ sukhato addakkhuṃ attato addakkhuṃ ārogyato addakkhuṃ khemato addakkhum te taṇhaṃ vaḍḍhesuṃ || ||
18 Ye taṇham vaḍḍhesuṃ te upadhiṃ vaḍḍhesuṃ || ye upadhiṃ vaḍḍhesuṃ te dukkhaṃ vaḍḍhesuṃ || ye dukkhaṃ vaḍḍhesuṃ te na parimucciṃsu jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi na parimucciṃsu dukkhasmā ti vadāmi || ||
19 Ye pi hi keci bhikkhave anāgatam addhānaṃ samaṇā va brāhmaṇā vā yaṃ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ taṃ niccato dakkhinti || sukhato dakkhinti || attato dakkhinti ||
ārogyato dakkhinti || khemato dakkhinti || te taṇham vaḍḍhessanti || ||
20 Ye taṇhaṃ vaḍḍhçOḥijjhānakhantiyā atthāyasmato Musīlassa paccattam eva ñānaṃ Bhavapaccayā jātīti || pe Upādānapaccayā bhavo || pe||
6 Taṇhāpaccayā upādānanti || pe||
7 Vedanāpaccayā taṇhāti || pe||
8 Phassapaccayā vedanāti || || pe||
9 Saḷāyatanapaccayā phassoti || || pe||
10 Nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatananti || || pe||
11 Viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpanti || || pe||
12 Saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇanti || || pe||
13 Avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārāti ||
14 Aññatreva āvuso Saviṭṭha saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatra anussavā aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra ditthinijjhānakhantiyā aham etaṃ jānāmi aham etam passāmi Avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārāti || ||
15 Aññatreva āvuso Musīla saddhāya || pe|| aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā atthāyasmato Musīlassa paccattam eva ñāṇaṃ Jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇanirodhoti || ||
16 Aññatreva āvuso Saviṭṭha saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatra anussavā aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakhantiyā aham etaṃ jānāmi aham etam passāmi Jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇanirodhoti || ||
17 Aññatreva āvuso Musīla saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatra anussavā aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakhantiyā atthāyasmato Musīlassa paccattam eva ñāṇaṃ Bhavanirodhā jātinirodhoti || ||
18-24 Upādānanirodhā bhavanirodhoti || || pe|| Taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodhoti || || pe|| Vedanānirodhā taṇhānirodhoti || || pe|| Phassanirodhā vedanānirodhoti || || pe||
Saḷāyatananirodhā phassanirodhoti || || pe|| Nāmarūpanirodhā saḷāyatananirodho ti || || pe|| Viññānanirodhā namarūpanirodhoti
[page 117]
XII. 69. 59] MAHĀVAGGO SATTAMO 117
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| || pe|| Saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodhoti || || pe||
[Avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodhoti ||] ||
25 Aññatreva āvuso Saviṭṭha saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatra anussavā aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakhantiyā aham etaṃ jānāmi aham etam passāmi Avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodhoti || ||
26 Aññatreva āvuso Musīla saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatra anussavā aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakhantiyā atthāyasmato Musīlassa paccattam eva ñāñaṃ Bhavanirodho nibbānam ti || ||
27 Aññatreva āvuso Saviṭṭha saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatra anussavā aññatra ākaraparivitakkā aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakhantiyā aham etaṃ jānāmi aham etaṃ passāmi Bhavanirodho nibbānam ti || ||
28 Tenāyasmā Musīlo arahaṃ khīṇāsavoti || ||
29 Evaṃ vutte āyasmā Musīlo tuṇhī ahosīti || ||
II
30 Atha kho āyasmā Nārado āyasmantam Saviṭṭham etad avoca || || Sādhāvuso Saviṭṭha aham etaṃ pañhaṃ labheyyaṃ || mam etam pañhaṃ puccha || aham te etaṃ pañham vyākarissāmīti || ||
31 Labha taṃ āyasmā Nārada etaṃ pañhaṃ || pucchāmaham āyasmantaṃ Nāradam etam pañhaṃ vyākarotu ca me āyasmā Nārado etaṃ pañhaṃ || ||
32-57 Aññatreva āvuso Nārada saddhayā- -Aham etaṃ jaṇāmi aham etam passāmi Bhavanirodho nibbānanti || ||
58 Tenāyasmā Nārado arahaṃ khīṇāsavo ti || ||
[page 118]
118 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 68. 60
59 Bhavanirodho nibbānanti kho me āvuso yathā bhūtaṃ sammapaññāya sudiṭṭhaṃ na camhi arahaṃ khīṇāsavo || ||
60 Seyyathāpi āvuso kantāramagge udapāno || tatra nevassa rajjunā udakavārako || || Atha puriso āgaccheyya ghammābhitatto ghammapareto kilanto tasito pipāsito ||
so taṃ udapānam olokeyya || tassa udakanti hi kho ñāṇam assa na ca kāyena phusitvā vihareyya || ||
61 Evam eva kho āvuso bhavanirodho nibbānanti yathā bhūtaṃ sammapaññāya sudiṭṭham na camhi arahaṃ khīṇāsavoti || ||
III
62 Evaṃ vutte āyasmā Ānando āyasmantaṃ Saviṭṭham etad avoca || || Evaṃvādī tvaṃ āvuso Saviṭṭha āyasmantam Nāradaṃ kiṃ vadesīti || ||
63 Evaṃvādāham āvuso Ānanda āyasmantam Naradaṃ na kiñci vadāmi aññatra kalyāṇā aññatra kusalāti || ||
Aṭṭhamaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).69 (9) Upayanti
1 Evaṃ me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Savatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2 Tatra kho || ||
3 Mahāsamuddo bhikkhave upayanto mahānadiyo upayāpeti || mahānadiyo upayantiyo kunnadiyo upayāpenti ||
kunnadiyo upayantiyo mahāsobbhe upayāpenti || mahāsobbhā upayantā kusobbhe upayāpenti || ||
4 Evam eva kho bhikkhave avijjā upayantī saṅkhāre upayāpeti || saṅkhārā upayantā viññāṇam upayāpenti ||
viññāṇaṃ upayantaṃ nāmarūpam upayāpeti || nāmarūpam upayantam saḷāyatanam upayāpeti || saḷāyatanam upayantaṃ phassam upayāpeti || phasso upayanto vedanam upayāpeti || vedanā upayantī taṇham upayāpeti || taṇhā upayantī upādānam upayāpeti || upādānam upayantam bhavam upayāpeti
[page 119]
XII. 70. 5] MAHĀVAGGO SATTAMO 119
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| bhavo upayanto jātim upayāpeti || jāti upayanti jarāmaraṇam upayāpeti || ||
5 Mahāsamuddo bhikkhave apayanto mahānadiyo apayāpeti || mahānadiyo apayantiyo kunnadiyo apayāpenti ||
kunnadiyo apayantiyo mahāsobbhe apayāpenti || mahāsobbhā apayantā kusobbhe apayāpenti || ||
6 Evam eva kho bhikkhave avijjā apayantī saṅkhāre apayāpeti || saṅkhārā apayantā viññāṇaṃ apayāpenti ||
viññāṇam apayantam nāmarūpam apayāpeti || nāmarupaṃ apayantam saḷāyatanam apayāpeti || saḷāyatanam apayantam phassam apayāpeti || phasso apayanto vedanam apayāpeti ||
vedanā apayantī taṇhaṃ apayāpeti || taṇhā apayantī upādānam apayāpeti || upādānam apayantam bhavam apayāpeti || bhavo apayanto jātim apayāpeti || jāti apayantī jarāmaraṇam apayāpetīti || || Navamaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).70 (10) Susīmo
1 Evam me sutaṃ || ekam samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe || ||
I
2 Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā sakkato hoti gurukato mānikato pūjito apacito lābhī cīvara-piṇḍapāta-senāsanagilāna-paccaya-bhesajja-parikkhārānaṃ || ||
3 Bhikkhusaṅgho pi sakkato hoti gurukato mānito pūjito apacito lābhī cīvara-piṇḍapāta-senāsana-gilānapaccayabhesajja-parikkhārānaṃ || ||
4 Aññatitthiyā pana paribbājakā asakkatā honti agarukatā amānitā apūjitā || na apacitā na lābhino cīvara-piṇḍapāta-senāsana-gilānapaccaya-bhesajja-parikkārānaṃ || ||
II
5 Tena kho pana samayena Susīmo paribbājako Rājagahe pativasati mahatiyā paribbājakaparisāya saddhiṃ || ||
[page 120]
120 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 70. 6
6 Athā kho Susīmassa paribbājakassa parisā Susīmaṃ paribbājakam etad avocuṃ || || Ehi tvaṃ āvuso Susīma samaṇe Gotame brahmacariyaṃ cara || tvaṃ dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇitvā amhe vācessasi || taṃ mayaṃ dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇitvā gihīnaṃ bhāsissāma || Evam mayam pisakkatā bhavissāma gurukatā mānitā pūjitā apacitā lābhino cīvarapiṇḍapāta-senāsana-gilānapaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhārāṇanti || ||
7 Evam āvuso ti kho Susīmo paribbājako sakāya parisāya paṭisuṇitvā yenāyasmā Ānando tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā Ānandena saddhim sammodi || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyam vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
III
8 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Susīmo paribbājako āyasmantam Ānandam etad avoca || || Icchāmaham āvuso Ānanda imasmiṃ dhammavinaye brahmacariyaṃ caritunti || ||
9 Atha kho āyasmā Ānando Susīmam paribbājakam ādāya yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
10 Ekam antām nisinno kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ayaṃ bhante Susīmo paribbājako evam āha || || Icchāmaham āvuso Ānanda imasmiṃ dhammavinaye brahmacariyaṃ caritunti || ||
11 Tena hānanda Susīmaṃ pabbājethāti || ||
12 Alattha kho Susīmo paribbājako Bhagavato santike pabbajjam alattha upasampadaṃ || ||
13 Tena kho pana samayena sambahulehi bhikkhūhi Bhagavato santike aññā vyākatā hoti || || Khīṇā jāti vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyā ti pajanāmāti || ||
IV
14 Assosi kho āyasmā Susīmo || || Sambahulehi kira bhikkhūhi Bhagavato santike aññā vyākatā
[page 121]
XII. 70. 19] MAHĀVAGGO SATTAMO 121
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| || Khīnā jāti vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ katam karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti pajānāmāti || ||
15 Atha kho āyasmā Susīmo yena te bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami || || Upasaṅkamitvā tehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ sammodi || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
16 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Susīmo te bhikkhū etad avoca || || Saccaṃ kira āyasmantehi Bhagavato santike aññā vyākatā || khīnā jāti vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthatāyāti pajānāmāti || ||
Evam āvusoti || ||
17 Api pana tumhe āyasmanto evaṃ jānantā evam passantā anekavihitaṃ iddhividhaṃ paccanubhotha || eko pi hutvā bahudhā hotha || bahudhā pi hutvā eko hotha ||
āvibhāvaṃ tirobhāvaṃ tirokuḍḍam tiropākāram tiropabbatam asajjamānā gacchatha seyyathāpi ākāse || pathaviyaṃ pi ummujja nimmujjaṃ karotha seyyathāpi udake || udake pi abhijjamāne gacchatha seyyathāpi pathaviyaṃ || ākāse pi pallaṅkena khamatha seyyathāpi pakkhīsakuṇo || ime pi candimasuriye evam mahiddhike evam mahānubhāve pāṇinā parimasatha parimajjatha || yāva Brahmalokāpi kāyena vasam vattethāti || ||
No hetam āvuso || ||
18 Api pana tumhe āyasmanto evaṃ jānantā evaṃ passantā dibbāya sotadhātuyā visuddhāya atikkantamānusakāya ubho sadde suṇātha dibbe ca mānuse ca ye dūre santike cāti || ||
No hetam āvuso || ||
19 Api pana tumhe āyasmanto evaṃ jānantā evam passantā parasattānaṃ parapuggalānam cetasā ceto paricca pajānātha || sarāgaṃ vā cittam sarāgaṃ cittanti pajānātha ||
vītarāgaṃ vā cittaṃ vītarāgaṃ cittanti pajānātha || sadosaṃ vā cittaṃ vītadosaṃ cittanti pajānātha || samohaṃ vā cittaṃ samohaṃ cittanti pajānātha
[page 122]
122 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 70. 20
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| vītamohaṃ vā cittaṃ vītamohaṃ cittanti pajānāthā || saṅkhittaṃ vā cittaṃ saṅkhittaṃ cittanti pajānātha || vikkhittaṃ vā cittaṃ vikkhittaṃ cittanti pajānātha || mahaggataṃ vā cittam mahaggataṃ cittanti pajānātha || amahaggatam vā cittam amahaggataṃ cittanti pajānātha || sa-uttaraṃ vā cittaṃ sa-uttaraṃ cittanti pajānātha || anuttaraṃ vā cittam anuttaraṃ cittanti pajānātha || samāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ samāhitaṃ cittanti pajānātha ||
asamāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ asamāhitaṃ cittanti pajānātha || vimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ vimuttaṃ cittanti pajānātha || avimuttam vā cittam avimuttaṃ cittanti pajānāthāti || ||
No hetam āvuso || ||
20 Api pana tumhe āyasmanto evaṃ pajānantā evaṃ passantā anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussaratha || seyyathīdam ekam pi jātim dve pi jātiyo tisso pi jātiyo catasso pi jātiyo pañca pi jātiyo dasam pi jātiyo vīsaṃ pi jātiyo tiṃsam pi jātiyo || cattārisam pi jātiyo paññāsam pi jātiyo jātisatam pi jātisahassam pi jātisatasahassam pi || aneke pi saṃvaṭṭakappe aneke pi vivaṭṭakappe aneke pi {saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe} || Amutrāsiṃ evaṃ nāmo evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṃsukhadukkhapaṭisaṃvedī evamāyupariyanto || so tato cuto amutra udapādiṃ || tatrāpāsiṃ evaṃ nāmo evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṃsukhaduk{khapaṭisaṃvedī} evam āyupariyanto || so tato cuto idhupapannoti || Iti sākāraṃ sa-uddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsam anussarathāti || ||
No hetam āvuso || ||
21 Api pana tumhe āyasmanto evaṃ jānantā evaṃ passantā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānussakena satte passatha || cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammupage satte pajānātha || || Ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānam upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā
[page 123]
XII. 70. 26] MAHĀVAGGO SATTAMO 123
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ uppannā || || Ime vata bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritenā samannāgatā ariyānam anupavādakā sammadiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā ||
te kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokam upapannā ti || || Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passatha || cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammupage satte pajānāthāti || ||
No hetam āvuso || ||
22 Api pana tumhe āyasmanto evaṃ jānantā evaṃ passantā ye te santā vimokkhā atikamma rūpe āruppā te kāyena phusitvā viharathāti || ||
No hetam āvuso || ||
23 Ettha dāni āyasmanto idaṃ ca veyyākaraṇam imesaṃ ca dhammānam asamāpatti [idan te āvuso api pana tumhe āyasmanto evaṃ jānantā evam passantā ye te santā vimokhā atikamma rūpe āruppā te kāyena passitvā viharathāti || ||
No hetam āvuso || || Ettha dāni āyasmanto idañca veyyākaraṇam imesañcadhammānaṃ asamāpatti] ||
24 Idan no āvuso || ||
25 Kathanti || ||
Paññāvimuttā kho mayaṃ āvuso Susīmāti || ||
26 Na khvāham imassa āyasmantānam saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena attham ājānāmi || sādhu me āyasmanto tathā bhāsantu yathāham imassa āyasmantānaṃ saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena attham ājāneyyanti || ||
[page 124]
124 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 70. 27
27 Ājāneyyāsi vā tvaṃ āvuso Susīma na vā tvam ājāneyyāsi || atha kho paññāvimuttā mayanti || ||
V
28 Atha kho āyasmā Susīmo uṭṭhāyāsanā yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam nisīdi ||
29 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Susīmo yāvatako tehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ ahosi kathāsallāpo || taṃ sabbaṃ Bhagavato ārocesi ||
30 Pubbe kho Susīma dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇaṃ pacchā nibbāṇe ñāṇanti || ||
31 Na khvāham bhante imassa Bhagavato saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena attham ājānāmi || sādhu me bhante Bhagavā tathā bhāsatu yathāham imassa Bhagavato saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena attham ājāneyyan ti || ||
32 Ājāneyyāsi vā tvaṃ Susīma na vā tvaṃ ājāneyyāsi atha kho dhammaṭṭhitiñānaṃ pubbe pacchā nibbāne ñāṇaṃ || ||
Taṃ kiṃ maññasi Susīma Rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vāti || ||
Aniccaṃ bhante || ||
33 Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vāti || ||
Dukkhaṃ bhante || ||
Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassitum || Etam mama eso hamasmi eso me attāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
34 Vedanā niccā vā aniccā vā ti || ||
Aniccā bhante || || pe|| ||
35 Saññā niccā vā aniccā vā ti || ||
Aniccā bhante || pe|| ||
36 Saṅkhārā niccā vā aniccā vā ti || ||
Aniccā bhante || pe|| ||
37 Viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
[page 125]
XII. 70. 45] MAHĀVAGGO SATTAMO 125
Aniccaṃ bhante || ||
Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallaṃ nu tam samanupassituṃ || Etam mama eso hamasmi eso me attāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
38 Tasmātiha Susīma yaṃ kiñci rūpam atītānāgatapaccuppannam ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā sabbam rūpaṃ netam mama neso ham asmi na me so attāti || Evam etam yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
39 Yā kāci vedanā atītānāgatapaccuppannā || pe|| ||
40 Yā kāci saññā || pe|| ||
41 Ye keci saṅkhārā atītānāgatapaccuppannā ajjhattā vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikā vā sukhumā vā hīnā vā paṇītā vā || ye dūre santike vā sabbe saṅkhārā netaṃ mama neso hamasmi na me so attā ti || pe|| ||
42 Yaṃ kiñci viññāṇaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ.
ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā || yam dūre santike vā sabbaṃ viññāṇaṃ netaṃ mama neso hamasmi na me so attāti evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || || 43 Evaṃ passaṃ Susīma sutavā ariyasāvako rūpasmim pi nibbindati || vedanāya pi || saññāya pi || saṅkhāresu pi || viññāṇasmiṃ pi nibbindati || || Nibbindaṃ virajjati || virāgā vimuccati || vimuttasmiṃ vimuttam iti ñāṇaṃ hoti ||
khīṇā jāti vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyam nāparam itthattāyāti pajānāti || || Jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇanti Susīma passasīti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
44 Bhavapaccayā jātīti Susīma passasīti ||
Evam bhante || ||
45 Upādānapaccayā bhavoti Susīma passasīti || ||
Evaṃ bhante || ||
[page 126]
126 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 70.46
46 Taṇhāpaccayā upādānanti Susīma passasīti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
47 Vedanāpaccayā taṇhāti || phassapaccayā vedanāti ||
saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso ti || nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatananti || viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpanti || saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇanti || avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārāti Susīma passasīti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
48 Jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇanirodhoti Susīma passasīti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
49 Bhavanirodhā jātinirodhoti Susīma passasīti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
50 Upādānanirodhā bhavanirodhoti || taṇhānirodhā upādānā nirodhoti || phassanirodhā vedanānirodhoti || saññānirodhā phassanirodhoti || nāmarūpanirodhā saḷāyatananirodhoti || viññāṇanirodhā nāmarūpanirodho ti || saṅkhāranirodā viññāṇanirodhoti || avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodhoti Susīma passasīti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
51 Api pana tvaṃ Susīma evaṃ jānanto evaṃ passanto anekavihitam iddhividhaṃ paccanubhosi || || Eko pi hutvā bahudhā hosi bahudhā pi hutvā eko hosi || āvibhāvaṃ tirobhāvaṃ tirokuḍḍaṃ tiropākāraṃ tiropabbataṃ asajjamāno gacchasi seyyathāpi ākāse || pathāviyam pi ummujja nimmujjaṃ karosi seyyathāpi udake || udakepi abhijjamāne gacchasi seyyathāpi pithiviyam || ākāse pi pallaṅkena khamasi seyyathāpi pakkhisakuṇo || || ime pi candimasūriye evam mahiddhike evam mahānubhāve pāṇinā parimasasi parimajjasi || yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasam vattesīti || ||
No hetaṃ bhante || ||
52 Api pana tvaṃ Susīma evaṃ jānanto evam passanto dibbāya sotadhātuyā visuddhāya atikkantamānusakāya ubho sadde suṇāsi dibbe ca mānuse ca ye dūre santike cāti || ||
[page 127]
XII. 70. 59] MAHĀVAGGO SATTAMO 127
No hetam bhante || ||
53 Api pana tvaṃ Susīma {evaṃ} jānanto evam passanto parasattānam parapuggalānaṃ cetasā ceto paricca parijānati || sarāgaṃ vā cittaṃ sarāgaṃ cittanti pajānāsi || pe||
avimuttaṃ vā cittam avimuttaṃ cittanti pajānāsi || ||
vimuttaṃ vā cittam vimuttaṃ cittanti pajānāsīti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
54 Api pana tvaṃ Susīma evam jānanto evam passanto anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsam anussarasi || seyyathīdaṃ ekam pi jātim || pe|| Iti sākāram sa-uddesam anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsam anussarasīti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
55 Api pana tvaṃ Susīma evaṃ jānanto evam passanto dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānussakena satte passasi cavamāne || pe|| yathā kammūpage satte pajānāsīti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
56 Api pana tvaṃ Susīma evaṃ jānanto evam passanto ye te santā vimokkhā atikamma rūpe āruppā te kāyena phusitvā viharasīti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
57 Ettha dāni Susīma idāñca veyyākaraṇam imesaṃ ca dhammānam asamāpatti idam no Susīma katanti || ||
VI
58 Atha kho āyasmā Susīmo Bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Accayo mam bhante accagamā yathā bālaṃ yathā mūḷhaṃ yathā akusalaṃ ||
Svāham evam svākhyāte dhammavinaye dhammatthena ko pabbajito || tassa me bhante Bhagavā accayam accayato paṭigaṇhātu āyatiṃ samparāyāti || ||
59 Taggha tvam Susīma accayo accagamā yathā bālaṃ yathā mūḷhaṃ yathā akusalaṃ || yo tvaṃ evaṃ svākhyāte dhammavinaye dhammatthena ko pabbajito || ||
[page 128]
128 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 70. 60
60 Seyyathāpi Susīma coram āgucāriṃ gahetvā rañño dasseyyum || ayaṃ te deva coro āgucārī imassayam icchasi taṃ daṇḍaṃ paṇehīti || tam enaṃ rājā evam vadeyya Gacchatha bho imam purisaṃ daḷhāya rajjuyā pacchābāhaṃ gāḷhabandhanaṃ bandhitvā khuramuṇḍaṃ kāritvā kharassarena paṇavena rathiyāya rathiyam siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakam pariṇetvā dakkhiṇena dvāreṇa nikkhametvā dakkhiṇato nagarassa sīsaṃ chindathāti || Tam enaṃ rañño purisā daḷhāya rajjuyā pacchābāhaṃ gāḷhabandhanaṃ bandhitvā khuramuṇḍaṃ karitvā kharassarena paṇavena rathiyāya rathiyaṃ siṅghāṭakena siṅghātakam parinetvā dakkhiṇena dvārena nikkhāmetvā dakkhiṇato nagarassa sīsaṃ chindeyyuṃ || ||
61 Taṃ kiṃ maññasi Susīma || Api nu so puriso tato nidānaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassam {paṭisaṃvediyethā} ti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
62 Yaṃ kho so {Susīma} puriso tato nidānaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ {paṭisaṃvediyetha} [vā na vā paṭisaṃvediyetha] yā evaṃ svākhyāte dhammavinaye dhammatthena kassa pabbajā ayaṃ tato dukkhavipākatarā ca kaṭukavipākatarā ca || api ca vinipātāya {saṃvattati} ||
63 Yato ca kho tvaṃ Susīma accayam accayato disvā yathādhammaṃ paṭikarosi || taṃ te mayam paṭigaṇhāma ||
vuddhi hesā Susīma ariyassa vinaye yo accayam accayato disvā yathādhammaṃ paṭikaroti āyatiṃ ca {saṃvaram} āpajjatīti || || Dasamam || ||
Mahāvaggo sattamo || ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Dve Assutavatā vuttā || Puttamaṃsena cāparaṃ || ||
Atthirāgo ca Nagaram || Sammasaṃ Naḷākālāpiyaṃ ||
Kosambi Upayantica || Dasamo Susīmena cāti
[page]
XII.] SAMAṆA-BRĀHMAṆA-VAGGO AṬṬHAMO CHAPTER VIII SAMAṆA-BRĀHMAṆA-VAGGO AṬṬHAMO
SN_,. ()
Evaṃ me sutam || Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2 Tatra kho Bhagavā || pe|| voca || ||
3 Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇā va brāhmaṇā vā jarāmaraṇaṃ na pajānanti || jarāmaraṇasamudayam na pajānanti || jarāmaraṇanirodhaṃ na pajānanti || jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminim paṭipadaṃ na pajānanti || Na me te bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā samaṇesu vā samaṇasammatā brāhmaṇesu va brāhmaṇasammatā || na ca pana te āyasmanto sāmaññatthaṃ vā brāhmaññatthaṃ vā diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharanti || ||
4 Ye ca kho keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā va jarāmaraṇam pajānanti || la || paṭipadaṃ pajānanti || te kho me bhikkhave samaṇā va brāhmaṇā vā samaṇesu ceva samaṇasammatā brāhmaṇesu ca brāhmaṇasammatā || te capanāyasmanto sāmaññatthaṃ ca brāhmaññatthaṃ ca diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharantīti || || Suttanto eko || ||
SN_2,12(1).72-80 (2-10)
Sāvatthi || ||
Jātiṃ na pajānanti || pe|| ||
Bhavaṃ na pajānanti || pe|| ||
Upādānaṃ na pajānanti || pe|| ||
Taṇhaṃ na pajānanti || pe|| ||
Vedanaṃ na pajānanti || pe|| ||
Phassaṃ na pajānanti || pe|| ||
Saḷāyatanaṃ na pajānanti || pe|| ||
Nāmarūpaṃ na pajānanti || pe|| ||
Viññāṇaṃ na pajānanti || pe|| ||
[page 130]
130 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 81
SN_2,12(1).81 (11)
Saṅkhāre na pajānanti || saṅkhārasamudayam na pajānanti || saṅkhāranirodhaṃ na pajānanti || saṅkhāranirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ na pajānanti || pe|| ||
Pajānanti || pe|| || sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharantīti || || Ekādasamam || ||
Samaṇabrāhmaṇa-vaggo aṭṭhamo || ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Paccayekādasā vuttā || catusaccavibhajjanā ||
Samaṇabrāhmaṇavaggo || nidāne bhavati aṭṭhamaṃ || ||
Ayaṃ vaggassa uddānaṃ || ||
Buddho Āhāra Dasabalaṃ ||
Kaḷāraṃ Gahapati pañcamam ||
Rukkhavaggo Mahāvaggo ||
Aṭṭhamam Samaṇa-brāhmaṇanti || ||
CHAPTER IX ANTARA-PEYYĀLAṂ
Sāvatthiyam viharati || ||
SN_2,12(1).82 (1) Satthā
1 Jarāmaraṇaṃ bhikkhave ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ jarāmaraṇe yathābhūtaṃ ñāṇāya satthā pariyesitabbo ||
jarāmaraṇasamudayaṃ ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ jarāmaraṇasamudaye yathābhūtaṃ ñāṇāya satthā pariyesitabbo || jarāmaraṇanirodham ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ jarāmaraṇanirodhe yathābhūtaṃ ñāṇāya satthā pariyesitabbo || jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminiṃ patipadam ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ jarāmaraṇanirodhagaminiyā paṭipadāya yathābhūtaṃ ñāṇāya satthā pariyesitabbo ti || ||
Suttanto eko || ||
Sabbesam evam peyyālo ||
[page 131]
XII. 84] ANTARA-PEYYĀLAṂ 131
2 Jātim bhikkhave ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ ||
pe || ||
3 Bhavaṃ bhikkhave ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ ||
pe || ||
4 Upādānaṃ bhikkhave ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ ||
pe || ||
5 Taṇhaṃ bhikkhave ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ ||
pe || ||
6 Vedanā bhikkhave ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ ||
pe || ||
7 Phassaṃ bhikkhave ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ ||
pe || ||
8 Saḷāyatanaṃ bhikkhave ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ || pe|| ||
9 Nāmarūpaṃ bhikkhave ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ || pe|| ||
10 Viññānam bhikkhave ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ || pe|| ||
11 Saṅkhāre bhikkhave ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ saṅkhāresu yathābhūtaṃ ñāṇāya satthā pariyesitabbo ||
saṅkhārasamudayam ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ saṅkhārasamudaye yathābhūtaṃ ñāṇāya satthā pariyesitabbo || saṅkhāranirodhaṃ ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ saṅkharanirodhe yathābhūtaṃ ñāṇāya satthā pariyesitabbo || saṅkhāranirodhagāminipaṭipadaṃ ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ saṅkhāranirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya yathābhūtaṃ ñāṇāya satthā pariyesitabbo ti || ||
Sabbesam catusaccikaṃ katabbaṃ || ||
SN_2,12(1).83 (2) Sikkhā
Jarāmaraṇaṃ bhikkhave ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ jarāmaraṇe yathābhūtaṃ ñāṇāya sikkhā karaṇīya || Evam peyyālo catusaccikam kātabbaṃ (-) ||
SN_2,12(1).84 (3) Yogo
-yogo karaṇīyo || (1-11)
[page 132]
132 NIDĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XII. 85
SN_2,12(1).85 (4) Chando
-chando karanīyo || (1-11)
SN_2,12(1).86 (5) Ussoḷhī1
-ussoḷhi karanīyo || (1-11)
SN_2,12(1).87 (6) Appaṭivāni
-appaṭivānī karaṇīyā || (1-11)
SN_2,12(1).88 (7) Atappam
-ātappaṃ karaṇīyaṃ || (1-11)
SN_2,12(1).89 (8) Viriyam
-viriyaṃ karaṇīyaṃ || (1-11)
SN_2,12(1).90 (9) Sātaccam
-sātaccaṃ karaṇīyaṃ || (1-11)
SN_2,12(1).91 (10) Sati
-sati karaṇīyā || (1-11)
SN_2,12(1).92 (11) Sampajaññaṃ
-sampajaññaṃ karaṇīyaṃ || (1-11)
SN_2,12(1).93 (12) Appamādo
-appamādo karaṇīyo ti || || (1-11)
Antarapeyyālaṃ Tassuddānam || ||
Satthā Sikkhā ca Yogo ca ||
Chando Ussoḷhī pañcamī Appativānī Ātappaṃ ||
[page 133]
XIII. 1. 4] ABHISAMAYA-SAṂYUTTA 133
Viriyaṃ Sātaccaṃ vuccati ||
Sati ca Sampajaññañca ||
Appamādena dvādasāti || ||
Suttantā antarapeyyālā niṭṭhitā || ||
Pare te dvādasa honti || suttā dvattiṃsasatāni ||
Catusaccena te vuttā || peyyāla-antaramhi ye ||
Antarapeyyāle hi uddānaṃ samattaṃ || ||
BOOK II ABHISAMAYA-SAṂYUTTA
SN_2,13(2).1 Nakhasikhā
1 Evaṃ me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyam viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2 Atha kho Bhagavā parittaṃ nakhasikhāyaṃ paṃsuṃ āropetvā bhikkhū āmantesi || || Taṃ kiṃ maññathā bhikkhave || katamaṃ nu kho bahutaraṃ yo cāyam mayā paritto nakhasikhāyaṃ paṃsu āropito ayaṃ vā mahāpathavīti || ||
3 Etad eva bhante bahutaraṃ yad idaṃ mahāpathavī ||
appamattako nakhasikhāyam Bhagavatā paritto paṃsu āropito || neva satimaṃ kalam upeti na sahassimaṃ kalam upeti na satasahassimaṃ kalam upeti mahāpathaviṃ upanidhāya Bhagavatā paritto nakhasikhāyaṃ paṃsu āropito ti || ||
4 Evam eva kho bhikkhave ariyasāvakassa diṭṭhisampannassa puggalassa abhisametāvino etad eva bahutaraṃ dukkhaṃ yad idaṃ parikkhīṇaṃ pariyādiṇṇaṃ appamattakam avasiṭṭham || neva satimaṃ kalam upeti na sahassimaṃ kalam upeti na satasahassimaṃ kalam upeti purimaṃ dukkhakkhandhaṃ parikkhīṇaṃ pariyādinnaṃ upanidhāya yad idam sattakkhattuṃ paramatā
[page 134]
134 ABHISAMAYA-SAṂYUTTA [XIII. 1. 5
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| ||
5 Evam mahatthiyo kho bhikkhave dhammābhisamayo evam mahatthiyo dhammacakkhupaṭilābhoti || || Pathamaṃ || ||
SN_2,13(2).2 Pokkharaṇī
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave pokkharaṇī paññāsayojanāni āyāmena paññāsayojanāni vitthārena paññāsayojanāni ubbedhena puṇṇā udakassa samatittikā kākapeyyā || tato puriso kusaggena udakaṃ uddhareyya || || Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave katamaṃ nu kho bahutaraṃ yaṃ vā kusaggena udakam ubbhataṃ yaṃ vā pokkharaṇiyā udakanti || ||
3 Etad eva bhante bahutaraṃ yad idam pokkharaṇiyā udakam appamattakaṃ kusaggena udakam ubbhatam ||
neva satimaṃ kalam upeti na sahassimaṃ kalam upeti na satasahassimam kalam upeti pokkharaṇiyā udakam upanidhāya kusaggena udakam ubbhatanti || ||
4 Evam eva kho bhikkhave ariyasāvakassa diṭṭhisampannassa puggalassa abhisametāvino etad eva bahutaraṃ dukkhaṃ || yad idaṃ parikkhīṇaṃ pariyādinnaṃ appamattakam avasiṭṭhaṃ || neva satimaṃ kalam upeti na sahassimaṃ kalam upeti na satasahassimaṃ kalam upeti purimaṃ dukkhakkhandhaṃ parikkhīṇaṃ pariyādiṇṇaṃ upanidhāya yad idaṃ sattakkhattuṃ paramatā || ||
5 Evam mahatthiyo kho bhikkhave dhammābhisamayo ||
evam mahatthiyo dhammacakkhupaṭilābhoti || || Dutiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,13(2).3 Sambhejja udaka (1)
1 Sāvatthiyam viharati || ||
[page 135]
XIII. 5. 1] ABHISAMAYA-SAṂYUTTA 135
2 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave yatthimā mahānadiyo saṃsandanti samenti || seyyathidam Gaṅgā Yamunā Aciravatī Sarabhū Mahī || tato puriso dve vā ti vā udakaphusitāni uddhareyya || || Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave || katamaṃ nu kho bahutaraṃ yāni vā dve vā ti vā udakaphusitāni ubbhatāni yam vā sambhejja udakan ti || ||
3 Etad eva bhante bahutaraṃ yad idaṃ sambhejja udakam || appamattakāni dve vā tīṇi vā udakaphusitāni ubbhatāni || neva satimaṃ kalam upenti na sahassimaṃ kalam upenti na satasahassimaṃ kalam upenti sambhejja udakam upanidhāya dve vā tīni vā udakaphusitāni ubbhatānīti || ||
4 Evam eva kho bhikkhave || pe|| || Tatiyam || ||
SN_2,13(2).4 Sambhejja udaka (2)
1 Sāvatthiyam viharati || ||
2 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave yatthimā mahānadiyo saṃsandanti samenti || seyyathīdaṃ Gaṅgā Yamunā Aciravatī Sarabhū Mahī || tam udakaṃ parikkhayaṃ pariyādānaṃ gaccheyya ṭhapetvā dve vā tīṇi vā udakaphusitāni || || Tam kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave || katamaṃ nu kho bahutaraṃ yaṃ vā sambhejja udakaṃ parikkhīṇaṃ pariyādiṇṇaṃ ||
yāni vā dve vā tīṇi vā udakaphusitāni avasiṭṭhānīti || ||
3 Etad eva bhante bahutaram sambhejja udakaṃ yad idaṃ parikkhīṇaṃ pariyādiṇṇaṃ || appamattakāni dve vā tīṇi vā udakaphusitāni avasiṭṭhāni || neva satimam kalam upenti na sahassimam kalaṃ na satasahassimaṃ kalam upenti sambhejjaudakam parikkhīṇaṃ pariyādiṇṇaṃ upanidhāya dve vā ti vā udakaphusitāni avasiṭṭhānī ti ||
4 Evam eva kho bhikkhave || pe || || Catutthaṃ ||
SN_2,13(2).5 Pathavī (1)
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
[page 136]
136 ABHISAMAYA-SAṂYUTTA [XIII. 5. 2
2 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave puriso mahāpathaviyā satta kolaṭṭhimattiyo guḷikā upanikkhipeyya || || Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave || katamaṃ nu kho bahutaraṃ || yā vā satta kolaṭṭhimattiyo guḷikā upanikkhittā || yā vā mahāpathavīti || ||
3 Etad eva bhante bahutaraṃ yad idaṃ mahāpathavī appamattikā satta kolaṭṭhimattiyo guḷikā upanikkhittā ||
neva satimam kalam upenti na sahassimam upenti na sasasahassimaṃ kalam upenti mahāpathavim upanidhāya satta kolaṭṭhimattiyo guḷikā upanikkhittāti || ||
4 Evam eva kho bhikkhave || pe|| || Pañcamaṃ || ||
SN_2,13(2).6 Pathavī (2)
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave mahāpathavī parikkhāyaṃ pariyādānaṃ gaccheyya ṭhapetvā satta kolaṭṭhimattiyo guḷikā || || Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave || katamaṃ nu kho bahutaraṃ || yaṃ vā mahāpathaviyā parikkhīṇaṃ pariyādiṇṇaṃ yā vā satta kolaṭṭhimattiyo guḷikā avasiṭṭhāti || ||
3 Etad eva bhante bahutaraṃ mahāpathaviyā yad idam parikkhīṇaṃ pariyādiṇṇaṃ || appamattikā satta kolaṭṭhimattiyo guḷikā avasiṭṭhā || neva satimaṃ kalam upenti na sahassimaṃ kalam upenti na satasahassimaṃ kalam upenti mahāpathaviyā parikkhīṇaṃ pariyādiṇṇam upanidhāya satta kolaṭṭhimattiyo guḷikā avasiṭṭhā ti || ||
4 Evam eva kho bhikkhave || pe|| || Chaṭṭhaṃ || ||
SN_2,13(2).7 Samudda (1)
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave puriso mahāsamuddato dve vā ti vā udakaphusitāni uddhareyya || || Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave || Katamaṃ nu kho bahutaraṃ || yāni vā dve vā ti vā udakaphusitāni ubbhatāni yaṃ vā mahāsamudde udakanti || ||
[page 137]
XIII. 9. 3] ABHISAMAYA-SAṂYUTTA 137
3 Etad eva bhante bahutaraṃ yad idaṃ mahāsamudde udakam || appamattakāni dve vā ti vā udakaphusitāni ubbhatāni || neva satimaṃ kalam upenti na sahassimaṃ kalam upenti na satasahassimaṃ kalam upenti mahāsamudde udakam upanidhāya dve vā ti vā udakaphusitāni ubbhatānīti ||
4 Evam eva kho bhikkhave || pe|| || Sattamaṃ || ||
SN_2,13(2).8 Samudda (2)
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave mahāsamuddo parikkhāyaṃ pariyādānaṃ gaccheyya ṭhapetvā dve vā ti vā udakaphusitāni || || Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave || Katamaṃ nu kho bahutaraṃ yaṃ vā mahā-samudde udakaṃ parikkhīṇaṃ pariyādiṇṇaṃ yāni vā dve vā ti vā udakaphusitāni avasīṭṭhānīti || ||
3 Etad eva bhante bahutaraṃ mahāsamudde udakaṃ yad idaṃ parikkhīṇaṃ pariyādiṇṇaṃ || appamattakāni dve vā ti vā udakaphusitāni avasiṭṭhāni || neva satimaṃ kalam upenti na sahassimaṃ kalam upenti na satasahassimam kalaṃ upenti mahāsamudde udakaṃ parikkhīṇaṃ pariyādiṇṇam upanidhāya dve vā ti vā udakaphusitāni avasiṭṭhānīti || ||
4 Evam eva kho bhikkhave || pe|| || Aṭṭhamaṃ || ||
SN_2,13(2).9 Pabbatupama (1)
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave puriso Himavato pabbatarājassa satta sāsapamattiyo pāsāṇasakkharā upanikkhippeyya || ||
Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave || Katamaṃ nu kho bahutaraṃ yā vā satta sāsapamattiyo pāsāṇasakkharā upanikkhittā yo vā Himavā pabbatarājāti || ||
3 Etad eva bhante bahutaraṃ yad idaṃ Himavā pabbatarājā || appamattikā satta sāsapamattiyo pāsāṇasakkharā upanikkhittā
[page 138]
138 ABHISAMAYA-SAṂYUTTA [XIII. 9. 4
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| neva satimaṃ kalam upenti na sahassimam kalam upenti na satasahassinaṃ kalam upenti Himavantaṃ pabbatarājānam upanidhāya satta sāsapamattiyo pāsāṇasakkharā upanikkhittā ti || ||
4 Evam eva kho bhikkhave || pe || || Navamaṃ || ||
SN_2,13(2).10 Pabbatupama (2)
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave Himavā pabbatarājā parikkhayam pariyādānaṃ gaccheyya ṭhapetvā satta sāsapamattiyo pāsāṇasakkharā || || Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave || Katamaṃ nu kho bahutaraṃ || yaṃ vā Himavato pabbatarājassa parikkhīnaṃ pariyādiṇṇam yā vā satta sāsapamattiyo pāsāṇasakkharā avasiṭṭhā ti || ||
3 Etad eva bhante bahutaraṃ Himavato pabbatarājassa yad idam parikkhīṇaṃ pariyādiṇṇam || appamattikā satta sāsapamattiyo pāsāṇasakkharā avasiṭṭhā || neva satimaṃ kalam upenti na sahassimaṃ kalam upenti na satasahassimaṃ kalam upenti Himavato pabbatarājassa parikkhīṇaṃ pariyādiṇṇam upanidhāya satta sāsapamattiyo pāsāṇasakkharā avasiṭṭhā ti || ||
4 Evam eva kho bhikkhave ariyasāvakassa diṭṭhisampannassa puggalassa abhisametāvino etad eva bahutaraṃ dukkhaṃ yad idaṃ {parikkhīṇaṃ} pariyādinnaṃ appamattakam avasiṭṭhaṃ || neva satimaṃ kalam upeti na sahassimaṃ kalam upeti na satasahassimaṃ kalam upeti purimaṃ dukkhakkhandham parikkhīṇaṃ pariyādiṇṇam upanidhāya yad idaṃ sattakkhattum paramatā ||
5 Evam mahatthiyo kho bhikkhave dhammābhisamayo evam mahatthiyo dhammacakkhupatilābho ti || || Dasamaṃ || ||
SN_2,13(2).11 Pabbatupama (3)
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
[page 139]
XIII. 11. 5] ABHISAMAYA-SAṂYUTTA 139
2 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave puriso Sinerussa pabbatarājassa satta muggamattiyo pāsāṇasakkharā upanikkhipeyya || ||
Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave || Katamaṃ nu kho bahutaraṃ || yā vā satta muggamattiyo pāsāṇasakkharā upanikkhittā yo vā Sineru pabbatarājāti || ||
3 Etad eva bhante bahutaraṃ yad idaṃ Sineru pabbatarājā || appamattikā satta muggamattiyo pāsāṇasakkharā upanikkhittā || neva satimaṃ kalam upenti na sahassimam kalam upenti na satasahassimaṃ kalam upenti Sinerupabattarājānam upanidhāya satta muggamattiyo pāsāṇasakkharā upanikkhittā ti || ||
4 Evam eva kho bhikkhave ariyasāvakassa diṭṭhisampannassa puggalassa adhigamam upanidhāya aññatitthiya-samaṇa-brāhmaṇa-paribbājakānaṃ adhigamo neva satimaṃ kalam upeti na sahassimaṃ kalam upeti na satasahassimam kalam upeti || ||
5 Evam mahādhigamo bhikkhave diṭṭhisampanno puggalo evam mahābhiññoti || ||
Abhisamaya-saṃyuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ || ||
Tassa uddānaṃ || ||
Nakasikhā Pokkharanī ||
Sambhejja udake ca dve ||
Dve Pathavī dve Samuddā ||
Tayo ca Pabbatūpamā ti || ||
[page 140]
140 DHĀTU-SAṂYUTTA [XIV. 1. 1
BOOK III DHĀTU-SAṂYUTTAṂ
CHAPTER I NĀNATTAVAGGO PATHAMO
(Section I Ajjhatta-pañcakaṃ)
SN_2,14(3).1 (1) Dhātu
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Dhātunānattaṃ vo bhikkhave desissāmi || tam suṇātha sādhukaṃ manasi karotha || bhāsissāmīti || ||
Evam bhante ti kho te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosum || ||
3 Bhagavā etad avoca || || Katamañ ca bhikkhave dhātunānattam ||
4 Cakkhudhātu rūpadhātu cakkhuviññāṇadhātu || Sotaḍhātu saddadhātu sotaviññāṇadhātu || Ghānadhātu gandhadhātu ghānaviññāṇadhātu || Jivhādhātu rasadhātu jivhāviññāṇadhātu || Kāyadhātu poṭṭhabbadhātu kāyaviññāṇadhātu || Manodhātu dhammadhātu manoviññāṇadhātu || ||
Idam vuccati bhikkhave dhātunānattanti || || Pathamam || ||
SN_2,14(3).2 (2) Samphassam
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Dhātunānattaṃ bhikkhave paṭicca uppajjati phassanānattaṃ || ||
3 Katamañca bhikkhave dhātunānattaṃ || ||
4 Cakkhudhātu sotadhātu ghānadhātu jivhādhātu kāyadhātu manodhātu || || Idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave dhātunānattaṃ || ||
5 Katamañ ca bhikkhave dhātunānattam paṭicca uppajjati phassanānattam ||
6 Cakkhudhātum bhikkhave paṭicca uppajjati cakkhusamphasso || Sotadhātum paṭicca || || Ghānadhātum paṭicca
[page 141]
XIV. 4. 8] NĀNATTAVAGGO PATHAMO 141
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| || Jivhādhātuṃ paṭicca || || Kāyadhātuṃ paṭicca || ||
Manodhātum paṭicca uppajjati manosamphasso || ||
7 Evaṃ kho bhikkhave dhātunānattaṃ paṭicca uppajjati phassanānattanti || || Dutiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,14(3).3 (3) No ce tam
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Dhātunānattaṃ bhikkhave paṭicca uppajjati phassanānattaṃ || no phassanānattaṃ paṭicca uppajjati dhātunānattaṃ || ||
3 Katamañ ca bhikkhave dhātunānattam || ||
4 Cakkhudhātu || pe|| || Manodhātu || || Idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave dhātunānattaṃ || ||
5 Kathañ ca bhikkhave dhātunānattaṃ paṭicca uppajjati phassanānattaṃ || no phassanānattam paṭicca uppajjati dhātunattam || ||
6 Cakkhudhātum bhikkhave paṭicca uppajjati cakkhusamphasso || no cakkhusamphassam paṭicca uppajjati cakkhudhātu || pe|| || Manodhātum paṭicca uppajjati manosamphasso || no manosamphassam paṭicca uppajjati manodhātu || ||
7 Evaṃ kho bhikkhave dhātunānattam paṭicca uppajjati phassanānattam || no phassanānattam paṭicca uppajjati dhātunānattanti || || Tatiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,14(3).4 (4) Vedanā (1)
1 Savatthiyam viharati || ||
2 Dhātunānattam bhikkhave paṭicca uppajjati phassanānattaṃ || phassanānattam paṭicca uppajjati vedanānānattaṃ || ||
3 Katamañ ca bhikkhave dhātunānattaṃ || ||
[page 142]
142 DHĀTU-SAṂYUTTA [XIV. 4. 4
4 Cakkhudhātu || pe|| || Manodhātu || pe|| || Idam vuccati bhikkhave dhātunānattaṃ || ||
5 Kathañca bhikkhave dhātunānattam paṭicca uppajjati phassanānattam || phassanānattam paṭicca uppajjati vedanānānattaṃ || ||
6 Cakkhudhātum bhikkhave paṭicca uppajjati cakkhusamphasso || cakkhusamphassam paṭicca uppajjati cakkhusamphassajā vedanā || || Manodhātum paṭicca uppajjati manosamphasso || manosamphassam paṭicca uppajjati manosamphassajā vedanā || ||
7 Evaṃ kho bhikkhave dhātunānattam paṭicca uppajjati phassanānattam || phassanānattam paṭicca uppajjati vedanānānattanti || || Catutthaṃ || ||
SN_2,14(3).5 (5) Vedanā (2)
1 Savatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Dhātunānattaṃ bhikkhave paṭicca uppajjati phassanānattaṃ || phassanānattam paṭicca uppajjati vedanānattaṃ || No vedanānattam paṭicca uppajjati phassanānattaṃ || no phassanānattam paṭicca uppajjati dhātunānattaṃ || ||
3 Katamañca bhikkhave dhātunānattaṃ || || Cakkhudhātu || pe|| || Manodhātu || pe|| || Idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave dhātunānattaṃ || ||
4 Kathañca bhikkhave dhātunānattam paticca uppajjati phassanānattam || phassanānattam paṭicca uppajjati vedanānānattam || No vedanānānattam paticca uppajjati phassanānattaṃ || no phassanānattam paṭicca uppajjati phātunānattaṃ || ||
5-9 Cakkhudhātum bhikkhave paṭicca uppajjati cakkhusamphasso || cakkhusamphassam paṭicca uppajjati cakkhusamphassajā vedanā || No cakkhusamphassajaṃ vedanam paṭicca uppajjati cakkhusamphasso
[page 143]
XIV. 7. 3] NĀNATTAVAGGO PATHAMO. 143
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| no cakkhusamphassam paṭicca uppajjati cakkhudhātu || pe|| ||
10 Manodhātum paṭicca uppajjati manosamphasso ||
manosamphassam paṭicca uppajjati manosamphassajā vedanā || No manosamphassajaṃ vedanam paṭicca uppajjati manosamphasso || no manosamphassam paṭicca uppajjati manodhātu || ||
11 Evaṃ kho bhikkhave dhātunānattam paṭicca uppajjati phassanānattaṃ || phassanānattam paṭicca uppajjati vedanānattam || || No vedanānattam paṭicca uppajjati phassanānattaṃ || no phassanānattam paṭicca uppajjati dhātunānattanti || || Pañcamaṃ || ||
(Section II Bāhira-pañcakam)
SN_2,14(3).6 (6) Dhātu
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Dhātunānattam vo bhikkhave desissāmi || tam suṇātha || pe|| ||
3 Katamañca bhikkhave dhātunānattaṃ || || Rūpadhātu saddadhātu gandhadhātu rasadhātu phoṭṭhabbadhātu dhammadhātu || ||
4 Idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave dhātunānattanti || || Chaṭṭhaṃ || ||
SN_2,14(3).7 (7) Saññā
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Dhātunānattam bhikkhave paṭicca uppajjati saññānānattaṃ || saññānānattam paṭicca uppajjati saṅkappanānattaṃ || saṅkappanānattam paṭicca uppajjati chandanānattaṃ ||
chandanānattam paṭicca uppajjati pariḷāhanānattaṃ || pariḷāhanānattam paṭicca uppajjati pariyesanānānattaṃ ||
3 Katamañca bhikkhave dhātunānattam || Rūpadhātu ||
pe || || Dhammadhātu || || Idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave dhātunānattaṃ || ||
[page 144]
144 DHĀTU-SAṂYUTTA [XIV. 7. 4
4 Kathañca bhikkhave dhātunānattam paṭicca uppajjati saññānanattam || saññānānattam paṭicca uppajjati saṅkappanānattaṃ || saṅkappanānattam paṭicca uppajjati chandanānattaṃ || chandanānattam paṭicca uppajjati pariḷāhanānattaṃ || pariḷāhanānattam paticca uppajjati pariyesanānānattaṃ || ||
5-9 Rūpadhātuṃ bhikkhave paṭicca uppajjati rūpasaññā ||
rūpasaññam paṭicca uppajjati rūpasaṅkappo || rūpasaṅkappaṃ paṭicca uppajjati rūpachando || rūpachandam paṭicca uppajjati || rūpapariḷāho || rūpapariḷāham paṭicca uppajjati || rūpapariyesanā || pe|| ||
10 Dhammadhātum paṭicca uppajjati dhammasaññā ||
dhammasaññam paṭicca uppajjati dhammasaṅkappo ||
dhammasaṅkappam paṭicca uppajjati dhammachando ||
dhammachandam paṭicca uppajjati dhammapariḷāho ||
dhammaparīḷāham paṭicca uppajjati dhamma pariyesanā || ||
11 Evam kho bhikkhave dhātunānattaṃ paṭicca uppajjati saññānānattaṃ || saññānānattam paṭicca uppajjati saṅkappanānattaṃ || saṅkappanānattaṃ paṭicca uppajjati chandanānattaṃ || chandanānattam paṭicca uppajjati chandanānattam || chandanānattam paṭicca uppajjati pariḷāhanānattaṃ || pariḷāhanānattam paṭicca uppajjati pariyesanānānattanti || || Sattamaṃ || ||
SN_2,14(3).8 (8) No ce tam
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Dhātunānattam bhikkhave paticca uppajjati saññānānattaṃ || saññānānattam paṭicca uppajjati || pe|| || pariyesanānānattaṃ || ||
3 No pariyesanānānattam paṭicca uppajjati pariḷāhanānattaṃ
[page 145]
XIV. 8. 16] NĀNATTAVAGGO PATHAMO 145
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| no pariḷāhanānattaṃ paṭicca uppajjati chandanānattaṃ || no chandanānattam paṭicca uppajjati saṅkappanānattam || na saṅkappanānattam paṭicca uppajjati dhātunānattaṃ || ||
4-9 Katamañca bhikkhave dhātunānattam || || Rūpadhātu || pe|| || dhammadhātu || || Idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave dhātunānattaṃ || ||
10 Kathañca bhikkhave dhātunānattam paṭicca uppajjati saññānānattaṃ || saññānānattam paṭicca uppajjati ||
pe || || pariyesanānānattaṃ || No pariyesanānānattaṃ paṭicca uppajjati parilahanānattami no pariḷāhanānattam paṭicca uppajjati chandanānattam || no chandanānattaṃ paṭicca uppajjati saṅkappanānattam || no saṅkappanānattam paṭicca uppajjati saññānattaṃ || no saññānānattam paṭicca uppajjati dhātunānattaṃ || ||
11 Rūpadhātum bhikkhave paṭicca uppajjati rūpasaññā ||
[rūpasaññaṃ paṭicca uppajjati rūpasaṅkappo || rūpasaṅkappaṃ paṭicca uppajjati rūpachando rūpachandaṃ paṭicca uppajjati rūpapariḷāho rūpapariḷāhaṃ paticca uppajjati rūpapariyesanā || || No rūpapariyesanaṃ paṭicca uppajjati rūpapariḷāho || no rūpapariḷāhaṃ paṭicca uppajjati rupāchando || no rūpachandaṃ paṭicca uppajjati rūpasaññā ||
rūpasaññaṃ paṭicca uppajjati no rūpasaṅkappo || no rūpasaṅkappaṃ paticca uppajjati rūpasaññā || no rūpasaññam paṭicca uppajjati rūpadhātu || ||
12 Saddadhātum paṭicca || pe|| ||
13 Gandhadhātuṃ paṭicca || pe|| ||
14 Rasadhātum paṭicca || pe|| ||
15 Poṭṭhabbadhātuṃ paṭicca || pe||] ||
16 Dhammadhātum paṭicca uppajjati dhammasaññā ||
[page 146]
146 DHĀTU-SAṂYUTTA [XIV. 8. 17
dhammasaññaṃ paṭicca uppajjati || pe|| || dhammapariyesanā || || No dhammapariyesanaṃ paṭicca uppajjati dhammapariḷāho || no dhammapariḷāham paṭicca uppajjati dhammachando || no dhammachandam paṭicca uppajjati dhammasaṅkappo || no dhammasaṅkappam paṭicca uppajjati dhammasaññā || no dhammasaññaṃ paṭicca uppajjati dhammadhātu || ||
17 Evaṃ kho bhikkhave dhātunānattam paṭicca uppajjati saññānānattaṃ || saññānānattam paṭicca uppajjati || pe||
pariyesanānānattaṃ || || No pariyesanānānattaṃ paṭicca uppajjati pariḷāhanānattaṃ || no pariḷāhanānattaṃ paṭicca uppajjati chandanānattaṃ || no chandanānattaṃ paṭicca uppajjati saṅkappanānattam || no saṅkappanānattaṃ paṭicca uppajjati saññānānattam || no saññānānattam paṭicca uppajjati dhātunānattanti || || Aṭṭhamaṃ ||
SN_2,14(3).9 (9) Phassa (1)
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Dhātunānattam bhikkhave paṭicca uppajjati saññānānattam || saññānānattam paṭicca uppajjati saṅkappanānattaṃ || saṅkappanānattam paṭicca uppajjati phassanānattaṃ || phassanānattam paticca uppajjati vedanānānattaṃ ||
vedanānānattam paṭicca uppajjati chandanānattaṃ || chandanānattaṃ paṭicca uppajjati pariḷāhanānattaṃ || pariḷāhanānattam paṭicca uppajjati pariyesanānānattam || pariyesanānānattaṃ paṭicca uppajjati lābhanānattaṃ || ||
3 Katamañ ca bhikkhave dhātunānattam || || Rūpadhātu ||
pe || || dhammadhātu || || Idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave dhātunānattaṃ || ||
4 Kathañ ca bhikkhave dhātunānattam paticca uppajjati saññānānattam
[page 147]
XIV. 10. 2] NĀNATTAVAGGO PATHAMO 147
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| saññānānattam paṭicca uppajjati ||
pe || || lābhanānattam || ||
5 Rūpadhātum bhikkhave paṭicca uppajjati rūpasaññā ||
rūpasaññam paticca uppajjati rūpasaṅkappo || rūpasaṅkappam paṭicca uppajjati rūpasamphasso || rūpasamphassam paṭicca uppajjati rūpasamphassajā vedanā || rūpasamphassajaṃ vedanam paṭicca uppajjati rūpachando || rūpachandam paṭicca uppajjati rūpapariḷāho || rūpapariḷāham paṭicca uppajjati rūpalābho || || pe ||
6 Saddadhātum paṭicca || pe|| ||
7 Gandhadhātum paṭicca || pe|| ||
8 Rasadhātum paṭicca || pe|| ||
9 Poṭṭhabbadhātum paṭicca || pe|| ||
10 Dhammadhātum paṭicca uppajjati dhammasaññā ||
dhammasaññam paṭicca uppajjati dhammasaṅkappo ||
dhammasaṅkappam paṭicca uppajjati dhammasamphasso ||
dhammasamphassam paṭicca uppajjati dhammasamphassajā vedanā || dhammasamphassajaṃ vedanam paṭicca uppajjati dhammachando || dhammachandam paṭicca uppajjati dhammapariḷāho || dhammapariḷāham paṭicca uppajjati dhammapariyesanā || dhammapariyesanam paṭicca uppajjati dhammalābho || ||
11 Evaṃ kho bhikkhave dhātunānattam paṭicca uppajjati saññānānattaṃ || saññānānattam paṭicca uppajjati ||
la || pariyesanānānattaṃ || pariyesanānānattam paṭicca uppajjati lābhānānattaṃ || ||
Navamaṃ || ||
SN_2,14(3).10 (10) Phassa (2)
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Dhātunānattam bhikkhave paṭicca uppajjati saññānānattam || saññānānattam paṭicca uppajjati saṅkappanānattaṃ
[page 148]
148 DHĀTU-SAṂYUTTA [XIV. 10. 3
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| phassa || vedanā || chanda || pariḷāha || pariyesanānānattam paṭicca uppajjati lābhanānattaṃ || No lābhanānattam paṭicca uppajjati pariyesanānānattaṃ || no pariyesanānānattam paṭicca uppajjati pariḷāhanānattaṃ || no pariḷāhanānattaṃ paṭicca uppajjati || pe|| || chanda || vedanā || phassa || saṅkappa || saññānānattaṃ || no saññānānattam paṭicca uppajjati dhātunānattaṃ || ||
3 Katamañca bhikkhave dhātunānattaṃ || || Rūpadhātu ||
pe || || Dhammadhātu || || Idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave dhātunānattaṃ || ||
4 Kathañca bhikkhave dhātunānattam paṭicca uppajjati saññānānattaṃ || saññānānattam paṭicca uppajjati saṅkappanānattam || phassa || vedanā || chanda || pariḷāho || pariyesanā || lābha || No lābhanānattam paṭicca uppajjati pariyesanānanattaṃ || no pariyesanānānattaṃ paṭicca uppajjati pariḷāha || chanda || vedanā || phassa || no saṅkappanānattam paṭicca uppajjati saññānānattam || no saññānānattam paṭicca uppajjati dhātunānattaṃ. ||
5 Rūpadhātum bhikkhave paticca uppajjati rūpasāññā ||
la ||
6 Saddadhātum paṭicca || pe|| ||
7 Gandhadhatuṃ paṭicca || pe|| ||
8 Rasadhātum paṭicca || pe|| ||
9 Poṭṭhabbadhātum paṭicca || pe|| ||
10 Dhammadhātum paṭicca uppajjati dhammasaññā ||
dhammasaññam paṭicca uppajjati || pe|| || dhammapariyesanā || dhammapariyesanam paṭicca uppajjati dhammalābho || No dhammalābhaṃ paṭicca uppajjati dhammapariyesanā || no dhammapariyesanam paṭicca uppajjati dhammapariḷāho
[page 149]
XIV. 11. 1] DUTIYO VAGGO 149
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| no dhammapariḷāham paṭicca uppajjati dhammachando || no dhammachandam paṭicca uppajjati dhammasamphassajā vedanā || no dhammasamphassajaṃ vedanam paṭicca uppajjati dhammasamphasso || no dhammasamphassam paṭicca uppajjati dhammasaṅkappo || no dhammasaṅkappam paṭicca uppajjati dhammasaññā || no dhammasaññam paṭicca uppajjati dhammadhātu || ||
Evaṃ kho bhikkhave dhātunānattam paṭicca uppajjati saññānānattaṃ || saññānānattaṃ paṭicca uppajjati || pe||
saṅkappa || phassa || vedanā || chanda || pariḷāha || pariyesanā ||
lābha || No lābhanānattam paṭicca uppajjati pariyesanānānattaṃ || no pariyesanānānattaṃ paṭicca uppajjati pariḷāhanānattam || no pariḷāhanānattam paṭicca uppajjati chandanānattaṃ || no chandanānattaṃ paṭicca uppajjati vedanānānattam || no vedanānānattam paṭicca uppajjati phassanānattaṃ || no phassanānattam paṭicca uppajjati saṅkappanānattaṃ || no saṅkappanānattaṃ paṭicca uppajjati saññānānattam || no saññānānattam paṭicca uppajjati dhātunānattanti || ||
Dasamaṃ || ||
Nānattavaggo pathamo || ||
Tassa uddānaṃ || ||
Dhātu Samphassañca No-ce-taṃ ||
Vedanā apare duve ||
Etam Ajjhattapañcakaṃ || ||
Dhātu Saññā No-ce-taṃ ||
Phassena apare duve ||
Etam Bāhira-pañcakanti || ||
CHAPTER II Dutiyo vaggo
SN_2,14(3).11 (1) Sattimā
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharatī || ||
[page 150]
150 DHĀTU-SAṂYUTTA [XIV. 11. 2
2 Sattimā bhikkhave dhātuyo || ||
Katama satta || || Ābhādhātu subhadhātu ākāsānañcāyatanadhātu viññāṇañcāyatanadhātu ākiñcaññāyatanadhātu nevasaññānāsaññāyatanadhātu saññāvedayitanirodhadhātu || ||
Imā kho bhikkhave satta dhātuyoti || ||
3 Evaṃ vutte aññataro bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Yā cāyam bhante ābhādhātu yā ca subhadhātu yā ca ākāsānañcāyatanādhātu yā ca viññāṇañcāyatanadhātu yā ca ākiñcaññāyatanadhātu yā ca nevasaññānāsaññāyatanadhātu yā ca saññāvedayitanirodhadhātu || || Imā nu kho bhante dhātuyo kim paṭicca paññāyantīti || ||
4 Yāyam bhikkhu ābhādhātu ayaṃ dhātu andhakāram paṭicca paññāyati || ||
5 Yāyam bhikkhu subhadhātu ayaṃ dhātu asubham paṭicca paññāyati ||
6 Yāyam bhikkhu ākāsānañcāyatanadhātu ayaṃ dhātu rūpam paṭicca paññāyati || ||
7 Yāyam bhikkhu viññāṇañcāyatanadhātu ayaṃ dhātu ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ paṭicca paññāyati || ||
8 Yāyam bhikkhu ākiñcaññāyatanadhātu ayaṃ dhātu viññāṇañcāyatanam paṭicca paññāyati ||
9 Yāyam bhikkhu nevasaññānāsaññāyatanadhātu ayaṃ dhātu ākiñcaññāyatanam paṭicca paññāyati ||
10 Yāyaṃ bhikkhu saññāvedayitanirodhadhātu ayaṃ dhātu nirodhaṃ paṭicca paññāyatīti || ||
11 Yā cāyam bhante ābhādhātu yā ca subhadhātu yā ca ākāsānañcāyatana dhātu yā ca viññāṇañcāyatanadhātu yā ca ākiñcaññāyatanadhātu yā ca nevasaññānāsaññāyatanadhātu yā ca saññāvedayitanirodhadhātu || imā nu kho bhante dhātuyo kathaṃ samāpatti pattabbāti || ||
12 Yā cāyam bhikkhu ābhādhātu yā ca subhadhātu yā ca ākāsanañcāyatanadhātu yā ca viññāṇāñcāyatanadhātu yā ca ākiñcaññāyatanadhātu
[page 151]
XIV. 12. 6] DUTIYO VAGGO 151
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| imā dhātuyo saññāsamāpatti pattabbā || ||
13 Yāyam bhikkhu nevasaññānāsaññāyatanadhātu ayaṃ dhātu saṅkhārāvasesasamāpatti pattabbā || ||
14 Yāyam bhikkhu saññāvedayitanirodhadhātu ayam dhātu nirodhasamāpatti pattabbā ti || || Pathamaṃ || ||
SN_2,14(3).12 (2) Sanidānaṃ
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Sanidānam bhikkhave uppajjati kāmavitakko no anidānaṃ || sanidānam uppajjati vyāpādavitakko no anidānaṃ || sanidānam uppajjati vihiṃsāvitakko no anidānaṃ || ||
3 Kathañca bhikkhave sanidānam uppajjati kāmavitakko no anidānaṃ || sanidānam uppajjati vyāpādavitakko no anidānaṃ || sanidānam uppajjati vihiṃsāvitakko no anidānaṃ ||
4 Kāmadhātum bhikkhave paṭicca uppajjati kāmasaññā ||
kāmasaññam paṭicca uppajjati kāmasaṅkappo || kāmasaṅkappam paṭicca uppajjati kāmachando || kāmacandam paṭicca uppajjati kāmapariḷāho || kāmapariḷāham paṭicca uppajjati kāmapariyesanā || kāmapariyesanam bhikkhave pariyesamāno assutavā puthujjano tīhi ṭhānehi micchāpaṭipajjati kāyena vācāya manasā || ||
5 Vyāpādadhātum bhikkhave paṭicca uppajati vyāpādasaññā || vyāpādasaññaṃ paṭicca uppajjati vyāpādasaṅkappo || || vyāpādachando || vyāpādapariḷāho || vyāpādapariyesanā || vyāpādapariyesanaṃ bhikkhave pariyesamāno assutavā puthujjano tīhi ṭhānehi micchāpaṭipajjati kāyena vācāya manasā || ||
6 Vihiṃsādhātum bhikkhave paṭicca uppajjati vihiṃsasaññā || pe|| || vihiṃsāsaṅkappo || vihiṃsāchando || vihiṃsāpariḷāho || vihiṃsāpariyesanā || vihiṃsāpariyesanaṃ bhikkhave pariyesamāno assutavā puthujjano tīhi ṭhānehi micchāpaṭipajjati kāyena vācāya manasā
[page 152]
152 DHĀTU-SAṂYUTTA [XIV. 12. 7
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]||
7 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave puriso ādittaṃ tiṇukkaṃ sukkhe tiṇadāye nikhippeyya || no ce hatthehi ca pādehi ca khippam eva nibbāpeyya || evañhi bhikkhave ye tiṇakaṭṭhanissitā pāṇā te anayavyasanaṃ āpajjeyyuṃ ||
8 Evam eva kho bhikkhave yo hi koci samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā uppannam visamagatam saññam na khippam eva pajahati vinodeti vyantikaroti anabhāvaṃ gameti || so diṭṭhe ceva dhamme dukkhaṃ viharati savighātam sa-upāyasam sapariḷāham || kāyassa ca bhedā param maranā duggatiṃ pāṭikaṅkhā || ||
9 Sanidānam bhikkhave uppajjati nekkhammavitakko no anidānaṃ || sanidānaṃ uppajjati avyāpādavitakko no anidānaṃ || sanidānam uppajjati avihiṃsāvitakko no anidānaṃ || ||
10 Kathañ ca bhikkhave sanidānam uppajjati nekkhammavitakko no anidānam || sanidānam upajjati avyāpādavitakko no anidānaṃ || sanidānam uppajjati avihiṃsāvitakko no anidānaṃ || ||
11 Nekkhammadhātum bhikkhave paṭicca uppajjati nekkhammasaññā || nekkhammasaññam paṭicca uppajjati nekkhammasaṅkappo || nekkhammasaṅkappam paṭicca uppajjati nekkhammachando || || Nekkhammachandaṃ paṭicca uppajjati nekkhammapariḷāho || nekkhammapariḷāham paṭicca uppajjati nekkhammapariyesanā || nekkhammapariyesanaṃ bhikkhave pariyesamāno sutavā ariyasāvako tīhi ṭhānehi sammāpaṭipajjati kāyena vācāya manasā || ||
12 Avyāpādadhātum bhikkhave paṭicca uppajjati avyāpādasaññā || pe|| avyāpādasaṅkappo || avyāpādachando ||
avyāpādapariḷāho || avyāpādapariyesanā || avyāpādapariyesanaṃ bhikkhave pariyesamāno sutavā ariyasāvako tīhi ṭhānehi sammāpaṭipajjati kāyena vācāya manasā ||
13 Avihiṃsādhātum bhikkhave paṭicca uppajjati avihiṃsāsaññā
[page 153]
XIV. 13. 5] DUTIYO VAGGO 153
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| avihiṃsāsaññaṃ paṭicca uppajjati avihiṃsāsaṅkappo || avihiṃsāsaṅkappam paṭicca uppajjati avihiṃsāchando || avihiṃsāchandam paṭicca uppajjati avihiṃsāpariḷāho || avihiṃsāpariḷāham paṭicca uppajjati avihiṃsāpariyesanā || avihiṃsāpariyesanam bhikkhave pariyesamāno sutavā ariyāsavako tīhi ṭhānehi sammāpaṭipajjati kāyena vācāya manasā || ||
14 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave puriso ādittaṃ tiṇukkaṃ sukkhe tiṇadāye nikkhipeyya || tam enaṃ hatthehi ca pādehi ca khippam eva nibbāpeyya || evaṃ hi bhikkhave ye tiṇakaṭṭhanissitā pāṇā te na anayavyasanam āpajjeyyuṃ || ||
15 Evam eva kho bhikkhave yo hi koci samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā uppannam visamagataṃ saññaṃ khippam eva pajahati vinodeti vyantikaroti anabhāvaṃ gameti || so diṭṭhe ceva dhamme sukham viharati avighātam anupāyāsam apariḷāham || kāyassa ca bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ paṭikaṅkhāti || || Dutiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,14(3).13 (3) Giñjakāvasatha
1 Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Ñātikehi viharati Giñjakāvasathe || ||
2 Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi Bhikkhavo ti || ||
Bhante ti te bhikkhu Bhagavato paccassosuṃ ||
3 Bhagavā etad avoca || || Dhātuṃ bhikkhave paṭicca uppajjati saññā uppajjati diṭṭhi uppajjati vitakko ti || ||
4 Evam vutte āyasmā saddho Kaccāyano Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Yāyam bhante diṭṭhi asammāsambuddhesu Sammāsambuddho ti ayam nu kho bhante diṭṭhi kim paṭicca paññāyatīti || ||
5 Mahatī kho esā Kaccāyana dhātu yad idam avijjādhātu || ||
[page 154]
154 DHĀTU-SAṂYUTTA [XIV. 14. 6
6 Hīnaṃ Kaccāyana dhātuṃ paṭicca uppajjati hīnā saññā hīnā diṭṭhi hīno vitakko hīnā cetanā hīnā patthanā hīno paṇidhi hīno puggalo hīnā vācā || hīnam ācikkhati deseti paññapeti paṭṭhapeti vivarati vibhajati uttānikaroti ||
hīnā tassa uppattīti vadāmi || ||
7 Majjhimaṃ Kaccāyana dhātum paṭicca upajjati majjhimā saññā majjhimā diṭṭhi majjhimo vitakko majjhimā cetanā majjhimā patthanā majjhimo paṇidhi majjhimo puggalo majjhimā vācā || majjhimam ācikkhati deseti paññāpeti paṭṭhapeti vivarati vibhajati uttānikaroti || majjhimā tassa uppattīti vadāmi || ||
8 Paṇītaṃ Kaccāyana dhātum paṭicca uppajjati paṇītā saññā paṇītā diṭṭhi paṇīto vitakko paṇītā cetanā paṇītā patthanā paṇīto paṇidhi paṇīto puggalo paṇītā vācā || paṇītam ācikkhati deseti paññapeti paṭṭhapeti vivarati vibhajati uttānikaroti || paṇītā tassa uppattīti vadāmīti || || Tatiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,14(3).14 (4) Hīnādhimutti
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati ||
2 Dhātuso bhikkhave sattā saṃsandanti samenti || ||
Hīnādhimuttikā sattā hīnādhimuttikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || || Kalyānādhimuttikā kalyāṇādhimuttikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || ||
3 Atītam pi bhikkhave addhānam dhātuso va sattā saṃsandiṃsu samiṃsu || || Hīnādhimuttikā hīnādhimuttikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandiṃsu samiṃsu || || Kalyāṇādhimuttikā kalyāṇādhimuttikehi saṃsandiṃsu samiṃsu || ||
4 Anāgatam pi bhikkhave addhānaṃ dhātuso va sattā saṃsandissanti samessanti || Hīnādhimuttikā hīnādhimuttikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandissanti samessanti || || Kalyāṇādhimuttikā kalyāṇādhimuttikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandissanti samessanti || ||
[page 155]
XIV. 15. 12] DUTIYO VAGGO 155
5 Etarahi bhikkhave paccuppannam addhānaṃ dhātuso va sattā saṃsandanti samenti || || Hīnādhimuttikā hīnādhimuttikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || || Kalyāṇādhimuttikā kalyāṇādhimuttikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samentīti || ||
Catutthaṃ || ||
SN_2,14(3).15 (5) Kammam
1 Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Gijjhakūṭe pabbate || ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā pi kho Sāriputto sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ Bhagavato avidūre caṅkamati || ||
3 Āyasmā pi kho Mahā-Moggallāno sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhim Bhagavato avidūre caṅkamati || ||
4 Āyasmā pi kho Mahā-Kassapo sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhim Bhagavato avidūre caṅkamati || ||
5 Āyasmā pi kho Anuruddho sambahulehi || -caṅkamati || ||
6 Āyāsmā pi kho Puṇṇo Mantāniputto sambahulehi ||
caṅkamati ||
7 Āyasmā pi kho Upāli sambahulehi || || caṅkamati || ||
8 Āyasmā pi kho Ānando sambahulehi || || caṅkamati || ||
9 Devadatto pi kho sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ Bhagavato avidūre caṅkamati || ||
10 Atha kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi || || Passatha no tumhe bhikkhave Sāriputtaṃ sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ caṅkamantanti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
Sabbe kho ete bhikkhave bhikkhū mahāpaññā || ||
11 Passatha no tumhe bhikkhave Moggalānam sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ caṅkamantanti || ||
Evam bhante ||
Sabbe pi kho ete bhikkhave bhikkhū mahiddhikā || ||
12 Passatha no tumhe bhikkhave Kassapam sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ caṅkamantanti || ||
[page 156]
156 DHĀTU-SAṂYUTTA [XIV. 15. 13
Evam bhante || ||
Sabbe pi kho ete bhikkhave bhikkhū dhutavādā || ||
13 Passatha no tumhe bhikkhave Anuruddhaṃ sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ caṅkamantanti || ||
Evam bhante ||
Sabbe pi kho ete bhikkhave bhikkhū dibbacakkhukā || ||
14 Passatha no tumhe bhikkhave Puṇṇaṃ Mantāniputtaṃ sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ caṅkamantanti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
Sabbe kho ete bhikkhave bhikkhū dhammakathikā || ||
15 Passatha no tumhe bhikkhave Upāliṃ sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ caṅkamantanti || ||
Evam bhante ||
Sabbe kho ete bhikkhave bhikkhū vinayadharā || ||
16 Passatha no tumhe bhikkhave Ānandam sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ caṅkamantanti || ||
Evaṃ bhante || ||
Sabbe kho ete bhikkhave bhikkhū bahussutā || ||
17 Passatha no tumhe bhikkhave Devadattaṃ sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ caṅkamantanti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
Sabbe kho ete bhikkhave bhikkhū pāpicchā ||
18 Dhātuso bhikkhave sattā saṃsandanti samenti || ||
Hinādhimuttikā hīnādhimuttikehi saddhim saṃsandanti samenti || || Kalyāṇādhimuttikā kalyāṇādhimuttikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || ||
19 Atītam pi bhikkhave addhānaṃ dhātuso va sattā saṃsandiṃsu samiṃsu || || Hīnādhimuttikā hīnādhimuttikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandiṃsu samiṃsu || || Kālyānādhimuttikā kalyāṇādhimuttikehi saddhim saṃsandiṃsu samiṃsu || ||
20 Anāgatam pi bhikkhave addhānaṃ dhātuso va sattā saṃsandissanti samessanti || || Hīnādhimuttikā hīnādhimuttikehī saddhim saṃsandissanti samessanti || Kalyāṇādhimuttikā kalyāṇādhimuttikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandissanti samessanti || ||
[page 157]
XIV. 16. 9] DUTIYO VAGGO 157
21 Etarahi pi bhikkhave paccuppannam addhānaṃ dhātuso va sattā saṃsandanti samenti || || Hīnādhimuttikā hīnādhimuttikehi saddhim saṃsandanti samenti || || Kalyāṇādhimuttikā kalyāṇādhimuttikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samentīti || ||
Pañcamam || ||
SN_2,14(3).16 (6) Sagātha
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
I
2 Dhātuso va bhikkhave sattā saṃsandanti samenti || ||
Hīnādhimuttikā hīnāmuttikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || ||
3 Atītam pi bhikkhave addhānam dhātuso va sattā saṃsandiṃsu samiṃsu || Hīnādhimuttikā hīnādhimuttikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandiṃsu samiṃsu || ||
4 Anāgatam pi bhikkhave addhānam dhātuso va sattā saṃsandissanti samessanti || || Hīnādhimuttikā hīnādhimuttikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandissanti samessanti || ||
5 Etarahi pi bhikkhave paccuppannam addhānam dhātuso va sattā saṃsandanti samenti || || Hīnādhimuttikā hīnādhimuttikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || ||
6 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave pi gūtho gūthena saṃsandati sameti || muttam muttena saṃsandati sameti || kheḷo kheḷena saṃsandati sameti || pubbo pubbena saṃsandati sameti || lohitam lohitena saṃsandati sameti || || Evam eva kho bhikkhave dhātuso va sattā saṃsandanti samenti || ||
Hīnādhimuttikā hīnādhimuttikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || ||
7 Atītam pi addhānaṃ || pe|| ||
8 Anāgatam pi addhānaṃ || pe|| ||
9 Etarahi pi paccuppannam addhānaṃ dhātuso va sattā saṃsandanti samenti || || Hīnādhimuttikā hīnādhimuttikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || ||
[page 158]
158 DHĀTU-SAṂYUTTA [XIV. 16. 10.
II
10 Dhātuso va bhikkhave sattā saṃsandanti samenti || ||
Kalyāṇādhimuttikā kalyāṇādhimuttikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || ||
11 Atītam pi bhikkhave addhānaṃ dhātuso va sattā saṃsandiṃsu samiṃsu || || Kalyāṇādhimuttikā kalyāṇādhimuttikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandiṃsu samiṃsu ||
12 Anāgatam pi bhikkhave addhānaṃ || pe || ||
13 Etarahi pi bhikkhave paccuppannam addhānam dhātuso va sattā saṃsandanti samenti || || Kalyāṇādhimuttikā kalyāṇādhimuttikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || ||
14 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave khīraṃ khīrena saṃsandati sameti || telaṃ telena saṃsandati sameti || sappi sappinā saṃsandati sameti || madhuṃ madhunā saṃsandati sameti ||
phāṇitaṃ phaṇitena saṃsandati sameti ||
Evam eva kho bhikkhave dhātuso va sattā saṃsandanti samenti || || Kalyāṇādhimuttikā kalyānādhimuttikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || ||
15 Atītam pi addhānaṃ || pe|| ||
16 Anāgatam pi addhānam || pe|| ||
17 Etarahi pi paccuppannam addhānaṃ dhātuso va sattā saṃsandanti samenti || || Kalyaṇādhimuttikā kalyāṇādhimuttikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samentīti || ||
18 Idam avoca Bhagavā || idaṃ vatvā ca Sugato athāparam etad avoca satthā || ||
Saṃsaggā vanatho jāto || asaṃsaggena chijjati ||
parittam dārum āruyha || yathā sīde mahaṇṇave ||
Evaṃ kusītam āgamma || sādhujīvī pi sīdati ||
tasmā tam parivajjeyya || kusītaṃ hīnaviriyaṃ ||
Pavivittehi ariyehi || pahitattehi jhāyīhi5 ||
niccam āraddhaviriyehi || paṇḍitehi sahāvaseti || ||
Chaṭṭhaṃ || ||
[page 159]
XIV. 17. 6] DUTIYO VAGGO 159
SN_2,14(3).17 (7) Asaddha
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
I
2 Dhātuso bhikkhave sattā saṃsandanti samenti || ||
3 Asaddhā asaddhehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti ||
ahirikā ahirikehi saddhim saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti ||
anottāpino anottāpīhi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti ||
appassutā appassutehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti ||
kusītā kusītehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || muṭṭhasatino muṭṭhasatīhi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || duppaññā duppaññehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || ||
4 [Saddhā saddhehi saddhim saṃsandanti samenti ||
hirimanā hirimanehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti damenti ||
ottāpino ottāpīhi saddhiṃ- || bahussutā bahussutehi saddhimo || āraddhaviriyā āraddhaviriyehi saddhiṃ- || upaṭṭhitasatino upaṭṭhitasatīhi saddhimo || paññavanto paññavantehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || ||
5 Atītaṃ pi bhikkhave addhānaṃ dhātuso va sattā saṃsandiṃsu samiṃsu || ||
6 Asaddhā asaddhehi saddhiṃ saṃsandiṃsu samiṃsu ||
ahirikā ahirikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandiṃsu samiṃsu || anottāpino anottāpīhi saddhiṃ- || appassutā appassutehi saddhiṃ- ||
kusītā kusītehi saddhiṃ- || muṭṭhasatino muṭṭhasatīhi saddhiṃ- || duppaññā duppaññehi saddhiṃ saṃsandhiṃsu samiṃsu || ||
6 Anāgatam pi bhikkhave addhānam dhātuso va sattā saṃsandissanti samessanti || ||
Asaddhā asaddhehi saddhiṃ saṃsandissanti samessanti ||
ahirikā ahirikehi saddhiṃ- || anottāpino anottāpīhi saddhiṃ ||
[page 160]
160 DHĀTU-SAṂYUTTA [XIV. 18.7
pe || appassutā appassutehi saddhiṃ || pe|| kusītā kusītehi saddhiṃ || pe|| muṭṭhasatino muṭṭhasatīhi saddhiṃ || pe||
duppaññā duppaññehi saddhiṃ saṃsandissanti samessanti || ||
7 Etarahi pi bhikkhave paccuppannam addhānam dhātuso va sattā saṃsandanti samenti || ||
Asaddhā asaddhehi saddhim saṃsandanti samenti ||
ahirikā ahirikehi saddhiṃ || pe|| anottāpino anottāpīhi saddhim || pe|| appassutā appassutehi saddhim || pe|| kusītā kusītehi saddhim || pe|| muṭṭhasatino muṭṭhasatīhi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || duppaññā duppaññehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || ||
II
8 Dhātuso va bhikkhave sattā saṃsandanti samenti || ||
Saddhā saddhehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || hirimanā hirimanehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || ottāpino ottāpīhi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || bahussutā bahussutehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || āraddhaviriyā āraddhaviriyehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || upaṭṭhitasatino upaṭṭhitasatīhi saddhiṃ samandanti samenti ||
paññavanto paññavantehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || ||
9 Atītaṃ pi bhikkhave addhānaṃ || pe||
10 Anāgatam pi bhikkhave addhānaṃ || pe||
11 Etarahi pi bhikkhave paccuppannam addhānaṃ dhātuso va sattā saṃsandanti samenti ||
Saddhā saddhehi saddhim || pe|| paññavanto paññavantehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samentīti || ||
Sattamaṃ || ||
SN_2,14(3).18 (8) Asaddhamūlakāpañca
1 Sāvatthi || ||
I
2 Dhātuso va bhikkhave sattā saṃsandanti samenti || ||
[page 161]
XIV. 18. 11] DUTIYO VAGGO 161
Asaddhā asaddhehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti ||
ahirikā ahirikehi saddhiṃ || duppaññā duppaññehi saddhiṃ || || Saddhā saddhehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti ||
hirimanā hirimanehi saddhiṃ || paññavanto paññavantehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || ||
3 Atītam pi bhikkhave addhānam dhātuso va sattā saṃsandiṃsu samiṃsu || pe||
4 Anāgatam pi bhikkhave addhānaṃ dhātuso va sattā saṃsandissanti samessanti || ||
5 Etarahi pi bhikkhave paccuppannam addhānam dhātuso va sattā saṃsandanti samenti || ||
Asaddhā asaddhehi saddhim || ahirikā ahirikehi saddhiṃ ||
duppaññā duppaññehi saddhiṃ || || Saddhā saddhehi saddhiṃ || hirimanā hirimanehi saddhiṃ || paññavanto paññavantehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samentīti || || Ekam ||
II
6 Dhātuso va bhikkhave sattā saṃsandanti samenti ||
Evam vitthāretabbaṃ || ||
Asaddhā asaddhehi saddhim saṃsandanti samenti ||
anottāpino anottāpīhi saddhiṃ || duppaññā duppaññehi saddhiṃ || || Saddhā saddhehi saddhiṃ || ottāpino ottāpīhi saddhiṃ || paññavanto paññavantehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samentīti || ||
7 Atītam pi || pe||
8 Anāgatam pi || pe||
9 Etarahi paccuppannam addhānamo || || Dve ||
III
10 Asaddhā asaddhehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti ||
appassutā appassutehi saddhiṃ || duppaññā duppaññehi saddhiṃ || || Saddhā saddhehi saddhiṃ || bahussutā bahussutehi saddhiṃ || paññavanto paññavantehi saddhim saṃsandanti samentīti || ||
11 Atītam pi || pe||
[page 162]
162 DHĀTU-SAṂYUTTA [XIV. 18. 12
12 Anāgatam pi || pe||
13 Etarahi paccuppannam addhānam || pe|| || Tīṇi || ||
IV
14 Dhātuso bhikkhave || pe||
Asaddhā asaddhehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti ||
kusītā kusītehi saddhiṃ || duppaññā duppaññehi saddhiṃ ||
Saddhā saddhehi saddhiṃ || āraddhaviriyā āraddhaviriyehi saddhiṃ || paññavanto paññavantehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samentīti || ||
15 Atītam pi ||
16 Anāgatam pi ||
17 Etarahi paccuppannam addhānamo samentīti || ||
Cattāri ||
V
18 Asaddhā asaddhehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti ||
muṭṭhasatino muṭṭhasatīhi saddhiṃ || duppaññā duppaññehi saddhiṃ || || Saddhā saddhehi saddhiṃ || uppaṭṭhitasatino upaṭṭhitasatīhi saddhiṃ || paññavanto paññavantehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samentīti || ||
19 Atītam pi
20 Anāgatam pi
21 Etarahi paccuppannam addhānaṃ- samentīti || ||
Pañca || || Aṭṭhamaṃ || ||
SN_2,14(3).19 (9) Ahirikamūlakā cattāro
1 Sāvatthi || ||
I
2 Dhātuso || pe|| ||
Ahirikā ahirikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || anottāpino anottapīhi saddhiṃ
[page 163]
XIV. 20. 1] DUTIYO VAGGO 163
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| duppaññā duppaññehi saddhiṃ || ||
Hirimanā hirimanehi saddhiṃ || ottāpino ottāpīhi saddhiṃ ||
paññavanto paññavantehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samentīti || || Atītam pi || Anāgatam pi || Paccuppannam addhānaṃ- samentīti || || Ekaṃ || ||
II
3 Ahirikā ahirikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti ||
appassutā appassutehi saddhimo || duppaññā duppaññehi saddhimo || || Hirimanā hirimanehi saddhiṃ- || bahussutā bahussutehi saddhiṃ- paññavanto paññavantehi saddhim saṃsandanti samenti || || Dve || ||
III
4 Ahirikā ahirikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti ||
kusītā kusītehi saddhiṃ || duppaññā duppaññehi saddhiṃ- || ||
Hirimanā hirimanehi saddhiṃ- || āraddhaviriyā āraddhaviriyehi saddhiṃ- || paññavanto paññavantehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samentīti || Tīṇi || ||
IV
5 Ahirikā ahirikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti ||
muṭṭhasatinomuṭṭhasatīhi saddhiṃ- || duppaññā duppaññehi saddhiṃ- || || Hirimanā hirimanehi saddhiṃ- || upaṭṭhitasatino upaṭṭhitasatīhi saddhiṃ || paññavanto paññavantehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samentīti || ||
6-8 Atītam pi || Anāgatam pi || Etarahi paccuppannam addhānamo samenti || || Cattāri || ||
Navamaṃ || ||
SN_2,14(3).20 (10) Anotappamūlakā tīni
1 Sāvatthi || ||
[page 164]
164 DHĀTU-SAṂYUTTA [XIV. 20. 2
2 Dhātuso bhikkhave sattā saṃsandanti samenti || ||
Anottāpino anottāpīhi saddhim || appassutā appassutehi saddhiṃ- || duppaññā duppaññehi saddhiṃ- || || Ottāpino ottāpīhi saddhimo || bahussutā bahussutehi saddhiṃ- || paññavanto paññavantehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || ||
Ekaṃ || ||
3-5 Atītam pi || Anāgatam pi || Etarahi paccuppannam addhānaṃ- samentīti || || Ekaṃ || ||
6 Anottāpino anottāpīhi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || ||
kusītā kusītehi saddhiṃ- || duppaññā duppaññehi saddhiṃ- || || Ottāpino ottāpīhi saddhiṃ- || āraddhaviriyā āraddhaviriyehi saddhiṃ- || paññavanto paññavantehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || ||
7-9 Atītam pi || Anāgatam pi || Etarahi paccuppannam addhanaṃ || || Dve || ||
10 Anottāpino anottāpīhi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || muṭṭhasatino muṭṭhasatīhi saddhiṃ- || || duppaññā duppaññehi saddhiṃ- || || Ottāpino ottāpīhi saddhimo ||
upaṭṭhitasatino upaṭṭhitasatīhi saddhiṃ- || paññavanto paññavantehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samentīti || ||
11-13 Atītam pi || Anāgatam pi || || Paccuppannam addhānamo samentīti || || Tīṇi || ||
Dasamaṃ || ||
SN_2,14(3).21 (11) Appassutena dve
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Dhātuso bhikkhave sattā saṃsandanti samenti || ||
Appassutā appassutehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti ||
kusītā kusītehi saddhiṃ- || duppaññā duppaññehi saddhiṃ- || || Bahussutā bahussutehi saddhiṃ- || āraddhaviriyā āraddhaviriyehi saddhiṃ-
[page 165]
XIV. 22. 5] DUTIYO VAGGO 165
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| paññavanto paññavantehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samentīti || ||
3-5 Atītam pi || || Anāgatam pi || || Etarahi paccuppannam addhānaṃ- samentīti || || Ekaṃ || ||
6 Appassutā appassutehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || muṭṭhasatino muṭṭhasatīhi saddhiṃ- || duppaññā duppaññehi saddhiṃ- || || Bahussutā bahussutehi saddhiṃ- ||
upaṭṭhitasatino upaṭṭhitasatīhi saddhiṃ || paññavanto paññavantehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samentīti || ||
7-9 Atītam pi || Anāgatam pi || Etarahi paccuppannam addhānaṃ- samentīti || || Dve || ||
Ekādasamam || ||
SN_2,14(3).22 (12) Kusītam
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Dhātuso bhikkhave sattā saṃsandanti samenti || ||
Kusītā kusītehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || muṭṭhasatino muṭṭhasatīhi saddhiṃ- || duppaññā duppaññehi saddhimo || || Āraddhaviriyā āraddhaviriyehi saddhiṃ || upaṭṭhitasatino upaṭṭhitasatīhi saddhimo || paññavanto paññavantehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samentīti || ||
3-5 Atītam pi || || Anāgatam pi || || Etarahi paccuppannam addhānaṃ samentīti || || Ekaṃ || || Dvādasamaṃ || ||
Dutiyo vaggo || ||
[Sabbattha atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ kātabbam || ||
Tassa uddānam || ||
Sattimā Sanidānañca ||
Giñjakāvasathena ca ||
Hinādhimutti ca Kammaṃ ||
Sagātha Asaddha sattamaṃ ||
[page 166]
166 DHĀTU-SAṂYUTTA [XIV. 23. 1
Asaddhamūlakā pañca ||
Cattāro ahirikamūlakā ||
Anottappamūlakātīṇi ||
Dve Appassutena ca Kusītaṃ ||
Ekakā vuttā suttantā || tīni pañcavakā suttaṃ ||
bāvīsati vuttā suttā || Dutiyo vaggo pavuccatīti || ||
CHAPTER III KAMMAPATHAVAGGO TATIYO
SN_2,14(3).23 (1) Asamāhita
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Dhātuso bhikkhave sattā saṃsandanti samenti || ||
3 Asaddhā asaddhehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti ||
ahirikā ahirikehi saddhiṃ- || anottāpino anottāpīhi saddhiṃ- || asamāhitā asamāhitehi saddhiṃ- || duppaññā duppaññehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || ||
4 Saddhā saddhehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti ||
hirimanā hirimanehi saddhiṃ- || ottāpino ottāpīhi saddhiṃ- || samāhitā samāhitehi saddhiṃ- || paññavanto paññavantehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samentīti || || Pathamaṃ || ||
SN_2,14(3).24 (2) Dussilya
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Dhātuso bhikkhave sattā saṃsandanti samenti || ||
3 Asaddhā asaddhehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti ||
ahirikā ahirikehi saddhiṃ- || anottāpino anottāpīhi saddhiṃ- || dussīlā dussīlehi saddhiṃ- || duppaññā duppaññehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || ||
4 Saddhā saddhehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || hirimanā hirimanehi saddhiṃ- || ottāpino ottāpīhi saddhimo ||
[page 167]
XIV. 27 . 1] KAMMAPATHAVAGGO TATIYO 167
sīlavanto sīlavantehi saddhiṃ- || paññavanto paññavantehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samentīti || || Dutiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,14(3).25 (3) Pañcasikkhāpadāni
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Dhātuso bhikkhave sattā saṃsandanti samenti || ||
3 Pāṇātipātino pāṇātipātīhi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || adinnādāyino adinnadāyīhi saddhiṃ- || kāmesu micchācārino kāmesu micchācārīhi saddhiṃ- || musāvādino musāvādīhi saddhiṃ- || surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhāyino surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhāyīhi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || ||
4 Pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā pāṇātipātā paṭiviratehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || adinnādānā paṭiviratā adinnādānā paṭiviratehi saddhiṃ- || Kāmesu micchācārā paṭiviratā kāmesu micchācārā paṭiviratehi saddhiṃ- || musāvādā paṭiviratā musāvādā paṭiviratehi saddhiṃ- || surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭiviratā surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭiviratehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samentīti || || Tatiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,14(3).26 (4) Sattakammapathā
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Dhātuso bhikkhave sattā saṃsandanti samenti || ||
3 Pāṇātipātino pāṇātipātīhi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || adinnādāyino adinnadāyīhi saddhiṃ- || kāmesu micchācārino kāmesu micchācārīhi saddhiṃ- || musāvādino musāvādīhi saddhiṃ- || pisuṇavācā pisuṇavācehi saddhiṃ- || samphappalāpino samphappalāpīhi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || ||
4 Pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā || adinnādānā paṭiviratā || kāmesu micchācārā paṭiviratā || musāvādā paṭiviratā || pisuṇavācāya paṭiviratā pisuṇavācāya paṭiviratehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || pharusavācāya paṭiviratā pharusavācāya paṭiviratehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || samphappalāpā paṭiviratā samphappalāpā paṭiviratehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || || Catutthaṃ || ||
SN_2,14(3).27 (5) Dasakammapatha
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
[page 168]
168 DHĀTU-SAṂYUTTA [XIV. 27. 2
2 Dhātuso bhikkhave sattā saṃsandanti samenti || ||
3 Pāṇātipātino pāṇātipātihi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || ādinnādāyino || pe|| kāmesu micchācārino || musāvādino ||
pisuṇavācā || pharusavācā || samphappalāpino samphappalāpīhi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || abhijjhāluno abhijjhālūhi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || vyāpannacittā vyāpannacittehi saddhiṃ || micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || ||
4 Paṇātipātā paṭiviratā pāṇātipātāpaṭiviratehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || adinnādānā paṭiviratā || kāmesu micchācārā paṭiviratā || musāvādā paṭiviratā || pisuṇavācāya paṭiviratā || pharusavācāya paṭiviratā || samphappalāpā paṭiviratā samphappalāpā paṭiviratehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || anabhijjhāluno anabhijjhālūhi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || avyāpannacittā avyāpannacittehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || ||Pañcamaṃ || ||
SN_2,14(3).28 (6) Aṭṭhaṅgiko
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Dhātuso bhikkhave sattā saṃsandanti samenti || ||
3 Micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || micchāsaṅkappā || pe|| micchāvācā || pe|| micchākammantā || pe|| micchā-ājīvā || pe|| micchāvāyāmā || pe||
micchāsatino || pe|| micchāsamādhino || micchāsamādhīhi saddhim saṃsandanti samenti || ||
4 Sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || sammāsaṅkappā || sammāvācā || sammākammantā || sammā-ājīvā || sammāvāyāmā || sammāsatino || sammāsamādhino sammāsamādhīhi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samentīti || || Chaṭṭhaṃ || ||
SN_2,14(3).29 (7) Dasaṅga
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Dhātuso bhikkhave sattā saṃsandanti samenti || ||
3 Micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || micchāsaṅkappā || micchāvācā || micchākammantā ||
micchā-ājīvā || micchāvāyāmā || micchāsatino || micchāsamādhino micchāsamādhīhi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti
[page 169]
XIV.31. 1] CATUTTHA-VAGGO 169
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| ||
Micchāñāṇino micchāñāṇīhi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti ||
micchāvimuttino micchāvimuttīhi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || ||
4 Sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikehi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || sammāsaṅkappā || sammāvācā || sammākammantā || sammā-ājīvā || sammāvāyāmā || sammāsatino || sammāsamādhino || || Sammāñāṇino sammāñāṇīhi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samenti || sammāvimuttino sammāvimuttīhi saddhiṃ saṃsandanti samentīti || || Sattamaṃ || ||
Sabbattha atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ kātabbaṃ || ||
Sattannaṃ suttantānam2 uddānaṃ || ||
Asamāhitaṃ {Dussīlyaṃ} || Pañcasikkhāpadāni ca ||
Sattakammapathā vuttā || Dasakammapathena ca ||
Chaṭṭham Aṭṭhaṅgiko vutto || Dasaṅgena ca sattamam || ||
Kammapathavaggo tatiyo || ||
CHAPTER IV CATUTTHA-VAGGO
SN_2,14(3).30 (1) Catasso
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2 Catasso imā bhikkhave dhātuyo || ||
Katamā catasso || || Pathavīdhātu || āpodhātu || tejodhātu || vāyodhātu || ||
Imā kho bhikkhave catasso dhātuyo ti || || Pathamam || ||
SN_2,14(3).31 (2) Pubbe
1 Sāvatthi || ||
[page 170]
170 DHĀTU-SAṂYUTTA [XIV. 31. 2
2 Pubbe me bhikkhave sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva sato etad ahosi || ||
3 Ko nu kho pathavīdhātuyā assādo ko ādinavo kiṃ nissaraṇaṃ || ko āpodhātuyā assādo ko ādīnavo kiṃ nissaraṇaṃ || ko tejodhātuyā assādo ko ādīnavo kiṃ nissaraṇaṃ ||
ko vāyodhātuyā assādo ko adīnavo kim nissaraṇanti || ||
4 Tassa mayhaṃ bhikkhave etad ahosi || ||
5 Yaṃ kho pathavīdhātum paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassaṃ || ayam pathavīdhātuyā assādo || || Yaṃ pathavīdhātuyā aniccā dukkhā vipariṇāmadhammā || ayam pathavīdhātuyā ādīnavo || Yaṃ pathavīdhātuyā chandarāgavinayo chandarāgappahānaṃ || idam pathavīdhātuyā nissaraṇaṃ || ||
6 Yam āpodhātum paṭicca || pe|| ||
7 Yaṃ tejodhātum paṭicca || pe|| ||
8 Yaṃ vāyodhātum paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassaṃ || ayaṃ vāyodhātuyā assādo || || Yaṃ vāyodhatuyā aniccā dukkhā vipariṇāmadhammā || ayaṃ vāyodhātuyā ādīnavo || || Yaṃ vāyodhātuyā chandarāgavinayo chandarāgappahānaṃ || idaṃ vāyodhātuyā nissaraṇaṃ || ||
9 Yāva kivañcāham bhikkhave imāsaṃ catunnam dhātūnaṃ evam assādañca assādato ādīnavañca ādīnavato nissaraṇañca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṃ na abbhaññāsiṃ ||
neva tāvāham bhikkhave sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddhoti paccaññāsiṃ || ||
10 Yato cakkvāham bhikkhave imāsaṃ catunnaṃ dhātūnam evam assādañ ca assādato ādīnavañ ca ādīnavato nissaraṇañca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ ||
athāham bhikkhave sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhim abhisambuddhoti paccaññāsiṃ || ||
[page 171]
XIV. 32. 14] CATUTTHA-VAGGO 171
11 Ñāṇañca pana me dassanam udapādi Akuppā me cetovimutti ayam antimā jāti natthi dāni punabbhavoti || ||
Dutiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,14(3).32 (3) Acarim
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Pathavīdhātuyāhaṃ bhikkhave assādapariyesanaṃ acariṃ || || Yo pathavīdhatuyā assādo tad ajjhagamaṃ ||
yāvatā pathavīdhātuyā assādo paññāya me so sudiṭṭho || ||
3 Pathavīdhātuyāham bhikkhave ādinavapariyesanaṃ acariṃ || Yo pathavīdhātuyā ādīnavo tad ajjhagamam ||
yāvatā pathavīdhātuyā ādīnavo paññāya me so sudiṭṭho || ||
4 Pathavīdhātuyāham bhikkhave nissaraṇapariyesaṇaṃ acariṃ || || Yaṃ pathavīdhātuyā nissaraṇaṃ tad ajjhagamaṃ yāvatā pathavīdhātuyā nissaraṇaṃ paññāya me taṃ sudiṭṭhaṃ || ||
5-7 Āpodhātuyāham bhikkhave || pe||
8-10 Tejodhātuyāham bhikkhave || pe|| ||
11 Vāyodhātuyāham bhikkhave assādapariyesanaṃ acariṃ || Yo vāyodhātuyā assādo tad ajjhagamaṃ || yāvatā vāyodhatuyā assādo paññāya me so sudiṭṭho || ||
12 Vāyodhātuyāham bhikkhave ādīnavapariyesanaṃ acariṃ || || Yo vāyodhātuyā ādīnavo tad ajjhagamaṃ ||
yāvatā vāyodhātuyā ādīnavo paññāya me so sudiṭṭho || ||
13 Vāyodhātuyāhaṃ bhikkhave nissaraṇapariyesanam acariṃ || || Yaṃ vāyodhātuyā nissaraṇaṃ tad ajjhagamaṃ ||
yāvatā vāyodhātuyā nissaraṇam paññāya me taṃ sudiṭṭhaṃ || ||
14 Yāva kīvañcāham bhikkhave imāsaṃ catunnaṃ dhātūnaṃ assādañca assādato ādīnavañca ādīnavato nissaraṇañca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṃ na abbhaññāsiṃ ||
[page 172]
172 DHĀTU-SAṂYUTTA [XIV. 32. 15
neva tāvāham bhikkhave sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhim abhisambuddhoti paccaññāsiṃ || ||
15 Yato ca khvāham bhikkhave imāsaṃ catunnaṃ dhātūnam assādañca assādato ādīnavañca ādīnavato {nissaraṇañca} nissaraṇato yathābhūtam abbhaññāsiṃ || athāham bhikkhave sadevake loke samāra ke sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhim abhisambuddhoti paccaññāsiṃ || ||
16 Ñāṇañca pana me dassanam udapādi || Akuppā me cetovimutti || ayam antimā jāti || natthidāni punabbhavoti || ||
Tatiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,14(3).33 (4) Yo no cedam
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 No cedam bhikkhave pathavīdhātuyā assādo abhavissa ||
nayidaṃ sattā pathavīdhātuyā sārajjeyyuṃ || || Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave atthi pathavīdhātuyā assādo || tasmā sattā pathavīdhātuyā sārajjanti || ||
3 No cedaṃ bhikkhave pathavīdhatuyā ādīnavo abhavissa || nayidaṃ sattā pathavīdhātuyā nibbindeyyuṃ || || Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave atthi pathavīdhātuyā ādīnavo || tasmā sattā pathavīdhātuyā nibbindanti || ||
4 No cedam bhikkhave pathavīdhātuyā nissaraṇam abhavissa || nayidaṃ sattā pathavīdhātuyā nissareyyuṃ || ||
Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave atthi pathavīdhātuyā nissaraṇaṃ ||
tasmā sattā pathavīdhātuyā nissaranti || ||
5-7 No cedaṃ bhikkhave āpodhātuyā assādo abhavissa ||
pe || ||
8-10 No cedam bhikkhave tejodhātuyā || pe|| ||
11 No cedam bhikkhave vāyodhātuya assādo abhavissa ||
nayidaṃ sattā vāyodhātuyā sārajjeyyuṃ || || Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave atthi vāyodhātuyā assādo || tasmā sattā vāyodhātuyā sārajjanti || ||
[page 173]
XIV. 34. 2] CATUTTHO-VAGGO 173
12 No cedaṃ bhikkhave vāyodhātuyā ādīnavo abhavissa ||
nayidaṃ sattā vāyodhātuyā nibbindeyyuṃ || || Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave atthi vāyodhātuyā ādīnavo || tasmā sattā vāyodhātuyā nibbindanti || ||
13 No cedam bhikkhave vāyodhātuyā nissaraṇam abhavissa || nayidaṃ sattā vāyodhātuyā nissareyyuṃ || ||
Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave atthi vāyodhātuyā nissaraṇaṃ ||
tasmā sattā vāyodhātuyā nissaranti || ||
14 Yāva kīvañcime bhikkhave sattā imāsaṃ catunnam dhātūnaṃ assādañca assādato ādīnavañca ādīnavato nissaraṇañca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṃ na abbhaññaṃsu ||
neva tāvime bhikkhave sattā sadevakā lokā samārakā sabrahmakā sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya nissaṭṭhā visaṃyuttā vippayuttā vimariyādikatena cetasā vihariṃsu || ||
15 Yato ca kho bhikkhave sattā imāsaṃ catunnaṃ dhātūnam assādañca assādato ādīnavañca ādīnavato nissaraṇañca nissaraṇato yathābhūtam abbhaññaṃsu || atha bhikkhave sattā sadevakā lokā samārakā sabrahmakā sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya nissaṭṭhā visaṃyuttā vippayuttā vimariyādikatena cetasā viharantīti || || Catutthaṃ || ||
SN_2,14(3).34 (5) Dukkha
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Pathavīdhātu ce hidaṃ bhikkhave ekantadukkhā abhavissa dukkhānupatitā dukkhāvakkantā anavakkantā sukhena || nayidam sattā pathavīdhātuyā sārajjeyyuṃ || ||
Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave pathavīdhātusukhā sukhānupatitā sukhāvakkantā anavakkantā dukkhena || tasmā sattā pathavīdhātuyā sārajjanti || ||
[page 174]
174 DHĀTU-SAṂYUTTA [XIV. 34. 3
3 Āpodhātu ce hidaṃ bhikkhave || pe|| ||
4 Tejodhātu ce hidaṃ bhikkhave || pe|| ||
5 Vāyodhātu ce hidam bhikkhave ekantadukkhā abhavissa dukkhānupatitā dukkhāvakkantā anavakkantā sukhena ||
na yidam sattā vāyodhātuyā sārajjeyyuṃ || || Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave vāyodhātu sukhā sukhānupatitā sukhāvakkantā anavakkantā dukkhena || tasmā sattā vāyodhātuyā sārajjanti || ||
6 Pathavīdhātu ce hidaṃ bhikkhave ekantasukhā abhavissa sukhānupatitā sukhāvakkantā anavakkantā dukkhena || na yidaṃ sattā pathavīdhātuyā nibbindeyyuṃ || ||
Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave pathavīdhātu dukkhā dukkhānupatitā dukkhāvakkantā anavakkantā sukhena || tasmā sattā pathavīdhātuyā nibbindanti || ||
7 Āpodhātu ce hidam bhikkhave || pe|| ||
8 Tejodhātu ce hidaṃ bhikkhave || pe|| ||
9 Vāyodhātu ce hidaṃ bhikkhave ekantasukhā abhavissa sukhānupatitā sukhāvakkantā anavakkantā dukkhena ||
nayidam sattā vāyodhātuyā nibbindeyyuṃ || || Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave vāyodhātu dukkhā dukkhānupatitā dukkhāvakkantā anavakkantā sukhena || tasmā sattā vāyodhātuyā nibbindantīti || ||
Pañcamaṃ || ||
SN_2,14(3).35 (6) Abhinandam
1 Sāvatthi || ||
I
2 Yo bhikkhave pathavīdhātum abhinandati dukkhaṃ so abhinandati || Yo dukkham abhinandati aparimutto so dukkhasmā ti vadāmi ||
3 Yo āpodhātum abhinandati || pe|| ||
4 Yo tejodhātum abhinandati || pe|| ||
5 Yo vāyodhātum abhinandati dukkhaṃ so abhinandati ||
Yo dukkham abhinandati aparimutto so dukkhasmā ti vadāmi || ||
[page 175]
XIV. 37. 3] CATUTTHA-VAGGO 175
II
6 Yo ca kho bhikkhave pathavīdhātuṃ nābhinandati dukkhaṃ so nābhinandati || yo dukkhaṃ nābhinandati parimutto so dukkhasmāti vadāmi || ||
7 Yo āpodhātuṃ || pe|| ||
8 Yo tejodhātuṃ || pe|| ||
9 Yo vāyodhātum nābhinandati dukkhaṃ so nābhinandati || yo dukkhaṃ nābhinandati parimutto so dukkhasmā ti vadāmi || || Chaṭṭhaṃ || ||
SN_2,14(3).36 (7) Uppādo
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Yo bhikkhave pathavīdhātuyā uppādo ṭhiti abhinibbatti pātubhāvo dukkhasseso uppādo rogānaṃ ṭhiti jarāmaraṇassa pātubhāvo || ||
3 Yo āpodhātuyā || pe|| ||
4 Yo tejodhātuyā || pe|| ||
5 Yo vāyodhātuyā uppādo ṭhiti abhinibbatti pātubhāvo dukkhasseso uppādo rogānaṃ ṭhiti jarāmaraṇassa pātubhāvo || ||
6 Yo ca kho bhikkhave pathavīdātuyā nirodho vūpasamo atthagamo dukkhasseso nirodho rogānaṃ vūpasamo jarāmaraṇassa atthagamo || ||
7 Yo āpodhātuyā || pe|| ||
8 Yo tejodhātuyā || pe||
9 Yo vāyodhātuyā nirodho vūpasamo atthagamo dukkhasseso nirodho rogānaṃ vūpasamo jarāmaraṇassa atthagamo ti || || Sattamaṃ || ||
SN_2,14(3).37 (8) Samaṇabrāhmaṇa (1)
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Catasso imā bhikkhave dhātuyo || || Katame catasso || ||
Pathavīdhātu || āpodhātu || tejodhātu || vāyodhātu || ||
3 Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇāvā brāhmaṇā vā imāsaṃ catunnaṃ dhātūnaṃ assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ na pajānanti
[page 176]
176 DHĀTU-SAṂYUTTA [XIV. 37. 4
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| na me te bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā samaṇesu vā samaṇasammatā brāhmaṇesu vā brāhmaṇasammatā || na ca pana te āyasmantā sāmaññattaṃ vā brahmaññatthaṃ vā diṭṭheva dhamme sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharanti || ||
4 Ye ca kho keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā imāsaṃ catunnam dhātūnaṃ assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ pajānanti || te ca kho me bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā samaṇesu ceva samaṇasammatā brāhmaṇesu va brāhmaṇasammatā || te ca panāyasmantā sāmaññatthaṃ ca brahmaññatthañca diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharantīti || || Aṭṭhamaṃ || ||
SN_2,14(3).38 (9) Samaṇabrāhmaṇa (2)
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Catasso imā bhikkhave dhātuyo || || Katamā catasso || ||
Pathavīdhātu || āpodhātu || tejodhātu || vāyodhātu || ||
3 Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā imāsaṃ catunnaṃ dhātunaṃ samudayañ ca atthagamān ca assādañ ca ādīnavañ ca nissaraṇañ ca yathābhūtaṃ na pajānantī ti vitthāretabbam ||
4 Pajānanti || pe|| sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharantīti || || Navamaṃ || ||
SN_2,14(3).39 (10) Samaṇa brāhmaṇa
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā pathavīdhātuṃ na pajānanti || pathavīdhātusamudayaṃ na pajānanti || pathavīdhātunirodhaṃ na pajānanti || pathavīdhātunirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ na pajānanti || pe || ||
[page 177]
XIV. 39. 9] CATUTTHA-VAGGO 177
3 Āpodhātuṃ na pajānanti || pe|| ||
4 Tejodhātuṃ na pajānanti || pe|| ||
5 Vāyodhātuṃ na pajānanti || vāyodhātusamudayaṃ na pajānanti || vāyodhātunirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ na pajānanti || na me te bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā samaṇesu vā samaṇasammatā brāhmaṇesu vā brāhmaṇasammatā || na ca pana te āyasmantā sāmaññattaṃ vā brahmaññattaṃ vā diṭṭheva dhamme sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharanti || ||
6 Ye ca kho keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā pathavīdhātum pajānanti || pathavīdhatusamudayam pajānanti || pathavīdhātunirodhaṃ pajānanti || pathavīdhātunirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ pajānanti ||
7 Āpodhātum pajānanti ||
8 Tejodhātum pajānanti ||
9 Vāyodhātum pajānanti || vāyodhātusamudayam pajānanti || vāyodhātunirodhaṃ pajānanti || vāyodhātunirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadam pajānanti || te ca kho me bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā va samaṇesu ceva samaṇasammatā brāhmaṇesu ca brāhmaṇasammatā || te ca panāyasmanto sāmaññatthañ ca brahmaññatthañ ca diṭṭheva dhamme sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharantīti || ||
Dasamaṃ || ||
Catuttha-vaggo || ||
Tassuddānam || ||
Catasso Pubbe Acariṃ ||
Yo-no-cedam Dukkhena ca ||
Abhinandañ ca Uppādo ||
Tayo Samaṇabrāhmaṇāti || ||
Dhātu-saṃyuttaṃ tatiyaṃ samattaṃ || ||
[page 178]
178 ANAMATAGGA-SAṂYUTTA [XV. 1. 1
BOOK IV ANAMATAGGA-SAṂYUTTAṂ
PAṬHAMO VAGGO
SN_2,15(4).1 (1) Tiṇakaṭṭham
1 Evaṃ me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2 Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi Bhikkhavo ti || ||
Bhadante ti te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosuṃ || ||
3 Bhagavā etad avoca || || Anamataggāyaṃ bhikkhave saṃsāro pubbākoṭi na paññāyati avijjānīvaraṇānaṃ sattānaṃ taṇhāsaṃyojanānaṃ sandhāvataṃ saṃsarataṃ || ||
4 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave purisoyaṃ imasmiṃ Jambudīpe tiṇakaṭṭhasākhā palāsaṃ tacchetvā ekajjhaṃ saṃharitvā caturaṅgulaṃ caturaṅgulaṃ ghaṭikaṃ karitvā nikkhippeyya || Ayaṃ me mātā tassā me mātu ayam mātā ti || ||
Apariyādinnā ca bhikkhave tassa purisassa mātu mātaro assu || atha imasmiṃ Jambudīpe tiṇakaṭṭhasākhā palāsaṃ parikkhayam pariyādānaṃ gaccheyya || ||
5 Taṃ kissa hetu || || Anamataggāyaṃ bhikkhave saṃsāro pubbakoṭi na pannāyati avijjānīvaraṇānaṃ sattānaṃ taṇhāsaṃyojanānaṃ sandhāvataṃ saṃsarataṃ || ||
6 Evaṃ dīgharattam vo bhikkhave dukkham paccanubhūtam tibbam paccanubhūtaṃ vyasanaṃ paccanubhūtaṃ kaṭasi vaḍḍhitā || ||
7 Yāvañcidam bhikkhave alam eva sabbasaṅkhāresu nibbindituṃ alaṃ virajjituṃ alaṃ vimuccitunti || || Pathamaṃ || ||
[page 179]
XV. 3. 4] PAṬHAMO VAGGO 179
SN_2,15(4).2 (2) Pathavī
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Anamataggāyam bhikkhave saṃsāro pubbākoṭi na paññāyati avijjānīvaraṇānam sattānam taṇhāsaṃyojanānaṃ sandhāvataṃ saṃsarataṃ ||
3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave puriso imaṃ mahāpathaviṃ kolaṭṭhimattaṃ kolaṭṭhimattaṃ mattikāgulikaṃ karitvā nikkhippeyya || Ayaṃ kho me pitā tassa me pitu ayam pitā ti || || Apariyādinnā bhikkhave tassa purisassa pitu pitaro assu || athāyam mahāpathavī parikkhayam pariyādānaṃ gaccheyya || ||
4 Taṃ kissa hetu || || Anamataggāyam bhikkhave saṃsāro pubbakoṭi na paññāyati avijjānīvaraṇānaṃ sattānaṃ taṇhāsaṃyojanānaṃ sandhāvataṃ saṃsarataṃ ||
5 Evaṃ dīgharattaṃ kho bhikkhave dukkhaṃ paccanubhūtaṃ tibbam paccanubhūtaṃ vyasanaṃ paccanubhūtaṃ kaṭasi vaḍḍhitā || ||
6 Yāvañcidam bhikkhave alam eva sabbasaṅkhāresu nibbinditum alaṃ virajjituṃ alaṃ vimuccitunti Dutiyam || ||
SN_2,15(4).3 (3) Assu
1 Sāvatthi || || pe|| ||
2 Anamataggāyam bhikkhave saṃsāro pubbākoṭi na paññāyati avijjānīvaraṇānaṃ sattānam taṇhāsaṃyojanānaṃ sandhāvataṃ saṃsarataṃ || ||
3 Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave || Katamaṃ nu kho bahutaraṃ || yaṃ vā vo iminā dīghena addhunā sandhāvataṃ saṃsarataṃ amanāpasampayogā manāpavippayogā kandantānaṃ rodantānaṃ assupasanaṃ paggharitaṃ yaṃ vā catūsu mahāsamuddesu udakanti || ||
4 Yathā kho mayam bhante Bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitam ājānāma || etad eva bhante bahutaraṃ yaṃ no iminā dīghena addhunā sandhāvataṃ saṃsarataṃ amanāpasampayogā manāpavippayogā kandantānaṃ rodantānaṃ assupasannam paggharitaṃ na tveva catūsu mahāsamuddesu udakanti
[page 180]
180 ANAMATAGGA-SAṂYUTTA [XV. 3. 5
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| ||
5 Sādhu sādhu bhikkhave sādhu kho me tumhe bhikkhave evam dhammaṃ desitam ājānātha || ||
6 Etad eva bhikkhave bahutaraṃ yaṃ vo iminā dīghena adhunā sandhāvataṃ saṃsārataṃ amanāpasampayogā manāpavippayogā kandantānaṃ rodantānam assupasannaṃ paggharitaṃ na tveva catūsu mahāsamuddesu udakam || ||
7 Dīgharattaṃ vo bhikkhave mātumaraṇam paccānubhūtam ||
8 Puttamaraṇaṃ paccanubhūtam || ||
9 Dhītumaraṇam paccanubhūtaṃ || ||
10 Ñātivyasanam paccanubhūtaṃ || ||
11 Bhogavyasanam paccanubhūtam || ||
12 Dīgharattam vo bhikkhave rogavyasanam paccanubhūtaṃ || tesaṃ vo rogavyasanam paccanubhontānam amanāpasaṃyogā manāpavippayogā kandantānaṃ rodantānam assupasannaṃ paggharitaṃ na tveva catūsu mahāsamuddesu udakaṃ || ||
13 Taṃ kissa hetu || || Anamataggāyam bhikkhave saṃsāro || pe|| ||
14 Yāvañcidam bhikkhave alam eva saṅkhāresu nibbindituṃ alaṃ virajjitum alaṃ vimuccitunti || || Tatiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,15(4).4 (4) Khīram
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Anamataggāyam bhikkhave saṃsāro pubbākoṭi na paññāyati avijjānīvaraṇānaṃ sattānaṃ taṇhāsaṃyojanānaṃ sandhāvataṃ saṃsarataṃ || ||
3 Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave || || Katamaṃ nu kho bahutaraṃ || yaṃ vā vo iminā dīghena addhunā sandhāvataṃ saṃsarataṃ mātuthaññam pītam yaṃ vā catūsu mahāsamuddesu udakanti
[page 181]
XV. 5. 7] PAṬHAMO VAGGO 181
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| ||
4 Yathā kho mayam bhante Bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitam ājānāma || etad eva bhante bahutaram yaṃ no iminā dīghena addhunāsandhāvatam saṃsarataṃ mātuthaññaṃ pītam || na tveva catūsu mahāsamuddesu udakanti || ||
5 Sādhu sādhu bhikkhave sādhu kho me tumhe bhikkhave evaṃ dhammaṃ desitam ājānātha || ||
6 Etad eva bhikkhave bahutaram yaṃ vo iminā dīghena addhunā sandhāvataṃ saṃsarataṃ mātuthaññam pītam ||
na tveva catūsu mahāsamuddesu udakaṃ || ||
7 Taṃ kissa hetu || || Anamataggam bhikkhave saṃsāro ||
pe || alaṃ vimuccitunti || || Catutthaṃ || ||
SN_2,15(4).5 (5) Pabbata
1 Sāvatthi || pe|| ārāme || ||
2 Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā || pe|| ||
3 Ekam antam nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Kiṃva dīgho nu kho bhante kappoti || ||
4 Dīgho kho bhikkhu kappo || so na sukaro saṅkhātum ||
ettakāni vassāni iti vā ettakāni vassasatāni iti vā ettakāni vassasahassāni iti vā ettakāni vassasata sahassāni iti vā ti || ||
5 Sakkā pana bhante upamā kātunti || ||
6 Sakkā bhikkhū ti Bhagava avoca || || Seyyathāpi bhikkhu mahāselo pabbato yojanam āyāmena yojanaṃ vitthārena yojanam ubbedhena acchiddo asusiro ekaghano || tam enam puriso vassasatassa vassasatassa accayena kāsikena vatthena sakiṃ sakiṃ parimajjeyya ||
khippataraṃ kho so bhikkhu mahāselo pabbato iminā upakkamena parikkhayam pariyādānaṃ gaccheyya na tveva kappo || ||
7 Evam dīgho bhikkhu kappo || evaṃ dīghānam kho bhikkhu kappānam neko kappo saṃsito nekaṃ kappasataṃ saṃsitam nekaṃ kappasahassaṃ saṃsitaṃ nekaṃ kappasata-sahassaṃ saṃsitaṃ
[page 182]
182 ANAMATAGGA-SAṂYUTTA [XV. 5. 8
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| ||
8 Taṃ kissa hetu || || Anamataggāyam bhikkhu saṃsāro pe || alaṃ vimuccitunti || || Pañcamaṃ || ||
SN_2,15(4).6 (6) Sāsapā
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā || pe|| ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Kiṃ va dīgho nu kho bhante kappoti || ||
4 Dīgho kho bhikkhu kappo || so na sukaro saṅkhātuṃ ||
ettakāni vassāni iti vā || pe|| ettakāni vassasatasahassāni iti vā ti ||
5 Sakkā pana bhante upamā kātunti || ||
6 Sakkā bhikkhūti Bhagavā avoca || Seyyathāpi bhikkhu āyasaṃ nagaraṃ yojanam āyāmena yojanaṃ vitthārena yojanam ubbedhena puṇṇaṃ sāsapānaṃ cuḷikābaddhaṃ ||
tato puriso vassasatassa vassasatassa accayena ekam ekaṃ sāsapam uddhāreyya || khippataraṃ kho so bhikkhu mahā sāsaparāsi iminā upakkamena parikkhayaṃ pariyādānaṃ gaccheyya na tveva kappo || ||
7 Evaṃ dīgho kho bhikkhu kappo || evaṃ dīghānaṃ kho bhikkhu kappānaṃ neko kappo saṃsito nekaṃ kappasataṃ saṃsitaṃ nekaṃ kappasahassaṃ saṃsitaṃ nekaṃ kappasatasahassaṃ saṃsitaṃ || ||
8 Taṃ kissa hetu || || Anamataggāyam bhikkhu saṃsāro ||
pe || alaṃ vimuccitunti || || Chaṭṭhaṃ || ||
SN_2,15(4).7 (7) Sāvakā
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati ||
[page 183]
XV. 8. 4] PAṬHAMO VAGGO 183
2 Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena Bhagavā || pe|| ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū Bhagavantam etad avocuṃ || || Kiṃva bahukā nu kho bhante kappā abbhatītā atikkantāti || ||
4 Bahukā kho bhikkhave kappā abbhatītā atikkantā || te na sukarā saṅkhātuṃ || ettakā kappā iti vā || ettakāni kappasatāni iti vā ettakāni kappasahassāni iti vā ettakāni kappasatasahassāni iti vā ti || ||
5 Sakkā pana bhante upamā kātunti || ||
6 Sakkā bhikkhave ti Bhagavā avoca || Idhassu bhikkhave cattāro sāvakā vassasatāyukā vassasatajīvino || te divase divase kappasatasahassam anussareyyuṃ || anussaritā va bhikkhave tehi kappā assu || || Atha te cattāro sāvakā vassasatāyukā vassasatajīvino vassasatassa accayena kālaṃ kareyyuṃ || ||
7 Evaṃ bahukā kho bhikkhave kappā abbhatītā atikkantā || te na sukarā saṅkhātum || ettakā kappā iti vā ettakāni kappasatāni iti va ettakāni kappasahassāni iti vā ettakāni kappasatasahassāni iti vā || ||
8 Taṃ kissa hetu || || Anamataggāyam bhikkhave saṃsāro || pe|| alaṃ vimuccitunti || || Sattamaṃ || ||
SN_2,15(4).8 (8) Gaṅgā
1 Rājagahe Veḷuvane || ||
2 Atha kho aññataro brāhmaṇo yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || pe|| ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Kiṃ va bahukā nu kho bho Gotama kappā abbhatītā atikkantā ti || ||
4 Bahukā kho brāhmaṇa kappā abbhatītā atikkantā ||
te na sukarā saṅkhātum || ettakā kappā iti vā ettakāni kappasatāni iti vā ettakāni kappasahassāni iti vā ettakāni kappasatasahassāni iti vā ti || ||
[page 184]
184 ANAMATAGGA-SAṂYUTTA [XV. 8. 5
5 Sakkā pana bho Gotama upamā kātunti || ||
6 Sakkā brāhmaṇāti Bhagavā avoca || || Seyyathāpi brāhmaṇa yato cāyaṃ Gaṅgā nadī pahoti || yattha ca makāsamuddam appeti || yā ca tasmiṃ antare vālikā sā na sukarā saṅkhātuṃ ettakā vālikā iti vā ettakāni vālikasatāni iti vā ettakāni vālikāsahassāni iti vā ettakāni vālikasatasahassāni iti vā || ||
7 Ato bahutarā kho brāhmaṇa kappā abbhatītā atikkantā || te na sukarā saṅkhātuṃ ettakā kappā iti vā ettakāni kappasatāni iti vā ettakāni kappasahassāni iti vā ettakāni kappasatasahassāni iti vā || ||
8 Taṃ kissa hetuṃ || || Anamataggāyam brāhmaṇa {saṃsāro} pubbakoṭi na paññāyati avijjānīvaraṇānaṃ sattānaṃ taṇhāsaṃyojanānam sandhāvataṃ saṃsarataṃ || ||
9 Evam dīgharattaṃ kho brāhmaṇa dukkham paccanubhūtam tibbaṃ paccanubhūtaṃ vyasanaṃ paccanubhūtaṃ kaṭasi vaḍḍhitā || yāvañcidam brāhmaṇa alam eva sabbasaṅkhāresu nibbinditum alaṃ virajjituṃ alaṃ vimuccitunti || ||
10 Evaṃ vutte so brāhmaṇo Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
Abhikkantam bho Gotama abhikkantam bho Gotama ||
pe || Upāsakam mam bhavaṃ Gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupeṭaṃ saraṇaṃ gatanti || || Aṭṭhamaṃ || ||
SN_2,15(4).9 (9) Daṇḍo
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Anamataggāyam bhikkhave saṃsāro pubbākoṭi na paññāyati avijjānīvaraṇānaṃ sattānam taṇhāsamyojanānam sandhāvataṃ saṃsarataṃ || pe||
3 Seyyathapi bhikkhave daṇḍo upari vehāsaṃ khitto sakimpi mūlena nipatati sakim pi majjhena nipatati sakim pi aggena nipatati || evam eva kho bhikkhave avijjānīvaraṇā sattā taṇhāsaṃyojanā sandhāvantā saṃsarantā sakim pi asmā lokā paraṃ lokam gacchanti
[page 185]
XV. 10. 6] PAṬHAMO VAGGO 185
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| sakim pi parasmā lokā imaṃ lokam āgacchanti || ||
4 Taṃ kissa hetu || Anamataggāyaṃ bhikkhave {saṃsāro} || la || alaṃ vimuccitunti || || Navamaṃ || ||
SN_2,15(4).10 (10) Puggala
1 Bhagavā Rājagahe Gijjhakūṭe pabbate || ||
2 Tatra || || voca || ||
3 Anamataggāyam bhikkhave saṃsāro || pe|| ||
4 Ekapuggalassa bhikkhave kappaṃ sandhāvato saṃsarato siyā evam mahā aṭṭhikaṅkalo aṭṭhipuñjo aṭṭhirāsi || yathāyam Vepullo pabbato sace saṃhārako assa sambhatañca na vinasseyya || ||
5 Taṃ kissa hetu || || Anamataggāyam bhikkhave saṃsāro || pe|| || alaṃ vimuccitunti || ||
6 Idam avoca Bhagavā || idaṃ vatvāna Sugato athāparam etad avoca satthā || ||
Ekassekena kappena || puggalassaṭṭhisañcayo ||
siyā pabbatasamo rāsi || iti vuttam mahesinā ||1||
So kho panāyam akkhāto || Vepullo pabbato mahā ||
uttaro Gijjhakūṭassa || Magadhānam giribbajo ||2||
Yato ariyasaccāni || sammappaññāya passati ||
dukkhaṃ dukkhasamuppādaṃ || dukkhassaca atikkamaṃ ||3||
Ariyaṭṭhaṅgikam maggaṃ || dukkhūpasamagāminaṃ ||
sasattakkhattuṃ paramaṃ || sandhāvitvāna puggalo ||
[page 186]
186 ANAMATAGGA-SAṂYUTTA [XV. 11.
dukkhassantakaro hoti || sabbasaṃyojanakkhayā ti ||4||
Dasamaṃ || ||
Pathamo vaggo || ||
Tassa uddānaṃ || ||
Tiṇakaṭṭhaṃ ca Pathavī ||
Assa Khīraṃ ca Pabbataṃ ||
Sāsapā Sāvakā Gaṅgā ||
Daṇḍo ca Puggalenā ti || ||
DUTIYO VAGGO
SN_2,15(4).11 (1) Duggataṃ
1 Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Tatra kho || ||
3 Anamataggāyam bhikkhave saṃsāro pubbākoṭi napaññāyati avijjānīvaraṇānaṃ sattānaṃ taṇhāsaṃyojanānaṃ sandhāvataṃ saṃsarataṃ || ||
4 Yaṃ bhikkhave passeyyātha duggataṃ durūpetaṃ niṭṭham ettha gantabbam Amhehi pi evarūpaṃ paccanubhūtaṃ iminā dīghena addhunā ti || ||
5 Taṃ kissa hetu || || Anamataggāyaṃ bhikkhave {saṃsāro} || pe|| || alaṃ vimuccitunti || ||
Pathamaṃ || ||
SN_2,15(4).12 (2) Sukhitam
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Anamataggāyam bhikkhave saṃsāro || pe|| ||
3 Yam bhikkhave passeyyātha sukhitaṃ sajjitaṃ niṭṭham ettha gantabbaṃ Amhehi pi evarūpam paccanubhūtaṃ iminā dīghena addhunāti
[page 187]
XV. 13. 7] DUTIYO VAGGO 187
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| ||
4 Tam kissa hetu || || Anamataggāyam bhikkhave saṃsāro pubbākoṭi na paññāyati || pe || || alām vimuccitunti || ||
Dutiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,15(4).13 (3) Tiṃsamattā
1 Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane || ||
2 Atha kho tiṃsamattā Paveyyakā bhikkhū sabbe araññakā sabbe piṇḍapātikā sabbe paṃsukūlikā sabbe tecīvarikā sabbe sasaṃyojanā yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdiṃsu || ||
3 Atha kho Bhagavato etad ahosi || || Ime kho tiṃsamattā Pāveyyakā bhikkhū sabbe araññakā sabbe piṇḍapātika sabbe paṃsukūlikā sabbe tecīvarikā sabbe sasaṃyojanā ||
yaṃ nūnāham imesaṃ tathādhammaṃ deseyyaṃ yathā nesaṃ imasmiṃ yeva āsane anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucceyyanti || ||
4 Atha ko Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi || || Bhikkhavo ti || ||
Bhadante ti te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosuṃ || ||
5 Bhagavā etad avoca || || Anamataggāyam bhikkhave saṃsāro pubbākoṭi na paññāyati avijjānīvaraṇānaṃ sattānaṃ taṇhāsaṃyojanānaṃ sandhāvataṃ saṃsarataṃ || ||
6 Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave || || Katamaṃ nu kho bahutaraṃ || Yam vā vo iminā dīghena addhunā sandhāvataṃ saṃsarataṃ sīsacchinnānaṃ lohitam pasannam paggharitam || yam vā catūsu mahāsamuddesu udakanti || ||
7 Yathā kho mayam bhante Bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāma || etad eva bhante bahutaraṃ yaṃ no iminā dīghena addhunā sandhāvataṃ saṃsaratam sīsacchinnānaṃ lohitam pasannam paggharitaṃ
[page 188]
188 ANAMATAGGA-SAṂYUTTA [XV. 13. 8
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| na tveva catūsu mahāsamuddesu udakanti || ||
8 Sādhu sādhu bhikkhave sādhu kho me tumhe bhikkhave evaṃ dhammaṃ desitam ājānātha || ||
9 Etad eva bhikkhave bahutaraṃ yaṃ vo iminā dīghena addhunā sandhāvataṃ saṃsarataṃ sīsacchinnānaṃ lohitaṃ pasannaṃ paggharitaṃ na tveva catūsu mahāsamuddesu udakaṃ || || pe || ||
10 Dīgharattaṃ vo bhikkhave gunnaṃ sataṃ gobhūtānam sīsacchinnānaṃ lohitaṃ pasannam paggharitaṃ na tveva catūsu mahāsamuddesu udakaṃ || la ||
11 Dīgharattaṃ vo bhikkhave mahisānaṃ sataṃ mahisabhūtānaṃ sīsacchinnānaṃ lohitaṃ pasannam paggharitaṃ || pe||
12 Dīgharattaṃ vo bhikkhave urabbhānam sataṃ urabbhabhūtānam || pe||
13 ajānaṃ sataṃ ajabhūtanam || pe|| ||
14 migānaṃ sataṃ migabhūtānam || pe|| ||
15 kukkuṭānaṃ sataṃ kukkuṭabhūtānam || pe|| ||
16 sūkarāṇaṃ sataṃ sūkarabhūtānaṃ || pe|| ||
17 Dīgharattaṃ vo bhikkhave corā gāmaghātā ti gahetvā sīsacchinnānaṃ lohitam pasannam paggharitaṃ || pe|| ||
18 Dīgharattaṃ vo bhikkhave corā pāripantakā ti gahetvā sīsacchinnānam lohitaṃ pasannam paggharitaṃ ||
pe || ||
19 Dīgharattaṃ vo bhikkhave corā paradārikā ti gahetvā sīsacchinnānaṃ lohitaṃ pasannaṃ paggharitaṃ || na tveva catūsu mahāsamuddesu udakaṃ || ||
20 Tam kissa hetu || || Anamataggāyam bhikkhave saṃsāro || pe|| alaṃ vimuccitunti || ||
21 Idam avoca Bhagava || attamanā te bhikkhū Bhagavato bhāsitam abhinandun ti || ||
[page 189]
XV. 17. 2] DUTIYO VAGGO 189
22 Imasmim ca pana veyyākaraṇasmiṃ bhaññamāne tiṃsamattānam Pāveyyakānam bhikkhūnam anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṃsūti || ||
Tatiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,15(4).14 (4) Mātā
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Anamataggāyam bhikkhave saṃsāro || pe|| ||
3 Na so bhikkhave satto sulabharūpo || yo na mātābhūtapubbo iminā dīghena addhunā || ||
4 Taṃ kissa hetu || || Anamataggāyam bhikkhave saṃsāro || pe|| alam vimuccitunti || || Catutthaṃ || ||
SN_2,15(4).15 (5) Pitā
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Anamataggāyaṃ bhikkhave saṃsāro || [Sabbesam evam peyyālo] || ||
3 Na so bhikkhave satto sulabharūpo yo na pitābhūtapubbo || la || ||
Pañcamaṃ || ||
SN_2,15(4).16 (6) Bhātā
1 Sāvatthiyam viharati || ||
2 Na so bhikkhave satto sulabharūpo yo na bhātābhūtapubbo || pe|| ||
Chaṭṭhaṃ || ||
SN_2,15(4).17 (7) Bhagini
1 Savatthi || ||
2 Na so bhikkhave satto sulabharūpo yo na bhaginibhūtapubbo || pe|| ||
Sattamaṃ || ||
[page 190]
190 ANAMATAGGA-SAṂYUTTA [XV. 18. 1
SN_2,15(4).18 (8) Putto
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Na so bhikkhave satto sulabharūpo yo na puttabhūtapubbo || pe|| ||
Aṭṭhamam || ||
SN_2,15(4).19 (9) Dhītā
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
Anamataggāyam bhikkhave saṃsāro pubbakoṭi na paññāyati avijjānīvaraṇānaṃ sattānaṃ taṇhāsaṃyojanānaṃ sandhāvataṃ saṃsarataṃ ||
Na so bhikkhave satto sulabharūpo yo na dhītābhūtapubbo iminā dīghena addhunā || ||
Tam kissa hetu || || Anamataggāyam bhikkhave saṃsāro pubbakoṭi na paññāyati avijjānīvaraṇānaṃ sattāhaṃ taṇhāsaṃyojanānaṃ sandhāvatam saṃsarataṃ || ||
Evaṃ dīgharattaṃ vo bhikkhave dukkham paccanubhūtaṃ tibbaṃ paccanubhūtaṃ vyasanaṃ paccanubhūtaṃ kaṭasivaḍḍhitā || Yavaṃ cidam bhikkhave alam eva sabbasaṅkhāresu nibbindituṃ alam virajjituṃ alam vimuccitunti || || Navamaṃ || ||
SN_2,15(4).20 (10) Vepullapabbatam
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Gijjhakūṭe pabbate || ||
2 Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi || pe|| ||
3 Bhagavā etad avoca || || Anamataggāyam bhikkhave saṃsāro pubbākoṭi na paññāyati avijjānīvaraṇānam sattānam taṇhāsamyojanānaṃ sandhāvatam saṃsarataṃ || ||
4 Bhūtapubbam bhikkhave imassa Vepulassa pabbatassa Pācīnavaṃso tveva samaññā udapādi || || Tena kho pana bhikkhave samayena manussānaṃ Tivarā tveva samaññā udapādi
[page 191]
XV. 20. 10] DUTIYO VAGGO 191
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| || Tivarānam bhikkhave manussānam cattārisaṃ vassasahassāni āyuppamāṇam ahosi || || Tivarā bhikkhave manussā Pācīnavaṃsaṃ pabbataṃ catuhena ārohanti catuhena orohanti || ||
5 Tena kho pana bhikkhave samayena Kakusandho bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho loke uppanno hoti || ||
Kakusandhassa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa Vidhura-Sajīvaṃ nāma sāvakayugam ahosi aggaṃ bhaddayugaṃ || ||
6 Passatha bhikkhave sā cevimassa pabbatassa samaññā antarahitā || te ca manussā kālaṃkatā || so ca Bhagavā parinibbuto || ||
7 Evam aniccā bhikkhave saṅkhārā evam addhuvā bhikkhave saṅkhārā evam anassāsikā bhikkhave saṅkhārā ||
yāvaṃ cidaṃ bhikkhave alam eva sabbasaṅkhāresu nibbindituṃ alaṃ virajjituṃ alaṃ vimuccituṃ || ||
8 Bhūtapubbaṃ bhikkhave imassa Vepulassa pabbatassa Vaṅkako tveva samaññā udapādi || || Tena kho pana bhikkhave samayena manussānaṃ Rohitassā tveva samaññā udapādi || || Rohitassānam bhikkhave manussānam tiṃsavassasahassāni āyuppamāṇam ahosi || || Rohitassā bhikkhave manussā Vaṅkakam pabbatam tīhena arohanti tīhena orohanti || ||
9 Tena kho pana bhikkhave samayena Koṇāgamano bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho loke uppanno hoti || ||
Koṇāgamanassa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa Bhiyyo-Suttaraṃ nāma sāvakayugam ahosi aggam bhaddayugaṃ || ||
10 Passatha bhikkhave || sā cevimassa pabbatassa samaññā antarahitā te ca manussā kālaṃkatā so ca Bhagavā parinibbuto ||
[page 192]
192 ANAMATAGGA-SAṂYUTTA [XV. 20. 11
Evam aniccā bhikkhave saṅkhārā || pe|| alaṃ vimuccituṃ || ||
11 Bhūtapubbam bhikkhave imassa Vepullassa pabbatassa Supasso tveva samaññā udapādi || || Tena kho pana bhikkhave samayena manussānaṃ Suppiyā tveva samaññā udapādi || Suppiyānam bhikkhave manussānaṃ vīsati vassasahassani āyuppamāṇam ahosi || || Suppiyā bhikkhave manussā Supassaṃ pabbataṃ dvīhena ārohanti dvīhena orohanti || ||
12 Tena kho pana samayena Kassapo bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho loke uppanno hoti || Kassapassa bhikkhave bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa TissaBhāradvājaṃ nāma sāvakayugam ahosi aggam bhaddayugaṃ || ||
13 Passatha bhikkhave || Sā cevimassa pabbatassa samaññā antarahitā te ca manussā kālaṃkatā so ca Bhagavā parinibbuto || ||
14 Evam aniccā bhikkhave saṅkhārā evam addhuvā bhikkhave saṅkhārā || pe || alaṃ vimuccituṃ || ||
15 Etarahi kho pana bhikkhave imassa Vepullassa pabbatassa Vepullo tveva samaññā udapādi || || Etarahi kho pana bhikkhave imesam manussānaṃ Māgadhakā tveva samaññā udapādi || || Māgadhakānam bhikkhave manussānam appakam āyuppamāṇam parittaṃ lahukaṃ || yo ciraṃ jīvati so vassasatam appaṃ vā bhiyyo || || Māgadhakā bhikkhave manussā Vepullam pabbatam muhuttena ārohanti muhuttena orohanti || ||
16 Etarahi kho panāham bhikkhave arahaṃ sammāsambuddho loke uppanno || mayham kho pana bhikkhave Sāriputta-Moggallānaṃ nāma sāvakayugam aggam bhaddayugaṃ || ||
17 Bhavissati bhikkhave so samayo || yā ayañ cevimassa pabbatassa samaññā antaradhāyissati
[page 193]
XV. 20. 19] DUTIYO VAGGO 193
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| ime ca manussā kālaṃ karissanti ahañ ca parinibbāyissāmi || ||
18 Evam aniccā bhikkhave saṅkhārā evam addhuvā bhikkhave saṅkhārā evam anassāsikā bhikkhave saṅkhārā ||
Yāvaṃ cidaṃ bhikkhave alam eva sabbasaṅkhāresu nibbindituṃ alaṃ virajjituṃ alaṃ vimuccitun ti || ||
19 Idam avoca Bhagavā || idaṃ vatvāna Sugato athāparam etad avoca satthā || ||
Pācīnavaṃso Tivarānaṃ ||
Rohitassānaṃ Vaṅkako ||
Suppiyānam Supassā ti ||
Māgadhānaṃ ca Vepullo ||1||
Aniccāvata saṅkhārā ||
Uppāda-vayadhammino ||
Uppajjitvā nirujjhanti ||
Tesaṃ vūpasamo sukho ti ||2||
|| Dasamaṃ || ||
Dutiyo vaggo ||
Tassa uddānaṃ || ||
Duggataṃ Sukhitaṃ ceva || ||
Tiṃsa Mātā Pitena ca ||
Bhāta Bhaginī Putto ca ||
Dhītā Vepullapabbataṃ || ||
Anamatagga-saṃyuttaṃ catuttham || ||
[page 194]
194 KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA [XVI. 1. 1
BOOK V KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTAṂ
SN_2,16(5).1 Santuṭṭhaṃ
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Santuṭṭhāyam bhikkhave Kassapo itarītarena cīvarena || Itarītaracīvarasantuṭṭhiyā ca vaṇṇavādī || na ca cīvarahetu anesanam appatirūpam āpajjati || Aladdhā cīvaram na paritassati laddhā ca cīvaram agadhito amucchito anajjhāpanno ādīnavadassāvī nissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati || ||
3 Santuṭṭhāyam bhikkhave Kassapo itarītarena piṇḍapātena || || Itarītarapiṇḍapātasantuṭṭhiyā ca vaṇṇavādī ||
na ca piṇḍapātahetu anesanam appaṭirūpaṃ āpajjati || ||
Aladdhā ca piṇḍapātaṃ na paritassati laddhā ca piṇḍapātaṃ agadhito amucchito anajjhāpanno ādīnavadassāvī nissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati || ||
4 Santuṭṭhāyam bhikkhave Kassapo itarītarena senāsanena || || Itarītarena senāsanasantuṭṭhiyā ca vaṇṇavādī ||
na ca senāsanahetu anesanam appatirūpam āpajjati || ||
Aladdhā ca senāsanaṃ na paritassati laddhā ca senāsanam agadhito amucchito anajjhāpanno ādīnavadassāvī nissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati || ||
5 Santuṭṭhāyam bhikkhave Kassapo itarītarena gilānapaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhārena || || Itarītaragilāna-paccayabhesajja-parikkhārasantuṭṭhiyā ca vaṇṇavādī || na ca gilānapaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhārahetu anesanam appatirūpam āpajjati || || Aladdhā ca gilānapaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhāraṃ na paritassati || laddhā ca gilānapaccaya-bhesajjaparikkhāram agadhito amucchito anajjhāpanno ādīnavadassāvi nissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati || ||
6 Tasmā tiha bhikkhave evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ || || Santuṭṭhā bhavissāma itarītarena cīvarena itarītaracīvarasantuṭṭhiyā ca vaṇṇavādino
[page 195]
XVI. 2. 4] KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA 195
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| na ca cīvarahetu anesanam appaṭirūpam āpajjissāma || || Aladdhā ca cīvaraṃ na paritassissāma ||
laddhā ca cīvaram agadhitā amucchitā anajjhāpannā ādīnavadassāvino nissaraṇa-paññā paribhuñjissāma || ||
Evaṃ sabbaṃ kātabbaṃ || || Santuṭṭhā bhavissāma itarītarena piṇḍapātena || pe|| || Santuṭṭhā bhavissāma itarītarena senāsanena || pe|| || Santuṭṭhā bhavissāma itarītarena gilāna-paccaya-bhesajja-parikkhārena || itarītara-gilānapaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhārasantuṭṭhiyā ca vaṇṇavādino || na ca gilāna-paccaya-bhesajja-parikkārahetu anesanam appaṭirūpam āpajjissāma || || Aladdhā ca gilāna-paccaya-bhesajja-parikkhāram na paritassissāma || laddhā ca gilāna-paccaya-bhesajja-parikkhāram agadhitā amucchitā anajjhāpannā ādīnavadassāvino nissaraṇapaññā paribhuñjissāma ti || || Evaṃ hi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbaṃ || ||
7 Kassapena vā hi vo bhikkhave ovadissāmi yo vā Kassapasadiso || ovāditehi ca pana vo tathattāya paṭipajjitabbanti || || Pathamaṃ || ||
SN_2,16(5).2 Anottāpi
1 Evam me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā ca Mahākassapo āyasmā ca Sāriputto Bārāṇasīyam viharanti Isipatane Migadāye || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Sāriputto sāyaṇhasamayam patisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā Mahā-Kassapo tenupasaṅkami ||
pe || || vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Sāriputto āyasmantam Mahā-Kassapam etad avoca || ||
4 Vuccati hidam āvuso Kassapa anātāpī anottāpī abhabbo sambodhāya abhabbo nibbānāya abhabbo anuttarassa yogakkhemassa adhigamāya || || Ātāpī ca kho ottāpī bhabbo sambodhāya bhabbo nibbānāya bhabbo anuttarassa yogakkhemassa adhigamāyāti
[page 196]
196 KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA [XVI. 2. 5
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| ||
5 Kittāvatā nu kho āvuso anātāpī hoti anottāpī abhabbo sambodhāya abhabbo nibbānāya abhabbo anuttarassa yogakkhemassa adhigāmāya || || Kittāvatā ca pana ātāpī hoti ottāpī bhabbo sambodhāya bhabbo nibbānāya bhabbo anuttarassa yogakkhemassa adhigāmāyā ti || ||
I
6 Idhāvuso bhikkhu Anuppannā me pāpakā akusalā dhammā uppajjamānā anatthāya saṃvatteyyunti || na ātappaṃ karoti || || Uppannā me pāpakā akusalā dhammā appahīyamānā anatthāya saṃvatteyyunti na ātappaṃ karoti || || Anuppannā me kusalā dhammā nuppajjamānā anatthāya saṃvatteyyunti na ātappaṃ karoti || || Uppannā me kusalā dhammā nirujjhamānā anatthāya saṃvatteyyunti na ātappaṃ karoti || ||
Evam kho āvuso anātāpī hoti || ||
II
7 Kathañcāvuso anottāpi hoti || ||
Idhāvuso bhikkhu Anuppannā me pāpakā akusalā dhammā uppajjamānā anatthāya saṃvatteyyunti na ottappati || Uppannā me pāpakā akusalā dhammā appahīyamānā anatthāya saṃvatteyyunti na ottappati || || Anuppannā me kusalā dhammā nuppajjamānā anatthāya saṃvatteyyunti na ottappati || || Uppannā me kusalā dhammā nirujjhamānā anatthāya saṃvatteyyunti na ottappati ||
[page 197]
XVI. 3. 2] KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA 197
Evam kho āvuso anottāpī hoti || ||
8 Evam kho āvuso anātāpī anottappī abhabbo sambodhāya abhabbo nibbānāya abhabbo anuttarassa yogakkhemassa adhigamāya || ||
III
9 Kathañ ca āvuso ātāpī hoti || ||
Idhāvuso bhikkhu Anuppannā me pāpakā akusalā dhammā uppajjamānā anatthāya saṃvatteyyunti ātappaṃ karoti || ||
Uppannā me pāpakā akusalā dhammā appahīyamānā anatthāya saṃvatteyyunti ātappaṃ karoti || || Anuppannā me kusalā dhammā || pe|| || ātappaṃ karoti || ||
Evaṃ kho āvuso ātāpī hoti || ||
IV
10 Kathañcāvuso ottāpī hoti || ||
Idhāvuso bhikkhu Anuppannā me pāpakā akusalā dhammā uppajjamānā anatthāya saṃvatteyyunti ottappati || ||
Uppannā me pāpakā akusalā dhammā appahīyamānā anatthāya saṃvatteyyunti ottappati || || Anuppannā me kusalā dhammā nuppajjamānā anatthāya saṃvatteyyunti ottappati || || Uppannā me kusalā dhammā nirujjhamānā anatthāya saṃvatteyyunti ottappati || ||
Evam kho āvuso ottāpī hoti || ||
11 Evaṃ kho āvuso ātāpī ottāpī bhabbo sambodhāya bhabbo nibbānāya bhabbo anuttarassa yogakkhemassa adhigamāyā ti || ||
Dutiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,16(5).3 Candupamam
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Candupamā bhikkhave kulāni upasaṅkamatha || apakasseva kāyam apakassa cittaṃ niccanavakā kulesu appagabbhā
[page 198]
198 KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA [XVI. 3. 3
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]||
3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave puriso jarūdapānaṃ vā olokeyya pabbatavisamaṃ vā nadīviduggaṃ vā apakasseva kāyam apakassa cittaṃ || Evam eva kho bhikkhave candupamā kulāni upasaṅkamatha apakasseva kāyam apakassa cittaṃ niccanavakā kulesu appagabbhā || ||
Kassapo bhikkhave candupamo kulāni upasaṅkamati apakasseva kāyam apakassa cittaṃ niccanavako kulesu appagabbho || ||
4 Taṃ kim maññatha bhikkhave kathaṃrūpo bhikkhu arahati kulāni upasaṅkamitunti || ||
5 Bhagavaṃmūlakā no bhante dhammā bhagavannettikā bhagavaṃpaṭisaraṇā || || Sādhu vata bhante Bhagavantaṃ yeva paṭibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho || Bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantīti || ||
6 Atha kho Bhagavā ākāse pāṇiṃ cālesi || || Seyyathāpi bhikkhave ayaṃ ākāse pāṇi na sajjati na gayhati na bajjhati || Evam eva kho bhikkhave yassa kassaci bhikkhuno kulāni upasaṅkamato kulesu cittaṃ na sajjati na gayhati na bajjhati || labhantu lābhakāmā puññakāmā karontu puññānīti || ||
7 Yathā sakena lābhena attamano hoti sumano || evam paresaṃ lābhena attamano hoti sumano || || Evarūpo kho bhikkhave bhikkhu arahati kulāni upasaṅkamituṃ || ||
Kassapassa bhikkhave kulāni upasaṅkamato kulesu cittaṃ na sajjati na gayhati na bajjhati || labhantu lābhakāmā puññakāmā karontu puññāñīti || ||
8 Yathā sakena lābhena attamano hoti sumano || Evaṃ paresaṃ lābhena attamano hoti sumano || ||
[ Evarūpo kho bhikkhave bhikkhu arahati kulāni upasaṅkamituṃ] || ||
[page 199]
XVI. 3. 15] KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA 199
10 Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave || || Kathaṃrūpassa bhikkhuno aparisuddhā dhammadesanā hoti || || Kathaṃrūpassa bhikkhuno parisuddhā dhammadesanā hotīti || ||
11 Bhagavaṃmūlakā no bhante dhammā bhagavannettikā bhagavaṃpaṭisaraṇā || Sādhu vata bhante Bhagavantaṃ yeva paṭibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho || Bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dharessantīti || ||
12 Tena hi bhikkhave suṇātha sādhukaṃ manasi karotha bhāsissāmīti || ||
Evam bhante ti kho te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosuṃ || ||
Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
13 Yo hi koci bhikkhave bhikkhu evaṃcitto paresaṃ dhammaṃ deseti || Aho vata me dhammaṃ suṇeyyuṃ ||
sutvā ca dhammaṃ pasīdeyyuṃ || pasannā ca me pasannā kāram kareyyunti || || Evarūpassa kho bhikkhave bhikkhuno aparisuddhā dhammadesanā hoti ||
14 Yo ca kho bhikkhave bhikkhu evaṃ citto paresaṃ dhammaṃ deseti || Svākhyāto Bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opanayiko paccattam veditabbo viññūhīti || aho vata me dhammaṃ suṇeyyaṃ || sutvāca dhammam ājāneyyuṃ || ājānitvā ca pana tathattāya paṭipajjeyyunti || || Iti dhammasudhammataṃ paṭicca paresaṃ dhammaṃ deseti || || Kāruññaṃ paṭicca anudayam paticca anukampam upādāya paresaṃ dhammaṃ deseti || ||
Evarūpassa kho bhikkhave bhikkhuno parisuddhā dhammadesanā hoti || ||
15 Kassapo bhikkhave evaṃcitto paresaṃ dhammaṃ deseti || || Svākhyāto Bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko ehipassiko opanayiko paccattam veditabbo viññūhīti || || Aho vata me dhammaṃ suṇeyyuṃ
[page 200]
200 KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA [XVI. 3. 16
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| sutvā ca pana dhammam ājāneyyuṃ || ājānitvā ca pana tatthattāya paṭipajjeyyunti || ||
Iti dhammasudhammatam paṭicca anudayam paṭicca anukampam upādāya paresaṃ dhammaṃ deseti || ||
16 Kassapena vā hi vo bhikkhave ovadissāmi yo vā panassa kassapasadiso || ovāditehi ca pana vo tathattāya paṭipajjitabbanti || ||
Tatiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,16(5).4 Kulupagam
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave || || Kathaṃrūpo bhikkhu arahati kulūpako hotuṃ || Kathaṃrūpo bhikkhu na arahati kulūpako hotunti || ||
3 Bhagavaṃmūlakā no bhante dhammā || pe|| || Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
4 Yo hi koci bhikkhave bhikkhu evaṃcitto kulāni upasaṅkamati || || Dentu yeva me mā adaṃsu || bahukaññeva me dentu mā thokam || paṇītaññeva me dentu mā lukhaṃ || sīghaññeva me dentu mā dandham || sakkaccaññeva me dentu mā asakkaccanti ||
5 Tassa ce bhikkhave bhikkhuno evaṃcittassa kulāni upasaṅkamato na denti tena bhikkhu sandiyyati || so tato nidānaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassam paṭisaṃvediyati || thokaṃ denti no bahukaṃ || pe|| || lukhaṃ denti no paṇītaṃ || pe|| ||
dandham denti no sīghaṃ || tena bhikkhu sandiyyati || so tato nidānaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ {paṭisaṃvediyati} ||
asakaccaṃ denti no sakkaccaṃ || tena bhikkhu sandiyyati ||
[page 201]
XVI. 4. 9] KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA 201
so tatonidānaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ {paṭisaṃvediyati} || ||
Evarūpo kho bhikkhave bhikkhu na arahati kudūpako hotuṃ || ||
6 Yo ca kho bhikkhave bhikkhu evaṃcitto kulāni upasaṅkamati || Taṃ kutettha labbhā parakulesu dentu yeva me mā adaṃsu || bahukaññeva me dentu mā thokaṃ ||
paṇītaññeva me dentu mā lukhaṃ || sīghaññeva me dentu mā dandhaṃ || sakkaccaññeva me dentu mā asakkaccan ti || ||
7 Tassa ce bhikkhave bhikkhuno evaṃcittassa kulāni upasaṅkamato na denti || tena bhikkhu na sandiyyati || so na tato nidānaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvediyati ||
thokam denti no bahukaṃ- || lukhaṃ denti no paṇītaṃ- ||
dandhaṃ denti no sīghaṃ- || asakkaccaṃ denti no sakkaccaṃ || tena bhikkhu na sandiyyati || so na tato nidānaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ {paṭisaṃvediyati} || ||
Evarūpo kho bhikkhave bhikkhu arahati kulūpako hotuṃ || ||
8 Kassapo bhikkhave evaṃcitto kulāni upasaṅkamati ||
Taṃ kutettha labbhā parakulesu dentu yeva me mā adaṃsu || bahukaññeva me dentu mā thokaṃ || paṇītaññeva me dentu mā lukhaṃ || sīghaññeva me dentu mā dandhaṃ || sakkacaññeva me dentu mā asakkaccanti || ||
9 Tassa ce bhikkhave Kassapassa evaṃ cittassa kulāni upasaṅkamato na denti || tena Kassapo pi na sandiyyati || so na tato nidānaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvediyati ||
thokaṃ denti no bahukaṃ || tena Kassapo na sandiyyati || so na tato nidānam dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvediyati ||
lukham denti no paṇītaṃ || tena Kassapo na sandiyyati || so na tato nidānaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvediyati ||
dandhaṃ denti no sīghaṃ || tena Kassapo na sandiyyati || so na tato nidānaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvediyati || ||
asakkaccaṃ denti no sakkaccaṃ || tena Kassapo no sandiyyati
[page 202]
202 KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA [XVI. 4. 10
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| so na tato nidānam dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvediyati || ||
10 Kassapena vā hi bhikkhave ovadissāmi yo vā panassa kassapasadiso || ovāditehi ca pana vo tathattāya paṭipajjitabbanti || || Catutthaṃ || ||
SN_2,16(5).5 Jiṇṇaṃ
1 Evaṃ me sutam || Rājāgahe Veḷuvane || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Kassapo yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ Mahā-Kassapaṃ Bhagavā etad avoca || || Jiṇṇo si tvaṃ Kassapa garukāni ca te imāni sāṇāni paṃsukūlāni nibbasanāni || tasmā ti ha tvaṃ Kassapa gahapatāni ceva cīvarāni dhārehi nimantanāni ca bhuñjāhi mama ca santike viharāhīti || ||
4 Ahaṃ kho bhante dīgharattam araññako ceva araññakattassa ca vaṇṇavādī || piṇḍapātiko ceva piṇḍapātikattassa ca vaṇṇavādī || paṃsukūliko ceva paṃsukūlikattassa vaṇṇavādī || tecīvariko ceva tecīvarikattassa ca vaṇṇavādī || appiccho ceva appicchatāya vaṇṇavādī || santuṭṭho ceva santuṭṭhiyā ca vaṇṇavādī || pavivitto ceva pavivekassa ca vaṇṇavādī || asaṃsaṭṭho ceva asaṃsaggassa ca vaṇṇavādī || āraddhaviriyo ceva viriyārambhassa ca vaṇṇavādīti ||
5 Kimpana tvaṃ Kassapa atthavasaṃ sampassamāno dīgharattaṃ araññako ceva araññakattassa vaṇṇavādi || ||
Evam peyyālo || || piṇḍapātiko ceva || paṃsukūliko ceva ||
tecīvariko ceva || appiccho ceva || santuṭṭho ceva || pavivitto ceva || asaṃsaṭṭho ceva || āraddhaviriyo ceva viriyārambhassa ca vaṇṇavādīti || ||
6 Dve kvāham bhante atthavase sampassamāno dīgharattam araññako ceva araññakattassa ca vaṇṇavādī || pe|| ||
[page 203]
XVI. 6.3] KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA 203
piṇḍapātiko ceva || paṃsukūliko ceva || tecīvariko ceva || apiccho ceva || santuṭṭho ceva || paviviṭṭo ceva || asaṃsaṭṭho ceva || āraddhaviriyo ceva viriyārambassa ca vaṇṇavādī || ||
7 Attano ca diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāraṃ sampassamāno pacchimaṃ ca janatam anukampamāno appevanāma pacchimā janatā diṭṭhanugatiṃ āpajjeyyuṃ || Ye kira te ahesuṃ buddhānubuddhasāvakā te dīgharattaṃ araññakā ceva ahesuṃ araññakattassa ca vaṇṇavādino || pe|| piṇḍapātikā ceva ahesuṃ || paṃsukūlikā ceva ahesuṃ || tecīvarikā ceva ahesuṃ || appicchā ceva ahesuṃ || santuṭṭhā ceva ahesuṃ || pavivittā ceva ahesuṃ || asaṃsaṭṭhā ceva ahesuṃ ||
āraddhaviriyā ceva ahesuṃ || viriyārambhassa ca vaṇṇavādino ti || te tathattāya paṭipajjissanti || tesaṃ tam bhavissati dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya || ||
8 Ime khvāham bhante dve atthavase sampassamāno dīgharattam araññako ceva araññakattassa ca vaṇṇavādī ||
piṇḍapātiko ceva || paṃsukūliko ceva || tecīvariko ceva ||
appiccho ceva || santuṭṭho ceva || pavivitto ceva asaṃsattho ceva || āraddhaviriyo ceva viriyārambhassa ca vaṇṇavādīti || ||
9 Sādhu sādhu Kassapa || bahujanahitāya kira tvaṃ Kassapa paṭipanno bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ || ||
10 Tasmātiha tvaṃ Kassapa sāṇāni ceva paṃsukūlikāni dhārehi nibbasanāni || piṇḍapatāya ca carāhi araññe ca viharāhīti || ||
Pañcamaṃ || ||
SN_2,16(5).6 Orādo (1)
1 Rājagahe Veḷuvane || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Kassapo yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || pe || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ Mahā-Kassapaṃ Bhagavā etad avoca || || Ovada Kassapa bhikkhū ||
karohi Kassapa bhikkhūnaṃ dhammikathaṃ ahaṃ vā Kassapa bhikkhū ovadeyyaṃ tvaṃ vā ahaṃ vā bhikkhūnaṃ dhammikathaṃ kareyyaṃ tvaṃ vāti
[page 204]
204 KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA [XVI. 6. 4
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| ||
4 Dubbacā kho bhante etarahi bhikkhū dovacassakaraṇehi dhammehi samannāgatā akkhamā apadakkhiṇaggāhino anusāsaniṃ || Idhāhaṃ bhante addasaṃ Bhaṇḍaṃ ca nāma bhikkhuṃ Ānandassa saddhivihāriṃ Abhiñjikaṃ ca nāma bhikkhuṃ Anuruddhassa saddhivihāriṃ aññamaññaṃsu tena accāvadante || Ehi bhikkhu ko bahutaraṃ bhāsissati || ko sundarataram bhāsissati || ko cirataram bhāsissatīti || ||
5 Atha kho Bhagavā aññataraṃ bhikkhum āmantesi || ||
Ehi tvam bhikkhu || mama vacanena Bhaṇḍaṃ ca bhikkhum Ānandassa saddhivihāriṃ Abhijikaṃ ca bhikkhum Anuruddhassa saddhivihārim āmantehi Satthā āyasmante āmantetī ti || ||
6 Evam bhante ti kho so bhikkhu Bhagavato patissutvā yena te bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami || Upasaṅkamitvā te bhikkhū etad avoca || Satthā āyasmante āmantetīti || ||
7 Evam āvuso ti kho te bhikkhum paṭissutvā yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdiṃsu ||
8 Ekam antaṃ nisinne kho te bhikkhū Bhagavā etad avoca || || Saccaṃ kira tumhe bhikkhave aññamaññaṃsu tena accāvadatha || Ehi bhikkhu || ko bahutaram bhāsissati ko sundarataram bhāsissati ko cirataram bhāsissatīti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
9 Kiṃ nu kho me tumhe bhikkhave evaṃ dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānātha || || Etha tumhe bhikkhave aññamaññaṃsu tena accāvadatha || Ehi bhikkhu || ko bahutaram bhāsissati ko sundarataram bhāsissati ko cirataram bhāsissatīti || ||
[page 205]
XVI. 7. 3] KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA 205
No hetam bhante || ||
10 No ce kira me tumhe bhikkhave evaṃ dhammaṃ desitam ājānātha || atha kiñcarahi tumhe moghapurisā kiṃ jānantā kiṃ passantā evaṃ svākkhāte dhammavinaye pabbajitā samānā aññamaññaṃsu tena accāvadatha || || Ehi bhikkhu || ko bahutaraṃ bhāsissati ko sundarataram bhāsissati ko cirataraṃ bhāsissatīti || ||
11 Atha kho te bhikkhū Bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā Bhagavantam etad avocuṃ || ||
Accayo no bhante accayamā yathā bāle yathā mūḷhe yathā akusale || ye mayam evaṃ svākkhāte dhammavinaye pabbajitā samānā aññamaññaṃsu tena accāvadimha ||
Ehi bhikkhu || ko bahutaram bhāsissati ko sundarataram bhāsissati ko cirataraṃ bhāsissatīti || || Tesanno bhante Bhagavā accayam accayato paṭigaṇhātu āyatiṃ saṃvarāyā ti || ||
12 Taggha tumhe bhikkhave accayo accayamā yathā bāle yathā mūḷhe yathā akusale || ye tumhe evaṃ svākhāte dhammavinaye pabbajitā samānā aññamaññaṃsu tena accāvadittha || Ehi bhikkhu || ko bahutaraṃ bhāsissati ko sundarataram bhāsissati ko cirataraṃ bhāsissatīti || || Yato ca kho tumhe bhikkhave accayam accayato disvā yathādhammaṃ paṭikarotha || taṃ vo mayaṃ paṭigaṇhāma || ||
13 Vuddhi hesā bhikkhave ariyassa vinaye yo accayaṃ accayato disvā yathādhammaṃ paṭikaroti āyatiṃ ca saṃvaram āpajjatīti || || Chaṭṭhaṃ || ||
SN_2,16(5).7 Ovādo (2)
1 Rajagahe viharati Veḷuvane || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Kassapo yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || pe||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantam Mahā-Kassapam Bhagavā etad avoca || || Ovada Kassapa bhikkhū ||
karohi Kassapa bhikkhūnaṃ dhammikathaṃ ahaṃ vā Kassapa bhikkhū ovadeyyaṃ tvaṃ vā
[page 206]
206 KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA [XVI. 7. 4
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| ahaṃ vā bhikkhūnaṃ dhammikathaṃ kareyyaṃ tvaṃ vāti || ||
4 Dubbacā kho bhante etarahi bhikkhū dovacassakaraṇehi dhammehi samannāgatā akkhamā apadakkhinaggāhino anusāsaniṃ || ||
5 Yassa kassaci bhante saddhā natthi kusalesu dhammesu || hiri natthi kusalesu dhammesu || ottappaṃ natthi kusalesu dhammesu || viriyaṃ natthi kusalesu dhammesu ||
paññā natthi kusalesu dhammesu || tassa yā ratti vā divaso vā āgacchati hāniyeva pāṭikaṅkhā kusalesu dhammesu no vuddhi || ||
6 Seyyathāpi bhante kāḷapakkhe candassa yā ratti vā divaso vā āgacchati hāyateva vaṇṇena hāyati maṇḍalena hāyati ābhāya hāyati ārohapariṇāhena || evam eva kho bhante yassa kassaci saddhā natthi kusalesu dhammesu ||
pe || hiri natthi || ottappaṃ natthi || viriyaṃ natthi || paññā natthi kusalesu dhammesu || tassa yā ratti vā divaso vā āgacchati hāni yeva pātikaṅkhā kusalesu dhammesu no vuddhi || ||
7 Asaddho purisapuggalo ti bhante parihānam etaṃ ||
ahiriko purisapuggalo ti bhante parihānaṃ etaṃ || anottāpi purisapuggalo ti bhante parihānam etaṃ || kusīto purisapuggalo ti bhante parihānam etaṃ || duppañño purisapuggalo ti bhante || pe || kodhano || purisapuggalo ti || pe || ||
upanāhī purisapuggalo ti bhante parihānam etaṃ || Na santi bhikkhū ovādakāti bhante parihānam etaṃ || ||
8 Yassa kassaci bhante saddhā atthi kusalesu dhammesu || hiri atthi kusalesu dhammesu || ottappam atthi kusalesu dhammesu || viriyam atthi kusalesu dhammesu || paññā atthi kusalesu dhammesu || tassa yā ratti vā divaso vā āgacchati vuddhiyeva pāṭikaṅkhā kusalesu dhammesu no parihāni || ||
9 Seyyathāpi bhante juṇhapakkhe candassa yā ratti vā divaso vā āgacchati || vaḍḍhateva vaṇṇena vaḍḍhati maṇḍalena vaḍḍhati ābhāya vaḍḍhati ārohapariṇāhena
[page 207]
XVI. 7. 14] KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA 207
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| evaṃ eva kho bhante yassa kassaci saddhā atthi kusalesu dhammesu ||
pe || hiri atthi || la || ottappam atthi || viriyam atthi || paññā atthi kusalesu dhammesu || tassa yā ratti vā divaso vā āgacchati || vuddhi yeva pāṭikaṅkhā kusalesu dhammesu no parihāni || ||
10 Saddho purisapuggalo ti bhante aparihānam etaṃ ||
Hirimā purisapuggalo ti bhante aparihānam etaṃ || ottāpī purisapuggalo ti bhante aparihānaṃ etaṃ || āraddhaviriyo purisapuggalo ti bhante aparihānam etaṃ || paññavā purisapuggalo ti bhante aparihānam etaṃ || akkodhano purisapuggalo ti bhante aparihānam etaṃ || anupanāhī purisapuggalo ti bhante aparihānam etaṃ || Santi bhikkhū ovādakāti bhante aparihānam etan ti || ||
11 Sādhu sādhu Kassapa || yassa kassaci Kassapa saddhā natthi kusalesu dhammesu || pe|| || hiri natthi || la || ottappaṃ natthi || viriyam natthi || paññā natthi kusalesu dhammesu ||
tassa yā ratti vā divaso vā āgacchati || hāni yeva paṭikaṅkhā kusalesu dhammesu no vuddhi || ||
12 Seyyathāpi Kassapa kālapakkhe candassa yā ratti vā divaso vā āgacchati || hāyateva vaṇṇena || pe || || hāyati ārohapariṇāhena || Evam eva kho Kassapa yassa kassaci saddhā natthi || kusalesu dhammesu || pe|| hiri natthi || ottappaṃ natthi || viriyaṃ natthi || paññā natthi kusalesu dhammesu || tassa yā ratti vā divaso vā āgacchati || hāni yeva pātikaṅkhā kusalesu dhammesu no vuddhi || ||
13 Asaddho purisapuggalo ti Kassapa parihānam etaṃ ||
ahiriko || pe|| anottāpi || kusīto || duppañño || kodhano ||
upanāhī purisapuggalo ti Kassapa parihānam etaṃ || Na santi bhikkhū ovādakāti Kassapa parihānam etaṃ || ||
13 Yassa kassaci Kassapa saddhā atthi kusalesu dhammesu || la || hiri atthi || ottappaṃ atthi || viriyaṃ atthi ||
paññā atthi kusalesu dhammesu || tassa yā ratti vā divaso vā āgacchati vuddhi yeva pāṭikaṅkhā kusalesu dhammessu || ||
14 Seyyathāpi Kassapa juṇhapakkhe candassa yā ratti vā divaso vā āgacchati
[page 208]
208 KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA [XVI. 7. 15
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| vaḍḍhateva vaṇṇena vaḍḍhati maṇḍalena vaḍḍhati ābhāya vaḍḍhati ārohapariṇāhena || evam eva kho Kassapa kassaci saddhā atthi kusalesu dhammesu ||
hiri atthi || ottappam atthi || viriyam atthi || paññā atthi kusalesu dhammesu || tassa yā ratti vā divaso vā āgacchati ||
vuddhiyeva pāṭikaṅkhā kusalesu dhammesu no parihāni ||
15 Saddho purisapuggaloti Kassapa aparihānam etaṃ ||
hirimā || pe|| || ottāpī || āraddhaviriyo || paññavā || akkodhano ||
anupanāhī purisapuggalo ti Kassapa aparihānam etaṃ ||
Santi bhikkhū ovādakāti Kassapa parihānam etan ti || ||
Sattamaṃ || ||
SN_2,16(5).8 Ovādo (3)
1 Rājagahe Kalandakanivāpe || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Kassapo yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || pe|| ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ Mahā-Kassapam Bhagavā etad avoca || || Ovada Kassapa bhikkhū karohi Kassapa bhikkhūnaṃ dhammikathaṃ || ahaṃ vā.
Kassapa bhikkhūnaṃ ovadeyyaṃ tvaṃ vā || ahaṃ vā bhikkhūnaṃ dhammikathaṃ kareyyaṃ tvaṃ vāti || ||
4 Dubbacā kho bhante etarahi bhikkhū dovacassakaraṇehi dhammehi samannāgatā akkhamā apadakkhiṇaggāhino anusāsananti || ||
5 Tathā hi pana Kassapa pubbe therā bhikkhū araññākā ceva ahesuṃ || araññakattassa ca vaṇṇavādino || piṇḍapātikā ceva ahesuṃ piṇḍapātikattassa ca vaṇṇavādino || paṃsukūlikā ceva ahesuṃ paṃsukūlikattassa ca vaṇṇavādino ||
tecīvarikā ceva ahesuṃ tecīvarikattassa ca vaṇṇavādino ||
appicchā ceva ahesuṃ appicchatāya ca vaṇṇavādino || santuṭṭhā ceva ahesuṃ santuṭṭhiyā ca vaṇṇavādino || pavivittā ceva ahesuṃ pavivekassa ca vaṇṇavādino || asaṃsaṭṭhā ceva ahesuṃ asaṃsaggassa ca vaṇṇavādino
[page 209]
XVI. 8. 8] KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA 209
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| āraddhaviriyā ceva ahesuṃ viriyārambhassa ca vaṇṇavādīno || ||
6 Tatra yo hoti bhikkhu araññako ceva araññakattassa ca vaṇṇavādī || piṇḍapātiko ceva piṇḍapātikassa ca vaṇṇavādī || paṃsukūliko ceva paṃsukūlikattassa ca vaṇṇavādī || tecīvariko ceva tecīvarikattassa ca vaṇṇavādī || appiccho ceva appicchatāya ca vaṇṇavādī || santuṭṭho ceva santuṭṭhiyā ca vaṇṇavādī || pavivitto ceva pavivekassa ca vaṇṇavādī || asaṃsaṭṭho ceva asaṃsaggassa ca vaṇṇavādī || āraddhaviriyo ceva viriyārambhassa ca vaṇṇavādī || taṃ therā bhikkhū āsanena nimantenti || || Ehi bhikkhu ko nāmayaṃ bhikkhu bhaddako vatāyaṃ bhikkhu sikkhākāmo vatāyaṃ bhikkhu || ehi bhikkhu idam āsanaṃ nisīdāhīti || ||
7 Tatra Kassapa navānaṃ bhikkhūnam evaṃ hoti || ||
Yo kira so hoti bhikkhu āraññako ceva āraññakattassa ca vaṇṇavādī || pe|| || piṇḍapātiko ceva || paṃsukūliko ceva || tecīvariko ceva || appiccho ceva || santuṭṭho ceva || pavivitto ceva || asaṃsaṭṭho ceva || āraddhaviriyo ceva viriyārambhassa ca vaṇṇavādī || taṃ therā bhikkhū āsanena nimantenti || Ehi bhikkhu || ko nāmāyaṃ bhikkhu bhaddako vatāyam bhikkhu sikkhākāmo vatāyam bhikkhu || ehi bhikkhu idam āsanam nisīdāhī ti || || Te tathattāya paṭipajjanti ||
tesan taṃ hoti dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya || ||
8 Etarahi pana Kassapa therā bhikkhū na ceva āraññakā na ca āraññakattassa vaṇṇavādino || na ceva piṇḍapātikā na ca piṇḍapātikattassa vaṇṇavādino || na ceva paṃsukūlikā na ca paṃsukūlikattassa vaṇṇavādino || na ceva tecīvarikā na ca tecīvarikattassa vaṇṇavādino || na ceva appicchā na ca appicchatāya vaṇṇavādino || na ceva santuṭṭhā na ca santuṭṭhiyā vaṇṇavādino || na ceva pavivittā na ca pavivekassa vaṇṇavādino || na ceva asaṃsaṭṭhā na ca asaṃsaggassa vaṇṇavādino
[page 210]
210 KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA [XVI. 8. 9
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| na ceva āraddhaviriyā na ca viriyārambhassa vaṇṇavādino || ||
9 Tatra yo hoti bhikkhu ñāto yasassī lābhī cīvara-piṇḍapāta-senāsana-gilānapaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhārānam ||
taṃ therā bhikkhū āsanena nimantenti || || Ehi bhikkhu ||
ko nāmāyaṃ bhikkhu bhaddako vatāyaṃ bhikkhu sabrahmacārikāmo vatāyaṃ bhikkhu || ehi bhikkhu idaṃ āsanaṃ nisīdāhīti || ||
10 Tatra Kassapa navānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti || ||
Yo kira so hoti bhikkhu ñāto yasassī lābhī cīvara-piṇḍapātasenāsana-gilānapaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhārānaṃ || taṃ therā bhikkhū nimantenti || || Ehi bhikkhu || ko nāmāyaṃ bhikkhu bhaddako vatāyaṃ bhikkhu sabrahmacārikāmo vatāyam bhikkhu || ehi bhikkhu idam āsanaṃ nisīdāhīti || ||
Te tathattāya paṭipajjanti || tesan taṃ hoti dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya || ||
Yañhi taṃ Kassapa sammāvadamāno vadeyya Upaddutā brahmacārī brahmacārūpaddavena abhibhavanā brahmacārī brahmacārabhibhavanenāti || evaṃhi taṃ Kassapa sammā vadamāno vadeyya Upaddutā brahmacārī brahmacārūpaddavena abhibhavanā brahmacārī brahmacārabhibhavanenāti || || Aṭṭhamaṃ || ||
SN_2,16(5).9 Jhānābhiññā
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Aham bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhāmi vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savecāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukham pathamaṃ jhānam upasampajja viharāmi || ||
[page 211]
XVI. 9. 7] KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA 211
Kassapo pi bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhati vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicaraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ pathamaṃ jhānam upasampajja viharati || ||
3 Aham bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhāmi vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattam sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ avitakkam avicāram samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānam upasampajja viharāmi || ||
Kassapo pi bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhati vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā || pe|| dutiyam jhānam upasampajja viharati ||
4 Aham bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhāmi pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharāmi sato ca sampajāno sukhañ ca kāyena {paṭisaṃvedemi} || yan tam ariyā ācikkhanti Upekkhako satimā sukhavihārīti || tatiyaṃ jhānam upāsampajja viharāmi || ||
Kassapo pi bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhati pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati || pe|| || tatiyajjhānaṃ upasampajja viharati || ||
5 Aham bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhāmi sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānam atthagamā adukkham asukham upekkhā sati parisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānam upasampajja viharāmi || ||
Kassapo pi bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhati sukhassa ca pahānā || pe|| || catutthaṃ jhānam upasampajja viharati || ||
6 Aham bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhāmi sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā patighasaññānam atthagamā nānattasaññānam amanasikārā ananto ākāso ti ākāsanañcāyatanam upasampajja viharāmi || ||
Kassapo pi bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhati sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā || pe|| || Ākāsānāñcāyatanam upasampajja viharati || ||
7 Aham bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhāmi || sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma anantam viññāṇanti viññāṇañcāyatanam upasampajja viharāmi || ||
[page 212]
212 KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA [XVI. 9. 8
Kassapo pi bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhati || pe|| || viññāṇañ cāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati || ||
8 Aham bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhāmi || sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma natthi kiñcīti ākiñcaññāyatanam upasampajja viharāmi || ||
Kassapo pi bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhati || pe|| ākiñcaññāyātanam upasampajja viharati || ||
9 Aham bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhāmi sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanam upasampajja viharāmi || ||
Kassapo pi bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhati || pe|| || nevasaññānāsaññāyatanam upasampajja viharati || ||
10 Aham bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhāmi || sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodham upasampajja viharāmi || ||
Kassapo pi bhikkhave || pe|| || saññāvedayitanirodham upasampajja viharati || ||
11 Aham bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhāmi anekavidham iddhividham paccanubhomi || || Eko pi hutvā bahudhāhomi ||
bahudhā pi hutvā eko homi || āvibhāvaṃ tirobhāvaṃ tirokuḍḍaṃ tiropākāraṃ tiropabbatam asajjamāno gacchāmi seyyathāpi ākāse || pathaviyāpi ummujja nimujjaṃ kāromi seyyathāpi udake || udake pi abhijjamāne gacchāmi seyyathāpi pathaviyaṃ || ākāse pi pallaṅkena caṅkamāni seyyathāpi pakkhisakuṇo || || Ime pi candimasūriye evam mahiddhike evam mahānubhāve pāṇinā parimasāmi parimajjāmi || yāva brahmalokā pi kāyena vasaṃ vattemi || ||
Kassapo pi bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhati anekavidham iddhividhaṃ paccanubhoti || pe|| || Yāva brahmalokā pi kāyena vasaṃ vatteti || ||
12 Aham bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhāmidibbāya sotadhātuyā visuddhāya atikkantamānusakena ubho sadde suṇāmi dibbe ca mānuse ca ye dūre santike ca || ||
Kassapo pi bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhati dibbāya sotadhātuyā || pe|| || dūre santike ca || ||
[page 213]
XVI. 9. 16] KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA 213
14 Aham bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhāmi parasattānam parapuggalānam cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi || sarāgaṃ vā cittam sarāgaṃ cittanti pajānāmi || vītarāgam vā cittaṃ vītarāgaṃ cittanti pajānāmi || sadosaṃ vā cittaṃ || pe|| ||
vītadosaṃ vā cittaṃ || pe|| || samohaṃ vā cittaṃ || pe|| || vītamohaṃ vā cittam || pe|| || saṅkhittam vā cittam || pe|| ||
vikkhittaṃ vā cittaṃ || pe|| || mahaggatam vā cittaṃ || pe|| ||
amahaggataṃ vā cittaṃ || pe|| || sa-uttaraṃ vā cittam ||
pe || || anuttaraṃ vā cittaṃ || pe|| || samāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ ||
pe || || asamāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ || pe|| || vimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ ||
pe || || avimuttaṃ va cittaṃ avimuttaṃ cittanti pajānāmi || ||
Kassapo pi bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhati parasattānaṃ parapuggalānaṃ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāti || sarāgaṃ vā cittaṃ sarāgacittanti pajānāti || pe|| || avimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ avimuttaṃ cittanti pajānāti || ||
15 Aham bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhāmi anekavihitam pubbenivāsaṃ anussarāmi || seyyathīdaṃ || ekam pi jātiṃ dve pi jātiyo tisso pi jātiyo catasso pi jātiyo pañca pi jātiyo dasa pi jātiyo vīsam pi jātiyo tiṃsam pi jātiyo cattārīsam pi jātiyo paññāsam pi jātiyo jātisatam pi jātisahassam pi jātisatasahassam pi || aneke pi saṃvaṭṭakappe aneke pi vivaṭṭakappe aneke pi saṃvattavivaṭṭakappe || amutrāsim evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṃsukhadukkhapaṭisaṃvedī evamāyupariyanto || so tato cuto amutra udapādi || tatrāvāsiṃ evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṃ-sukhadukkhapaṭisaṃvedī evamāyupariyanto so tato cuto idhupapanno ti || iti sākāraṃ sa-uddesam anekavihitam pubbenivāsam anussarāmi || ||
Kassapo pi bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhati anekavihitam pubbenivāsam anussarati || seyyathīdaṃ || ekam pi jātiṃ ||
pe || || iti sākāraṃ sa-uddesam anekavihitam pubbenivāsam anussarati || ||
16 Aham bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhāmi dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passāmi ||
[page 214]
214 KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA [XVI. 9. 17
cavamāne uppajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammupage satte pajānāmi || || Ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacī duccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānam upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayam upapannā || || Ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṃ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā ||
te kāyassa bhedā paraṃmaraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapannāti || || Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passāmi cavamāne uppajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammupage satte pajānāmi || ||
Kassapo pi bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhati dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne || pe|| || yathākammupage satte pajānāti || ||
17 Ahañca bhikkhave āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavam cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmi || ||
Kassapo pi bhikkhave āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharatīti || || Navamaṃ || ||
SN_2,16(5).10 Upassayam
1 Evam me sutam || ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasamā Kassapo Savatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
I
2 Atha kho āyasmā Ānando pubbaṇhasamayam nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya yenāyasmā Mahā-Kassapo tenupasaṅkami
[page 215]
XVI. 10. 10] KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA 215
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| ||
3 Upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantam Mahā-Kassapam etad avoca || || Āyāma bhante Kassapa yena aññataro bhikkhunupassayo tenupasaṅkissāmāti || ||
Gaccha tvam āvuso Ānanda bahukicco tvam bahukaraṇīyoti || ||
4 Dutiyam pi kho āyasmā Ānando āyasmantam MahāKassapam etad avoca || || Āyāma bhante Kassapa yena aññataro bhikkhunupassayo tenupasaṅkissāmā ti || ||
Gaccha tvaṃ āvuso Ānanda bahukicco tvaṃ bahukaraṇīyo ti || ||
5 Tatiyam pi kho āyasmā Ānando āyasmantaṃ MahāKassapam etad avoca || || Āyāma bhante Kassapa yena aññataro bhikkhunupassayo tenupasaṅkissāmā ti || ||
6 Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Kassapo pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivasetvā pattacīvaram ādāya āyasmatā Ānandena pacchā samaṇena yena aññataro bhikkhunupassayo tenupasaṅkami || || Upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi || ||
II
7 Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhuniyo yenāyasmā MahāKassapo tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Mahā-Kassapaṃ abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdiṃsu || ||
8 Ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho tā bhikkhuniyo āyasmā Mahā-Kassapo dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi || ||
9 Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Kassapo tā bhikkhuniyo dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi || ||
10 Atha kho Thullatissā bhikkhunī anattamanā anattamanavācaṃ nicchāresi || || Kim pana ayyo Mahā-Kassapo ayyassa Ānandassa vedehamunino sammukhā dhammam bhāsitabbam maññati || seyyathāpi nāma sūcivānijako sūcikārassa santike sūcim vikketabbam maññeyya
[page 216]
216 KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA [XVI. 10. 11
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| evam eva ayyo Mahā-Kassapo ayyassa Ānandassa vedehamunino sammukhā dhammam bhāsitabbam maññātīti || ||
11 Assosi kho āyasmā Mahā-Kassapo Thullatissāya bhikkhuniyā imaṃ vācam bhāsamānāya || ||
III
12 Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Kassapo āyasmantam Ānandam etad avoca || || Kiṃ nu kho āvuso Ānanda || ahaṃ sucivāṇijako tvam sucikāro udāhu ahaṃ sucikāro tvaṃ sucivāṇijakoti || ||
Khamatha bhante Kassapa bālo mātugāmo ti || ||
13 Āgamehi tvam āvuso Ānanda mā te saṃgho uttariupaparikkhi || ||
Tam kim maññasi āvuso Ānanda || ||
14 Api nu tvam Bhagavato sammukhā bhikkhusaṃghe upanīto || || Aham bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhāmi vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukham pathamaṃ jhānam upasampajja viharāmi || || Ānando pi bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhati vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukham pathamam jhānam upasampajja viharatīti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
15 Ahaṃ kho āvuso Bhagavato sammukhā bhikkhusaṃghe upanīto || || Ahaṃ bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhāmi vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukham pathamaṃ jhānam upasampajja viharāmi || || Kassapo pi bhikkhave yāvadeva ākaṅkhati vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi || pe|| ||
pathamam jhānam upasampajja viharatī ti || ||
16-29 Navannam anupubbavihārasamāpattinaṃ pañcannam abhiññānam evam peyyālo || ||
[page 217]
XVI. 11. 3] KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA 217
30 Taṃ kim maññasi āvuso Ānanda api nu tvaṃ Bhagavato sammukhā bhikkhusaṅghe upanīto || || Aham bhikkhave āsavānam khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttim paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmi || || Ānando pi bhikkhave āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttim paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharatīti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
31 Aham kho āvuso Bhagavato sammukhā bhikkhusaṅghe upanīto || || Aham bhikkhave āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmi || ||
Kassapo pi bhikkhave āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttim paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharatīti || ||
32 Sattaratanaṃ vā āvuso nāgam aḍḍhaṭṭharatanaṃ vā tālapattikāya chādetabbam maññeyya yo me cha abhiññā chādetabbaṃ maññeyyāti || ||
IV
33 Cavittha pana Thullatissā bhikkhunī brahmacāriyamhā ti || || Dasamaṃ || ||
SN_2,16(5).11 Cīvaram
1 Ekaṃ samayam āyasmā Mahā-Kassapo Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe || ||
I
2 Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Ānando Dakkhiṇāgirismiṃ cārikaṃ carati mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhim || ||
3 Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Ānandassa tiṃsamattā saddhivihārino bhikkhū sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattā bhavanti yebhuyyena kumārabhūtā || ||
[page 218]
218 KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA [XVI. 11. 4
II
4 Atha kho āyasmā Ānando Dakkhiṇāgirismiṃ yathābhirantam cārikaṃ caritvā yena Rājagahaṃ Veḷu vanaṃ kalandakanivāpo yenāyasmā Mahā-Kassapo tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Mahākassapam abhivādatvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
5 Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantam Ānandam āyasmā Mahā-Kassapo etad avoca || || Kati nu kho āvuso Ānanda atthavase paṭicca Bhagavatā kulesu tikabhojanaṃ paññattanti || ||
6 Tayo kho bhante Kassapa atthavase paṭicca Bhagavatā kulesu tikabhojanam paññattaṃ || dummaṅkūnam puggalānaṃ niggahāya pesalānam bhikkhūnam phāsuviharāya mā papicchā pakkhaṃ nissāya saṅgham bhindeyyuṃ kulānuddayatāya cā || || Ime kho bhante Kassapa tayo atthavase paṭicca Bhagavatā kulesu ti tikabhojanam paññattanti || ||
7 Atha kiñcarahi tvam āvuso Ānanda imehi navehi bhikkhūhi indriyesu aguttadvārehi bhojane amattaññūhi jāgariyam ananuyuttehi saddhiṃ cārikaṃ carasi || sassaghātam maññe carasi kulupaghātam maññe carasi || ||
Olujjati kho te āvuso Ānanda parisā palujjanti kho te āvuso navappāyā || navāyaṃ kumārako mattam aññāsīti || ||
8 Api me bhante Kassapa sirasmiṃ phalitāni jātāni ||
atha ca pana mayam ajjāpi āyasmato Mahā-Kassapassa kumārakavādā na muñcamāti || ||
[page 219]
XVI. 11. 5] KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA 219
9 Tathā hi pana tvam āvuso Ānanda imehi navehi bhikkhūhi indriyesu aguttadvārehi bhojāne amataññūhi jāgariyam ananuyuttehi saddhiṃ cārikaṃ carasi || sassaghātam maññe carasi kulupaghātam maññe carasi ||
Olujjati kho te āvuso Ānanda parisā palujjanti kho te āvuso navappāyā || || Na vāyaṃ kumārako mattam aññāsīti.
III
10 Assosi kho Thullanandā bhikkhunī || ayyena kira Mahā-Kassapena ayyo Ānando vedehamuni kumārakavādena apasādito ti ||
11 Atha kho Thullanandā bhikkhunī anattamanā anattamanavācaṃ nicchāresi || || Kimpana ayyo Mahā-Kassapo aññatitthiyapubbo samāno ayyam Ānandaṃ vedehamuniṃ kumārakavādena apasādetabbam maññatīti || ||
12 Assosi kho āyasmā Mahā-Kassapo Thullanandāya bhikkhuniyā imaṃ vācam bhāsamānāya || ||
13 Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Kassapo āyasmantam Ānandam etad avoca || || Tagghāvuso Ānanda Thullanandāya bhikkhuniyā sahasā appaṭisaṅkhā vācā bhāsitā || yato ham āvuso kesamassum ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyam pabbajito nābhijānāmi aññaṃ satthāram uddisitum aññatra tena Bhagavatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena || ||
14 Pubbe me āvuso agārikabhūtassa sato etad ahosi || ||
Sambādho gharāvāso rajāpatho abbhokāso pabbajjā || na yidaṃ sukaraṃ agāram ajjhāvasatā ekantaparipuṇṇam ekantaparisuddhaṃ saṅkhalikhitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ || || Yaṃ nunāhaṃ kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyam pabbajjeyyanti || ||
15 So khvāham āvuso aparena samayena paṭapilotikānaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ karitvā
[page 220]
220 KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA [XVI. 11. 16
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| ye loke arahanto te uddissa kesamassum ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyam pabbaji || ||
16 So evam pabbajito samāno addhānamaggapaṭipanno addasaṃ Bhagavantam antarā ca Rājagaham antarā ca Nāḷandam Bahuputte cetiye nisinnam || disvāna me etad ahosi || || Satthāraṃ ca vatāham passeyyaṃ Bhagavantam eva passeyyaṃ || Sugataṃ ca vatāham passeyyaṃ Bhagavantam eva passeyyaṃ || Sammāsambuddhaṃ ca vatāham passeyyam Bhagavantam eva passeyyan ti || ||
17 So khvāham āvuso tattheva Bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā Bhagavantam etad avocaṃ || || Satthā me bhante Bhagavā || sāvako ham asmīti || ||
18 Evaṃ vutte maṃ āvuso Bhagavā etad avoca || || Yo kho Kassapa evaṃ sabbaṃ cetasā samannāgatam sāvakam ajānaññeva vadeyya Jānāmīti || apasaññeva vadeyya Passāmīti || muddhā pi tassa vipateyya || || Aham kho pana Kassapa jānaññeva vadāmi Jānāmīti || passaññeva vadāmi Passamīti || ||
19 Tasmā ti ha te Kassapa evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ || || Tibbaṃ hirottappam paccupaṭṭhitaṃ bhavissati theresu navesu majjhimesūti || evañhi te Kassapa sikkhitabbaṃ || ||
20 Tasmā ti ha te Kassapa evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ || || Yaṃ kiñci dhammaṃ sussāmi kusalūpasañhitam sabbaṃ tam aṭṭhikatvā manasi karitvā sabbaṃ cetasā samannāharitvā ohitasoto dhammaṃ suṇissamīti || Evañhi te Kassapa sikkhitabbaṃ || ||
21 Tasmā ti ha te Kassapa evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ || || Sātasahagatā ca me kāyagatā sati na vijahissatīti || Evañhi te Kassapa sikkhitabbanti || ||
22 Atha kho maṃ āvuso Bhagavā iminā ovādena ovaditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi || ||
[page 221]
XVI. 11. 31] KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA 221
23 Satthāhaṃ eva khvāham āvuso sāṇo raṭṭhapiṇḍam bhuñjiṃ || aṭṭhamiyā aññā udapādi || ||
24 Atha kho āvuso Bhagavā maggā okkamma yena aññataraṃ rukkhamūlaṃ tenupasaṅkami || ||
25 Atha khvāham āvuso paṭapilotikānaṃ saṅghātiṃ catugguṇaṃ paññāpetvā Bhagavantam etad avocaṃ || ||
Idha bhante Bhagavā nisīdatu yam mamassa dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyāti || ||
26 Nisīdi kho āvuso Bhagavā paññatte āsane || ||
27 Nisajja kho mam āvuso Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
Mudukā kho tyāyaṃ Kassapa paṭapilotikānaṃ saṅghāṭīti || ||
Paṭigaṇhātu me bhante Bhagavā paṭapilotikānaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ anukampaṃ upādāyāti || ||
28 Dhāressasi pana me tvaṃ Kassapa sāṇāni paṃsukūlāni nibbasanānīti || ||
Dhāressāmāham bhante Bhagavato sāṇāni paṃsukulāni nibbasanānīti || ||
29 So khvāham āvuso paṭapilotikānaṃ saṅghātiṃ Bhagavato pādāsi || aham pana Bhagavato sāṇāni paṃsukūlāni nibbasanāni paṭipajjiṃ || ||
30 Yañhi taṃ āvuso sammāvadamāno vadeyya Bhagavato putto oraso mukhato jāto dhammajo dhammanimmito dhammadāyādo patiggahitāni sānāni paṃsukūlāni nibbasanānīti || mamantaṃ sammāvadamaño vadeyya Bhagavato putto oraso mukhato jāto dhammajo dhammanimmito dhammadāyādo paṭiggahitāni sāṇāni paṃsukūlāni nibbasanānīti || ||
31 Ahaṃ kho āvuso yāvadeva ākaṅkhāmi vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāram vivekajam pītisukham pathamaṃ jhānam upasampajja viharāmi
[page 222]
222 KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA [XVI. 11. 32
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]||
32-46 Aham kho āvuso yāvadeva ākaṅkhāmi || pe|| ||
navannam anupubbavihārasamāpattinaṃ pañcannam abhiññānam evam peyyālo || ||
47 Ahaṃ kho āvuso āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmi || ||
48 Sattaratanaṃ vā āvuso nāgam aḍḍhaṭṭharatanaṃ vā tālapattikāya chādetabbam maññeyya yo me cha abhiññā chādetabbaṃ maññeyyāti || ||
IV
49 Cavittha pana Thullanandā bhikkhunī brahmacariyamhāti || || Ekādasamaṃ || ||
SN_2,16(5).12 {Paraṃmaraṇaṃ}
1 Ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā Mahā-Kassapo āyasmā ca Sāriputto Bārāṇasiyaṃ viharanti Isipatane Migadāye || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Sāriputto sāyaṇhasamayaṃ paṭisallāṇā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā Mahā-Kassapo tenupasaṅkami ||
pe || || vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Sāriputto āyasmantam Mahā-Kassapam etad avoca || || Kiṃ nu kho āvuso Kassapa hoti tathāgato parammaraṇā ti || ||
Avyākataṃ kho āvuso Bhagavatā hoti tathāgato parammaraṇāti || ||
4 Kim panāvuso na hoti tathāgato parammaraṇā ti || ||
Evam pi kho āvuso avyākataṃ Bhagavatā na hoti tathāgato parammaraṇā ti || ||
[page 223]
XVI. 13. 2] KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA 223
5 Kiṃ nu kho āvuso hoti ca na hoti ca tathāgato paraṃmaraṇā ti || ||
Avyākataṃ kho evam āvuso Bhagavatā hoti ca na hoti ca tathāgato paraṃmaraṇā ti || ||
6 Kim panāvuso neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṃmaraṇā ti || ||
Evam pi kho āvuso avyākataṃ Bhagavatā neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṃmaraṇā ti || ||
7 Kasmā cetam āvuso avyākataṃ Bhagavatā ti || ||
Na hetam āvuso atthasañhitam nādibrahmacāriyakaṃ na nibbidāya na virāgāya na nirodhāya na upasamāya na abhiññāya na sambodhāya na nibbāṇāya {saṃvattati} || tasmā tam avyākatam Bhagavatā ti || ||
8 Atha kiṃ carahāvuso vyākataṃ Bhagavatāti || ||
Idaṃ dukkhanti kho āvuso vyākataṃ Bhagavatā ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo ti vyākataṃ Bhagavatā ayaṃ dukkhanirodha ti vyākātam Bhagavatā ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ti vyākataṃ Bhagavatā ti || ||
9 Kasmā cetaṃ āvuso byākataṃ Bhagavatā ti || ||
Etañhi āvuso atthasañhitam ādibrahmacariyakam etaṃ nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattati || tasmā taṃ vyākataṃ Bhagavatā ti || || Dvādasamaṃ || ||
SN_2,16(5).13 Saddhammapatirūpakam
1 Evam me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Kassapo yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam adhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi ||
[page 224]
224 KASSAPA-SAṂYUTTA [XVI. 13. 3
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Mahā-Kassapo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yena pubbe appatarāni ceva sikkhāpadāni ahesuṃ ||
bahutarā ca bhikkhū aññāya saṇṭhahiṃsu || || Ko pana bhante hetu ko paccayo yenetarahi bahutarāni ceva sikkhāpadāni appatarā ca bhikkhū aññāya saṇṭhahantīti || ||
4 Evañhetaṃ Kassapa hoti || sattesu hāyamānesu saddhamme antaradhāyamāne bahutarāni ceva sikkhāpadāni honti || appatarā ca bhikkhū aññāya saṇṭhahanti || ||
5 Na tāva Kassapa saddhammassa antaradhānaṃ hoti yāva na saddhammapaṭirūpakaṃ loke uppajjati || yato ca kho Kassapa saddhammapaṭirūpakaṃ loke uppajjati atha saddhammassa antaradhānaṃ hoti || ||
6 Seyyathāpi Kassapa na tāva jātarūpassa antaradhānaṃ hoti yāva na jātarūpapatirūpakaṃ loke uppajjati || yato ca kho Kassapa jātarūpapaṭirūpakam loke uppajjati atha jātarūpassa antaradhānaṃ hoti || ||
7 Evam eva kho Kassapa na tāva saddhammassa antaradhānaṃ hoti yāva na saddhammapatirūpakaṃ loke uppajjati || yato ca kho Kassapa saddhammapatirūpakam loke uppajjati atha saddhammassa antaradhānaṃ hoti || ||
8-11 Na kho Kassapa pathavīdhātu saddhammam antaradhāpeti || nā āpodhātu || pe|| na tejodhātu || pe|| || na vayodhātu saddhammam antaradhāpeti || ||
12 Atha kho idheva te uppajjanti moghapurisā ye imaṃ saddhammaṃ antaradhāpenti || ||
13 Seyyathāpi Kassapa nāvā ādikeneva opilavati na kho Kassapa evaṃ saddhammassa antaradhānaṃ hoti || ||
14 Pañca kho me Kassapa okkamaniyā dhammā saddhammassa sammosāya antaradhānāya {saṃvattanti} || ||
Katame pañca || ||
15 Idha Kassapa bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo upāsakā upāsikāyo satthari agāravā viharanti appaṭissā || dhamme agāravā viharanti appaṭissā || saṅghe agāravā viharanti appaṭissā ||
[page 225]
XVII. 1. 2] LĀBHASAKKĀRA 225
sikkhāya agāravā viharanti appaṭissā || samādhismiṃ agāravā viharanti appaṭissā || ||
Ime kho Kassapa pañca okkamaniyā dhammā saddhammassa sammosāya antaradhānāya saṃvattanti || ||
16 Pañca kho me Kassapa dhammā saddhammassa ṭhitiyā asammosāya anantaradhānāya saṃvattanti || ||
Katame pañca || ||
17 Idha Kassapa bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo upāsakā upāsikāyo satthari sagāravā viharanti sappaṭissā || dhamme sagāravā viharanti sappaṭissā || saṅghe sagāravā viharanti sappaṭissā || sikkhāya sagāravā viharanti sappaṭissā || samādhismiṃ sagāravā viharanti sappaṭissā || ||
18 Ime kho Kassapa pañca dhammā saddhammassa ṭhitiyā asammosāya anantaradhānāya saṃvattantī ti || ||
Terasamaṃ || ||
Kassapa-samyuttaṃ samattaṃ || ||
Tassa uddānaṃ || ||
Santuṭṭhañ ca Anottāpi ||
Candopamam Kulupagaṃ ||
Jiṇṇam tayo ca Ovādā Jhānabhiññā Upassayaṃ ||
Cīvaram Parammaraṇaṃ ||
Saddhammapaṭirūpakanti || ||
BOOK VI LĀBHASAKKĀRA
CHAPTER I PATHAMO VAGGO
SN_2,17(6).1 (1) Dāruno
1 Evam me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || pe|| ārāme || ||
2 Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi || pe|| ||
[page 226]
226 LĀBHASAKKĀRA [XVII. 1. 3
Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
3 Dāruṇo bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko kaṭuko pharuso antarāyiko anuttarassa yogakkhemassa adhigamāya || ||
4 Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ || || Uppannaṃ lābhasakkārasilokaṃ pajahissāma na ca no uppanno lābhasakkārasiloko cittam pariyādāya ṭhassatīti || ||
6 Evaṃhi vo bhikkhave {sikkhitabbanti} || || Pathamaṃ || ||
SN_2,17(6).2 (2) Baḷisam
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Dāruṇo bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko kaṭuko pharuso antarāyiko anuttarassa yogakkhemassa adhigamāya || ||
3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave baḷisiko āmisagatam baḷisaṃ gambhīre udakarahade pakkhipeyya || tam enam aññataro āmisacakkhumaccho gileyya || Evañhi so bhikkhave maccho gilitabaḷiso bāḷisikassa anayam āpanno vyasanam āpanno yathākāmakaraṇīyo bāḷisikassa || ||
4 Bāḷisiko ti kho bhikkhave Mārassetaṃ pāpimato adhivacanaṃ || baḷisanti kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasilokassetam adhivacanaṃ || ||
5 Yo hi koci bhikkhave bhikkhu uppannam lābhasakkārasilokam assādeti nikāmeti || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu gilitabaḷiso Mārassa anayam āpanno vyasanam āpanno yathākāma karaṇīyo pāpimato || ||
6 Evaṃ dāruṇo kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko kaṭuko pharuso antarāyiko anuttarassa yogakkhemassa adhigamāya || ||
7 Tasmāti ha bhikkhave evaṃ sikkhitabbam || || Uppannaṃ lābhasakkārasilokaṃ pajahissama || na ca no uppanno lābhasakkārasiloko cittam pariyādāya ṭhassatīti || ||
8 Evañhi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti || ||
SN_2,17(6).3 (3) Kumma
1 Sāvatthi || ||
[page 227]
XVII. 3. 12] PATHAMO VAGGO 227
2 Dāruṇo bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko || pe|| adhigamāya || ||
3 Bhūtapubbam bhikkhave aññatarasmiṃ udakarahade mahākummakulaṃ ciranivāsi ahosi || ||
4 Atha kho bhikkhave aññataro kummo aññataraṃ kummam etad avoca || || Mā kho tvaṃ tāta kumma etaṃ padesam agamāsīti || ||
5 Agamāsi kho bhikkhave so kummo tam padesam ||
tam enaṃ luddo papatāya vijjhi || ||
6 Atha kho bhikkhave so kummo yena so kummo tenupasaṅkami || ||
7 Addasā kho bhikkhave so kummo taṃ kummaṃ dūrato va āgacchantaṃ || || Disvāna taṃ kummam etad avoca || || Kacci tvaṃ tāta kumma na tam padesam āgamāsīti || ||
Agamāsiṃ khvāhaṃ tāta kumma tam padesanti || ||
8 Kacci panāsi tāta kumma akkhato anupahato ti || ||
Akkhato kho mhi tāta kumma anupahato || atthi ca me idaṃ suttakaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhanti || ||
9 Tagghasi tāta kumma khato taggha upahato || Etena hi te tāta kumma luddakena pitaro ca pitāmahā ca anayam āpannā vyasanam āpannā || || Gaccha dāni tvaṃ tāta kumma na dāni tvam amhākanti || ||
10 Luddo ti kho bhikkhave Mārassetam pāpimato ādhivacanaṃ || papatāti kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasilokassetam adhivacanam || suttakanti kho bhikkhave nandirāgassetam adhivacanam || ||
11 Yo hi koci bhikkhave bhikkhu uppannaṃ lābhasakkārasilokam assādeti nikāmeti || ayam vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu giddho papatāya anayam āpanno vyasanam āpanno yathākāmakaranīyo pāpimato || ||
12 Evaṃ dāruṇo kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko ||
pe || ||
[page 228]
228 LĀBHASAKKĀRA [XVII. 3. 13
13 Evañhi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti || ||
Tatiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,17(6).4 (4) Dīghalomi
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Dāruno bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko || pe|| adhigamāya || ||
3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave dīghalomikā eḷakā kaṇṭakagahanam paviseyya sā tatra tatra sajjeyya tatra tatra gaṇheyya tatra tatra bajjheyya tatra tatra anayavyasanaṃ āpajjeyya ||
4 Evam eva kho bhikkhave idhekacco bhikkhulābhasakkārasilokena abhibhūto pariyādiṇṇacitto pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya pavisati || so tatra tatra sajjati tatra tatra gayhati tatra tatra bajjhati tatra tatra anayavyasanam āpajjati || ||
5 Evaṃ dāruṇo kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko || pe|| ||
6 Evañhi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti || ||
Catutthaṃ || ||
SN_2,17(6).5 (5) Piḷhika (or Miḷhaka? )
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Dāruṇo bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko || pe|| || adhigamāya || ||
3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave piḷhakā gūthādī gūthapurā puṇṇā gūthassa || pūrato cassa mahā gūthapuñjo || ||
4 Sā tena aññā piḷhakā atimaññeyya Ahaṃ hi gūthādī gūthapūrā puṇṇā gūthassa || pūrato ca myāyam mahā gūthapuñjo ti || ||
[page 229]
XVII. 7. 1] PATHAMO VAGGO 229
5 Evam eva kho bhikkhave idhekacco bhikkhu lābhasakkārasilokena abhibhūto pariyādiṇṇacitto pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya pavisati || So tattha bhuttāvī ca hoti yāvad attho nimantito ca svātanāya || piṇḍapāto cassa pūro || ||
6 So ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhugaṇassa majjhe vikatthati Bhuttāvī camhi yāvad attho nimantito camhi svātanāya ||
piṇḍapāto ca myāyam pūro || lābhī camhi cīvara-piṇḍapātasenāsana-gilānapaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhārānaṃ || || Ime pana aññe bhikkhū appapuññā appesakkhā na lābhino cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccaya bhesajjaparikkhārānanti || ||
7 So tena lābhasakkārasilokena abhibhūto pariyādiṇṇacitto aññe pesale bhikkhū atimaññati || || Tañhi tassa bhikkhave moghapurisassa hoti dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya || ||
8 Evaṃ dāruno kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko || pe|| ||
9 Evañhi kho bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti || ||
Pañcamaṃ || ||
SN_2,17(6).6 (6) Asani
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Dāruṇo bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko || pe|| adhigamāya || ||
3 Kim bhikkhave asanivicakkaṃ taṃ sekham appattamānasam lābhasakkārasiloko anupāpuṇāti ||
4 Asanivicakkanti kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasilokassetam adhivacanaṃ || ||
5 Evaṃ dāruṇo kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko || pe|| ||
6 Evañhi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti || ||
Chaṭṭhaṃ || ||
SN_2,17(6).7 (7) Diṭṭhaṃ
1 Sāvatthi || ||
[page 230]
230 LABHASAKKĀRA [XVII. 7. 2
2 Dāruṇo bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko || pe|| adhigamāyā || ||
3 Kam bhikkhave diṭṭhagatena [visallena] sallena vijjhanti taṃ sekkham appattamānasaṃ lābhasakkārasiloko anupāpuṇāti || ||
4 Sallanti kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasilokassetam adhavacanaṃ || ||
5 Evaṃ dāruṇo kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko || pe|| ||
6 Evañhi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti ||
Sattamaṃ || ||
SN_2,17(6).8 (8) Siṅgālo
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Dāruṇo bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko || pe|| adhigamāya || ||
3 Assuttha no tumhe bhikkhave rattiyā paccusasamayaṃ siṅgālassa vassamānassāti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
4 Eso kho bhikkhave jarasiṅgālo ukkaṇṇakena nāma rogajātena puṭṭho neva suññāgāragato ramati || na rukkhamūlagato ramati na ajjhokāsagato ramati || yena yena gacchati yattha yattha tiṭṭhati yattha yattha nisīdati yattha nipajjati tattha tattha anayavyasanam āpajjati || ||
5 Evam eva kho bhikkhave idhekacco bhikkhu lābhasakkārasilokena abhibhūto pariyādiṇṇacitto neva suññāgāragato ramati || na rukkhamūlagato ramati na ajjhokāsagato ramati || yena yena gacchati yattha yattha tiṭṭhati yattha yattha nisīdati yattha yattha nipajjati tattha tattha anayavyasanam āpajjati || ||
[page 231]
XVII. 10. 3] PATHAMO VAGGO 231
6 Evaṃ dāruṇo kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko || pe|| ||
7 Evañhi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti || ||
Aṭṭhamaṃ || ||
SN_2,17(6).9 (9) Verambā
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Dāruṇo bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko || pe|| adhigamāya || ||
3 Upari bhikkhave ākāse verambā nāma vātā vāyanti || || Tattha yo pakkhī gacchati tam enaṃ verambā vātā khipanti || tassa verambavātakhittassa aññeneva pādā gacchanti aññena pakkhā gacchanti || aññena sisaṃ gacchati aññena kāyo gacchati || ||
4 Evam eva kho bhikkhave idhekacco bhikkhu lābhasakkārasilokena abhibhūto pariyādiṇṇacitto pubbaṇhasamayam nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya gāmaṃ nigamam vā piṇḍāya pavisati arakkhitena kāyena arakkhitena vācāya arakkhitena cittena anupaṭṭhitāya satiyā asaṃvutehi indriyehi || ||
5 So tattha passati mātugāmam dunnivatthaṃ vā duppārutaṃ vā || tassa mātugāmam disvā dunnivattham vā duppārutam vā rāgo cittam anuddhaṃseti || || So rāgānuddhaṃsitena cittena sikkham paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattati ||
tassa aññe cīvaraṃ haranti aññe pattaṃ haranti aññe nisīdanaṃ haranti aññe sucigharaṃ haranti || verambavātakhittassa va sakuṇassa || ||
6 Evaṃ dāruṇo kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko ||
pe || ||
7 Evañhi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti || || Navāmaṃ || ||
SN_2,17(6).10 (10) Sagāthakam
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Dāruṇo bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko || pe|| || adhigamāya || ||
3 Idhāham bhikkhave ekaccaṃ puggalam passāmi sakkārena abhibhūtaṃ pariyādiṇṇacittaṃ kāyassa bhedā parammaraṇā apāyam duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayam upapannaṃ
[page 232]
232 LĀBHASAKKĀRA [XVII. 10. 4
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| ||
4 Idha panāham bhikkhave ekaccam puggalaṃ passāmi asakkārena abhibhūtam pariyādiṇṇacittaṃ kāyassa bhedā parammaraṇā apāyaṃ duggatim vinipātaṃ nirayam upapannam || ||
5 Idha panāham bhikkhave ekaccaṃ puggalam passāmi sakkārena ca āsakkārena ca tadubhayena abhibhūtam pariyādiṇṇacittam kāyassa bhedā parammaraṇā apāyam duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayam upapannaṃ || ||
6 Evam dāruṇo kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko ||
pe || ||
7 Evañhi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti || ||
8 Idam avoca Bhagavā || idam vatvāna Sugato athāparam avoca satthā || ||
Yassa sakkariyamānassa ||
Asakkārena cūbhayam ||
Samādhi na vikampati ||
Appamādaviharino ||1||
Taṃ jhāyinaṃ sātatikaṃ ||
Sukhumaṃ diṭṭhivipassakaṃ ||
Upādānakkhayārāmam ||
Āhu sappuriso itīti ||2|| Dasamaṃ || ||
Vaggo pathamo || ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Dāruṇo Bālisaṃ Kummaṃ ||
Dīghalomi ca Miḷhakaṃ ||
Asani Diṭṭhaṃ Siṅgālaṃ ||
Verambena Sagāthakanti ||
[page 233]
XVII. 13. 1] DUTIYO VAGGO 233
CHAPTER II DUTIYO VAGGO
SN_2,17(6).11 (1) Pāti (1)
1 Sāvatthi ||
2 Dāruṇo bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko || pe|| || adhigamāya || ||
3 Idhāham bhikkhave ekaccam puggalam evaṃ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi || na cāyam āyasmā suvaṇṇapatiyā pi rūpiyacuṇṇa-paripuṇṇāya hetu sampajānamusā bhāseyyā ti || ||
4 Tam enam passāmi aparena samayena lābhasakkārasilokena abhibhūtam pariyādiṇṇacittaṃ sampajānamusā bhāsantaṃ || ||
5 Evaṃ dāruṇo kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko ||
pe || ||
6 Evañhi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti || || Pathamam || ||
SN_2,17(6).12 (2) Pāti (2)
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Dāruṇo bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko || pe|| ||
3 Idāham bhikkhave ekaccam puggalam evaṃ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi || na cāyam āyasmā rūpiyapātiyāpi suvaṇṇacuṇṇaparipūrāya hetu sampajānamusā bhāseyyāti || ||
4 Tam enaṃ passāmi aparena samayena lābhasakkārasilokena abhibhūtam pariyādiṇṇacittaṃ sampajānamusā bhāsantaṃ || ||
5 Evam dāruṇo kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko ||
pe || ||
6 Evañhi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti || || Dutiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,17(6).13-20 (3-10) Suvaṇṇanikkha -- Janapadakalyāṇī
1 Sāvatthi || ||
[page 234]
234 LĀBHASAKKĀRA [XVII. 13. 2
2 Idhāham bhikkhave ekaccaṃ puggalam evam cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi || na cāyam āyasmā ||
13 () Suvaṇṇanikkhassa pi hetu || tīṇi pe ||
14 () Suvaṇṇanikkhasatassa pi hetu || cattāri pe ||
15 () Siṅginikkhassa pi hetu || pañca || pe||
16 () Siṅginikkhasatassa pi hetu || cha ||
17 () Pathaviyā pi jātarūpaparipurāya hetu || satta ||
18 () Āmisa kiñcikkha hetu pi || aṭṭha ||
19 () Jīvita hetu pi ||
20 () Janapadakalyāṇiyā pi hetu bhaseyyāti sampajānamusā bhāseyyāti || ||
3 Tam enam passāmi aparena samayena lābhasakkārasilokena abhibhūtam pariyādiṇṇacittaṃ sampajānamusā bhāsantam || ||
4 Evam dāruṇo kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko ||
pe || ||
5 Evañhi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti || ||
Dutiyo vaggo || ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Dve Pāti dve Suvaṇṇā ca ||
Siṅgīhi apare duve ||
Pathavī Kiñcikkha Jīvitaṃ ||
Janapadakalyāṇiyā dasā ti || ||
CHAPTER III TATIYO VAGGO
SN_2,17(6).21 (1) Mātugāmo
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Dāruṇo bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko || pe|| ||
[page 235]
XVII. 23. 7] TATIYO VAGGO 235
3 Na tassa bhikkhave mātugāmo eko ekassa cittam pariyādāya tiṭṭhati yassa lābhasakkārasiloko cittam pariyādāya tiṭṭhati || pe||
4 Evaṃ dāruṇo kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko ||
pe || ||
5 Evañhi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti || || Pathamaṃ || ||
SN_2,17(6).22 (2) Kalyāṇī
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Dāruṇo bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko || pe|| ||
3 Na tassa bhikkhave janapadakalyāṇi ekā ekassa cittam pariyādāya tiṭṭhati || yassa lābhasakkārasiloko cittam pariyādāya tiṭṭhati || ||
4 Evaṃ dāruṇo kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko ||
pe || ||
5 Evañhi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti || || Dutiyaṃ ||
SN_2,17(6).23 (3) Putto
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Dāruṇo bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko || pe|| ||
3 Saddhā bhikkhave upāsikā ekaputtakaṃ piyam manāpaṃ evam sammā āyācamānā āyāceyya || || Tādiso tāta bhavāhi yādiso Citto ca gahapati Hatthako ca āḷavako ti || ||
4 Esā bhikkhave tulā etam pamāṇaṃ mama sāvakānaṃ upāsakānaṃ yad idam Citto gahapati Hatthako ca āḷavako || ||
5 Sace kho tvam tāta agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajasi ||
tādiso tāta bhavāhi yādiso Sāriputta-Moggalānā ti || ||
6 Esā bhikkhave tulā etam pamānaṃ mama sāvakānam bhikkhūnaṃ yadidaṃ Sāriputta-Moggalānā || ||
7 Mā ca kho tvaṃ tāta sekham appamattamānasam lābhasakkārasiloko anupāpuṇātūti || || Taṃ ce bhikkhave bhikkhuṃ sekham appattamānasaṃ lābhasakkārāsiloko anupāpuṇāti
[page 236]
236 LĀBHASAKKĀRA [XVII. 23. 8
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| so tassa hoti antarāyāya || ||
8 Evaṃ dāruṇo kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko ||
pe || ||
9 Evañhi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti || || Tatiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,17(6).24 (4) Ekadhītu
Sāvatthi || ||
2 Dāruṇo bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko || pe|| ||
3 Saddhā bhikkhave upāsikā ekam dhītaraṃ piyaṃ manāpam evaṃ sammā āyācamānā āyāceyya || || Tādisā āyye bhavāhi yādisā Khujjuttarā ca upāsikā Veḷukaṇḍakiyā ca Nandamātāti || ||
4 Esā bhikkhave tulā etam pamāṇaṃ mama sāvikānam upāsikānam yadidam Khujjuttarā ca upāsikā Veḷukaṇḍakiyā ca Nandamātā || ||
5 Sa ce kho tvam ayye agārasmā anagāriyam pabbajasi ||
tādisā āyye bhavāhi yādisā Khemā ca bhikkhunī Uppalavaṇṇā cāti || ||
6 Esā bhikkhave tulā etam pamāṇaṃ mama sāvikānaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ yadidaṃ Khemā ca bhikkhunī Uppalavaṇṇā ca ||
7 Mā ca kho tvam ayye sekham appamattamānasam lābhasakkārasiloko anupāpuṇātūti || ||
8 Taṃ ce bhikkhave bhikkhuniṃ sekham appattamānasaṃ lābhasakkārasiloko anupāpuṇāti || so tassā hoti antarāyāya ||
9 Evaṃ dāruṇo kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko ||
pe || ||
10 Evañhi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti || || Catutthaṃ || ||
SN_2,17(6).25 (5) Samaṇabrāhmaṇā (1)
1 Sāvatthi || ||
[page 237]
XVII. 28. 2] TATIYO VAGGO 237
2 Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā lābhasakkhārasilokassa assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ na pajānanti || evaṃ kātabbam || ||
3 Pajānanti || sayam abhiññā sacchi katvā upasampajja viharantīti || || Pañcamaṃ || ||
SN_2,17(6).26 (6) Samaṇabrāhmaṇā (2)
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇā va brāhmaṇā vā lābhasakkārasilokassa samudayañca atthagamañca assādañca ādīnavañcanissaraṇañca yāthābhūtaṃ napajānanti || || Evam kātabbam || ||
3 Ye ca kho keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā lābhasakkārasilokassa samudayañca atthagamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtam pajānanti ||
sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharantīti || ||
Chaṭṭhaṃ || ||
SN_2,17(6).27 (7) Samaṇabrāhmaṇā (3)
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇā va brāhmaṇā vā lābhasakkārasilokasamudayaṃ na pajānanti || lābhasakkārasiloka nirodham na pajananti || lābhasakkārasilokanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ na pajānanti || Evam kātabbam ||
3 Pajānanti || sayam abhiññā sacchikātvā upasampajja viharantīti || ||
Sattamaṃ || ||
SN_2,17(6).28 (8) Chavi
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Dāruṇo bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko ||
[page 238]
238 LĀBHASAKKĀRA [XVII. 28. 3
3 Lābhasakkārasiloko bhikkhave chaviṃ chindati || chaviṃ chetvā cammaṃ chindati || cammaṃ chetvā maṃsaṃ chindati || maṃsaṃ chetvā nahāruṃ chindati || nahāruṃ chetvā aṭṭhiṃ chindati || aṭṭhiṃ chetvā aṭṭhimiñjaṃ āhacca tiṭṭhati || ||
4 Evaṃ dāruno kho bhikkhave lābhasakkarāsiloko ||
pe || ||
5 Evañhi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti || ||
Aṭṭhamaṃ || ||
SN_2,17(6).29 (9) Rajin
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Dāruṇo bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko ||
3 Lābhasakkārasiloko bhikkhave chaviṃ chindati || chaviṃ chetvā cammaṃ chindati || cammaṃ chetvā maṃsaṃ chindati || maṃsaṃ chetvā-nahāruṃ chindati || nahāruṃ chetvā aṭṭhiṃ chindati || aṭṭhiṃ chetvā aṭṭhimiñjam āhacca tiṭṭhati || ||
4 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave balavā puriso daḷhāya vālarajjuyā jaṅghaṃ veṭhetvā ghaṃseyya || sā chaviṃ chindeyya ||
chaviṃ chetvā cammam chindeyya || cammaṃ chetvā maṃsaṃ nahārum chetvā aṭṭhiṃ chindeyya || aṭṭhiṃ chetvā aṭṭhimiñjam āhacca tiṭṭheyya || ||
5 Evam eva kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko chaviṃ chindati || chaviṃ chetvā cammaṃ chindati || cammaṃ chetvā maṃsaṃ chindati || maṃsaṃ chetvā nahāruṃ chindati || nahāruṃ chetvā aṭṭhiṃ chindati || aṭṭhiṃ chindati || aṭṭhiṃ chetvā atthimiñjam āhacca tiṭṭhati || ||
6 Evaṃ dāruṇo kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko ||
pe || ||
7 Evañhi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti || ||
Navamaṃ || ||
SN_2,17(6).30 (10) Bhikkhu
1 Sāvatthi || ||
[page 239]
XVII. 31. 2] CATUTTHO VAGGO 239
2 Yo bhikkhave bhikkhu arahaṃ khīnāsavo tassa pāhaṃ lābhasakkārasilokam antarāyāya vadāmīti || ||
3 Evaṃ vutte āyasmā Ānando Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Kissa pana bhante khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno lābhasakkārasiloko antarāyāyāti || ||
4 Yā hissa sā Ānanda akuppā cetovimutti nāhaṃ tassa lābhasakkārasilokam antarāyāya vadāmi || ||
5 Ye ca khvāssa Ānanda appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārādhigatā tesāhaṃ assa lābhasakkārasilokam antarāyāya vadāmi || ||
6 Evaṃ dāruṇo kho Ānanda lābhasakkārasiloko kaṭuko pharuso antarāyiko anuttarassa yogakkhemassa adhigamāya || ||
7 Tasmā ti hānanda evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ || uppannaṃ lābhasakkārasilokaṃ pajahissāma na ca no uppanno lābhasakkārasiloko cittam pariyādāya ṭhassatīti || ||
8 Evañ hi vo Ānanda sikkhitabbanti || ||
Dasamaṃ || ||
Tatiyo vaggo || ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Mātugāmo ca Kalyāṇī ||
Putto ca Ekadhītu ca ||
Samaṇabrāhmaṇā tīṇi ||
Chavi Rajjuca Bhikkhunāti || ||
CHAPTER IV CATUTTHO VAGGO
SN_2,17(6).31 (1) Chindi
1 Sāvatthi ||
2 Dāruṇo bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloso || pe|| ||
[page 240]
240 LĀBHASAKKĀRA [XVII. 31. 3
3 Lābhasakkārasiloko abhibhūto pariyādiṇṇacitto bhikkhave Devadatto saṅghaṃ bhindati || ||
4 Evaṃ dāruṇo kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko ||
pe || ||
5 oSikkhitabbanti || || Pathamaṃ || ||
SN_2,17(6).32 (2) Mūla
1 Sāvatthi ||
2 Dāruno kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko || pe|| ||
3 Lābhasakkārasilokena abhibhūtassa pariyādiṇṇa-cittassa bhikkhave Devadattassa kusalamūla samucchedam agamā || ||
4 Evaṃ dāruṇo kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko ||
pe || ||
5 Sikkhitabbanti || || Dutiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,17(6).33 (3) Dhammo
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Dāruṇo bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko || pe|| ||
3 Lābhasakkārasilokena abhibhūtassa pariyādiṇṇa-cittassa bhikkhave Devadattassa kusalo dhammo samucchedam agamā || ||
4 Evaṃ dāruṇo kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko ||
pe || ||
5 oSikkhitabbanti || || Tatiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,17(6).34 (4) Sukko
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Dāruno bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko || pe|| ||
3 Lābhasakkārasilokena abhibhūtassa pariyādiṇṇa-cittassa bhikkhave Devadattassa sukko dhammo samucchedam agamā || ||
4 Evaṃ dāruṇo kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko || pe|| ||
5 Sikkhitabbanti || || Catutthaṃ || ||
[page 241]
XVII. 35. 10] CATUTTHO VAGGO 241
SN_2,17(6).35 (5) Pakkanta
1 Ekam samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Gijjhakūṭe pabbate acirapakkante Devadatte || ||
2 Tatra kho Bhagavā Devadattam ārabbha bhikkhū āmantesi || ||
3 Attavadhāya bhikkhave Devadattassa lābhasakkārasiloko udapādi || parābhavāya Devadattassa lābhasakkārasiloko udapādi || ||
4 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave kadalī attavadhāya phalaṃ deti parābhavāya phalaṃ deti || Evam eva kho bhikkhave attavadhāya Devadattassa lābhasakkārasiloko udapādi || parābhavāya Devadattassa lābhasakkārasiloko udapādi || ||
5 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave veḷu attavadhāya phalaṃ deti parābhavāya phalaṃ deti || Evam eva kho bhikkhave attavadhāya Devadattassa lābhasakkārasiloko udapādi, parābhavāya Devadattassa lābhasakkārasiloko udapādi || ||
6 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave naḷo attavadhāya phalaṃ deti pārabhavāya phalaṃ deti || Evam eva kho bhikkhave attavadhāya Devadattassa lābhasakkārasiloko udapādi ||
parābhavāya Devadattassa lābhasakkārasiloko udapādi || ||
7 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave assatarī attavadhāya gabbhaṃ gaṇhāti parābhavāya gabbhaṃ gaṇhāti || Evam eva kho bhikkhave attavadhāya Devadattassa lābhasakkārasiloko udapādi || parābhavāya Devadattassa lābhasakkārasiloko udapādi || ||
8 Evaṃ dāruṇo kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko || pe||
9 Evañhi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti || ||
10 Idam avoca Bhagavā || idam vatvāna Sugato athāparam etad avoca satthā || ||
Phalaṃ ve kadaliṃ hanti ||
Phalaṃ veluṃ phalaṃ naḷam ||
Sakkāro kāpurisaṃ hanti ||
gabbho assatariṃ2 yathāti || || Pañcamam || ||
[page 242]
242 LĀBHASAKKĀRA [XVII. 36. 1
SN_2,17(6).36 (6) Ratha
1 Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe || ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena Devadattassa Ajātasattukumāro pañcahi rathasatehi sāyampātam upaṭṭhānaṃ gacchati || pañca ca thālipākasatāni bhattābhihāro abhihariyati || ||
3 Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdiṃsu || ||
4 Ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū Bhagavantam etad avocuṃ || || Devadattassa bhante Ajātasattukumāro pañcahi rathasatehi sāyaṃpātam upaṭṭhānaṃ gacchati ||
pañca ca thālipākasatāni bhattābhihāro abhihariyatīti || ||
5 Mā bhikkhave Devadattassa lābhasakkārasilokam pihāyittha || yāva kīvañca bhikkhave Devadattassa Ajātasattukumāro pañcahi rathasatehi sāyaṃpātam upaṭṭhānaṃ gamissati || pañca ca thālipākasatāni bhattābhihāro āhariyissati || hāni yeva bhikkhave Devadattassa paṭikaṅkhā kusalesu dhammesu no vuddhi || ||
6 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave caṇḍassa kukkurassa nāsāya pittam bhindeyyuṃ || evañhi so kukkuro bhiyyosomattāya caṇḍataro assa || Evam eva bhikkhave yāva kīvañca Devadattassa Ajātasattukumāro pañcahi rathasatehi sāyaṃ pātam upaṭṭhānaṃ gamissati || pañca ca thālipākasatāni bhattābhihāro āhariyissati || hāni yeva bhikkhave Devadattassa pāṭikaṅkhā kusalesu dhammesu no vuddhi || ||
7 Evaṃ dāruṇo kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko ||
pe || ||
8 Evānhi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti || ||
Chaṭṭhaṃ || ||
SN_2,17(6).37 (7) Mātari
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Dāruṇo bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko kaṭuko pharuso antarāyiko anuttarassa yogakkhemassa adhigamāya || ||
[page 243]
XVII. 43. 6] CATUTTHO VAGGO 243
3 Idhāhaṃ bhikkhave ekaccam puggalam evaṃ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi || na cāyam āyasmā mātu pi hetu sampajānamusā bhāseyyāti || || Tam enam passāmi aparena samayena lābhasakkārasilokena abhibhūtam pariyādiṇṇacittaṃ sampajānamusā bhāsantaṃ || ||
4 Evam dāruṇo kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko kaṭuko pharuso antarāyiko anuttarassa yogakkhemassa adhigamāya || ||
5 Tasma ti ha bhikkhave evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ || || Uppannaṃ lābhasakkārasilokaṃ pajahissāma na ca no uppanno lābhasakkāra siloko cittam pariyādāya ṭhassatīti || ||
6 Evañ hi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti || ||
Sattamam || ||
SN_2,17(6).38-43 (8) Pitā (9) Bhātā (10) Bhagini (11) Puttā (12) Dhītā (13) Pajāpati
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Dāruṇo bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko kaṭuko pharuso antarāyiko anuttarassa yogakkhemassa adhigamāya || ||
3 Idhāham bhikkhave ekaccam puggalam evaṃ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi || nacāyam āyasmā ||
38 () pitu pi hetu || vitthāretabbaṃ || pe|| ||
39 () bhātu pi hetu || pe|| ||
40 () bhaginiyā pi hetu || pe|| ||
41 () puttassa pi hetu || pe|| ||
42 () dhītuyā pi hetu || pe|| ||
43 () pajāpatiyā pi hetu sampajānamusā bhāseyyāti || ||
Tam enam passāmi aparena samayena lābhasakkārasilokena abhibhūtaṃ pariyādiṇṇacittaṃ sampajānāmusā bhāsantaṃ || ||
4 Evaṃ dāruṇo kho bhikkhave lābhasakkārasiloko kaṭuko pharuso antarāyiko anuttarassa yogakkhemassa adhigamāya || ||
5 Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave evaṃ sikkhitabbam || || Uppannaṃ lābhasakkārasilokam pajahissāma
[page 244]
244 RĀHULA SAṂYUTTA [XVII. 43. 7
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| na ca no uppanno lābhasakkārasiloko cittam pariyādāya ṭhassatīti || ||
6 Evañhi vo bhikkhave sikkhittabbanti || ||
Catuttho vaggo || ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Chindi Mūlam Dhammo Sukko Pakkanta Ratha Mātari ||
Pitā Bhātā ca Bhaginī ||
Puttā Dhītā Pajāpatīti || ||
Lābhasakkāra saṃyuttaṃ || ||
BOOK VII RĀHULA SAṂYUTTAṂ
CHAPTER I PATHAMO VAGGO
SN_2,18(7).1 (1) Cakkhu
1 Evam me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Rāhulo yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekaṃ antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Rāhulo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā dhammaṃ desetu yam ahaṃ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyanti || ||
4 Taṃ kim maññasi Rāhula || || cakkhuṃ niccaṃ vā aniccam vāti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vāti ||
Dukkham bhante ||
[page 245]
XVIII. 2. 2] PATHAMO VAGGO 245
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi eto me attā ti || ||
No hetam bhante ||
Evam peyyālo || ||
5 Sotaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
6 Ghānaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
7 Jivhā niccā vā aniccā vā ti || ||
Aniccā bhante || ||
8 Kāyo nicco vā anicco vā ti || ||
Anicco bhante || ||
9 Mano nicco vā anicco vā ti || ||
Anicco bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallaṃ nu tam samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
10 Evam passaṃ Rāhula sutavā āriyasāvako cakkhusmim pi nibbindati || sotasmim pi nibbindati || ghānasmim pi nibbindati || jivhāya pi nibbindati || kāyasmim pi nibbindati ||
manasmim pi nibbindati || ||
11 Nibbindaṃ virajjati || virāgā vimuccati || vimuttasmim vimuttam iti ñāṇaṃ hoti || || Khīṇā jāti vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
12 Etena peyyālena dasasuttantā kātabbā || || Pathamaṃ || ||
SN_2,18(7).2 (2) Rūpam
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Taṃ kiṃ maññasi Rāhula || || Rūpā niccā vā aniccā vāti || ||
[page 246]
246 RĀHULA SAṂYUTTA [XVIII. 2. 3
Aniccā bhante || ||
3-6 Saddā || pe|| || Gandhā || pe|| || Rasā || pe|| Poṭṭhabbā ||
pe || ||
7 Dhammā niccā vā aniccā vāti || ||
Aniccā bhante || ||
8 Evam passaṃ Rāhula sutavā ariyasāvako rūpesu pi nibbindati || Saddesu pi || Gandhesu pi || Rasesu pi ||
Phoṭṭhabbesu pi || Dhammesu pi nibbindati || ||
9 Nibbindaṃ virajjati || pe|| || pajānātīti || || Dutiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,18(7).3 (3) Viññāṇaṃ
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Taṃ kiṃ maññasi Rāhula || || Cakkhuviññāṇaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vāti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
3-6 Sotaviññāṇam || Ghānaviññāṇam || Jivhāviññāṇam ||
Kāyaviññāṇaṃ ||
7 Manoviññāṇam niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vāti || ||
Aniccaṃ bhante || ||
8 Evam passaṃ Rāhula sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhuviññāṇasmim pi nibbindati || Sotaviññāṇasmim pi nibbindati || Ghānaviññāṇasmim pi || || Jivhāviññāṇasmim pi || ||
Kāyaviññāṇasmim pi || || Manoviññāṇasmim pi nibbindati || ||
9 Nibbindaṃ virajjati || pe|| pajānātīti || || Tatiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,18(7).4 (4) Samphasso
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Taṃ kiṃ maññasī Rāhula || || Cakkhusamphasso nicco vā anicco vāti ||
Anicco bhante || ||
3-7 Sotasamphasso || Ghānasamphasso || Jivhāsamphasso ||
kāyasamphasso || Manosamphasso nicco vā anicco vāti || ||
Anicco bhante || ||
8 Evam passaṃ Rāhula sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusamphassasmim pi nibbindati || sotasamphassasmim pi ||
ghānasamphassasmim pi || jivhāsamphassasmiṃ pi || kāyasamphassasmim pi || manosamphassasmim pi nibbindati || ||
[page 247]
XVIII. 7. 3] PATHAMO VAGGO 247
9 Nibbindaṃ virajati || pe|| || pajānātīti || || Catutthaṃ || ||
SN_2,18(7).5 (5) Vedanā
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Taṃ kim maññasi Rāhula || || Cakkhusamphassajā vedanā niccā vā aniccā vāti || ||
Aniccā bhante || ||
3-6 Sotasamphassajā vedanā || Ghānasamphassajā vedanā || Jivhāsamphassajā vedanā || Manosamphassajā vedā niccā vā aniccāvāti ||
Aniccā bhante || ||
7-8 Evam passaṃ Rāhula sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusamphassajāya vedanāya pi nibbindati || sota || ghāna || jivhā ||
kāya || manosamphassajāya vedanāya nibbindati || pe|| pajānātīti || ||
Pañcamaṃ || ||
SN_2,18(7).6 (6) Saññā
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Taṃ kim maññasi Rāhula || || Rūpasaññā niccā vā aniccā vāti || ||
Aniccā bhante || ||
3-7 Saddasaññā || Gandhasaññā || Rasasaññā || Poṭṭhabbasaññā || Dhammasaññā niccā vā aniccā vāti || ||
Aniccā bhante || ||
8-9 Evam passaṃ Rāhula sutavā ariyasāvako rūpasaññāya pi nibbindati || saddasaññāya pi || gandhasaññāya pi || rasasaññāya pi || poṭṭhabbasaññāya pi || dhammasaññāya pi nibbindati || pe|| pajānātīti || ||
Chaṭṭhaṃ || ||
SN_2,18(7).7 (7) Sañcetanā
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Taṃ kim maññasi Rāhula || || Rūpasañcetanā niccā vā aniccā vāti || ||
Aniccā bhante || ||
3-7 Saddasañcetanā || Gandhasañcetanā || Rasasañcetanā
[page 248]
248 RĀHULA SAṂYUTTA [XVIII. 8. 8
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| Poṭṭhabbasañcetanā || Dhammasañcetanā niccā vā aniccā vāti || ||
Aniccā bhante || ||
8-9 Evam passaṃ Rāhula sutavā āriyasāvako rūpasañcetanāya pi nibbindati || saddasañcetanāya pi || gandhasañcetanāya pi || rasasañcetanāya pi poṭṭhabbasañcetanāya pi nibbindati || dhammasañcetanāya pi nibbindati ||
pe || pajānātīti || || Sattamaṃ || ||
SN_2,18(7).8 (8) Taṇhā
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Taṃ kim maññasi Rāhula || || Rūpataṇhā niccā vā aniccā vāti || ||
Aniccā bhante || ||
3-7 Saddataṇhā || Gandhataṇhā || Rasataṇhā || Poṭṭhabbataṇha || Dhammataṇhā ṇiccā vā aniccā vāti || ||
Aniccā bhante || ||
8-9 Evam passaṃ Rāhula sutavā ariyasāvako rūpataṇhāya pi nibbindati || saddataṇhāya pi || gandhataṇhāya pi ||
rasataṇhāya pi || phoṭṭhabbataṇhāya pi || dhammataṇhāya pi nibbindati || pe|| pajānātīti || || Aṭṭhamaṃ || ||
SN_2,18(7).9 (9) Dhātu
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Taṃ kim maññasi Rāhula || || Pathavīdhātu niccā vā aniccā vāti || ||
Aniccā bhante || ||
3-7 Āpodhātu || Tejodhātu || Vāyodhātu || Ākāsadhātu ||
Viññāṇadhātu niccā vā aniccā vā ti || ||
Aniccā || bhante || ||
8-9 Evam passam Rāhula sutavā ariyasāvako pathavīdhātuyā pi nibbindati || āpodhātuyā pi || tejodhātuyā pi ||
[page 249]
XVIII. 11. 1] DUTIYO VAGGO 249
vāyodhātuyā pi || ākāsadhātuyā pi || viññāṇadhātuyā pi nibbindati || pe|| || pajānātīti || ||
Navamaṃ || ||
SN_2,18(7).10 (10) Khandha
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Taṃ kim maññasi Rāhula || || Rūpam niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
3-6 Vedanā || Saññā || Saṅkhārā || Viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
7 Evam passaṃ Rāhula sutavā ariyasāvako rūpasmiṃ pi nibbindati || vedanāya pi nibbindati || saṅkhāresu pi nibbindati || viññāṇasmim pi nibbindati || ||
8 Nibbindaṃ virajjati || virāgā vimuccati || vimuttasmiṃ vimuttamiti ñāṇaṃ hoti || || Khīṇā jāti || vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ || kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
Dasamaṃ || ||
Pathamo vaggo || ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Cakkhu Rūpañca Viññāṇaṃ ||
Samphasso3 Vedanāya ca || ||
Saññā Sañcetanā4 Taṇhā ||
Dhātu Khandhena te dasāti || ||
CHAPTER II DUTIYO VAGGO
SN_2,18(7).11 (1) Cakkhu
1 Evam me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
[page 250]
250 RĀHULA SAṂYUTTA [XVIII. 11. 2
2 Atha kho āyasmā Rāhulo yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantam Rāhulaṃ Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
3 Taṃ kim maññasi Rāhula || || Cakkhuṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
4 Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukham vāti || ||
Dukkhaṃ bhante || ||
5 Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallaṃ nu tam samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
6-17 Sotaṃ || Ghānam || Jivhā || Kāyo ||
18 Mano nicco va anicco vā ti || ||
Anicco bhante ||
19 Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā tam sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
20 Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallaṃ nu tam samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
21 Evam passaṃ Rāhula sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmim pi nibbindati || sotasmim pi || ghānasmim pi || jivhāya pi ||
kāyasmim pi || manasmim pi nibbindati || ||
22 Nibbindaṃ virajjati || virāgā vimuccati || vimuttasmiṃ vimuttamiti ñāṇaṃ hoti || || Khīṇā jāti vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
Etena peyyālena dasasuttantā kātabbā || ||
Pathamaṃ ||
SN_2,18(7).12-20 (2-10)
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Taṃ kim maññasi Rāhula || ||
[page 251]
XVIII. 19. 20] DUTIYO VAGGO 251
(2) Rūpam
Rūpā niccā va aniccā vā ti || ||
Aniccā bhante || ||
6-20 Saddā || Gandhā || Rasā || Phoṭṭhabbā || Dhammā || ||
SN_2,18(7).13 (3) Viññānaṃ
3-20 Cakkhuviññāṇaṃ || sotaviññāṇaṃ || ghānaviññāṇaṃ ||
jivhāviññāṇaṃ || kāyaviññaṃ || manoviññāṇaṃ || ||
SN_2,18(7).14 (4) Samphasso
3-30 Cakkhusamphasso || sotasamphasso || ghānasamphasso || jivhāsamphasso || kāyasamphasso || manosamphasso || ||
SN_2,18(7).15 (5) Vedanā
3-20 Cakkhusamphassajā vedanā || sotasamphassajā vedanā || ghānasamphassajā vedanā || jivhāsamphassajā vedanā ||
kāyasamphassajā vedanā || manosamphassajā vedanā ||
SN_2,18(7).16 (6) Saññā
3-20 Rūpasaññā || saddasaññā || gandhasaññā || rasasaññā ||
poṭṭhabbasaññā || dhammasaññā || ||
SN_2,18(7).17 (7) Sañcetanā
3-20 Rūpasañcetanā || saddasañcetanā || gandhasañcetanā ||
rasasañcetanā || poṭṭhabbasañcetanā || dhammasañcetanā ||
SN_2,18(7).18 (8) Taṇhā
3-20 Rūpataṇhā || saddataṇhā || gandhataṇhā || rasataṇhā || poṭṭhabbataṇhā || dhammataṇhā || ||
SN_2,18(7).19 (9) Dhātu
3-20 Pathavīdhātu || || āpodhātu || tejodhātu || vāyodhātu ||
ākāsadhātu || viññāṇadhātu || ||
[page 252]
252 RĀHULA SAṂYUTTA [XVIII. 20. 3
SN_2,18(7).20 (10) Khandha
3-17 Rūpaṃ || vedanā || saññā || saṅkhārā || viññāṇam niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vāti || ||
Aniccam bhante || pe|| ||
21-22 Evam passaṃ Rāhula || pe|| nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
Dasamaṃ || ||
SN_2,18(7).21 (11) Anusaya
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Rāhulo yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || Upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Rāhulo Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
3 Kathaṃ nu kho bhante jānato katham passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṃkāra-mamaṅkāra-mānānusayā na hontīti || ||
4 Yaṃ kiñci Rāhula rūpam atītānāgatapaccuppannam ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā || sabbaṃ rūpaṃ netaṃ mama neso ham asmi na me so attāti || || Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passati || || Yā kāci vedanā ||
yā kāci saññā || ye keci saṅkhārā || yaṃ kiñci viññāṇaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannam ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītam vā yam dūre santike vā || sabbaṃ viññāṇaṃ netam mama nesoham asmi na me so attāti evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passati || ||
5 Evam kho Rāhula jānato evam passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāra-mānānusayā na hontīti || ||
Ekādasamaṃ || ||
[page 253]
XVIII. 22. 9] DUTIYO VAGGO 253
SN_2,18(7).22 (12) Apagatam
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Rāhulo yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Rāhulo Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
3 Kathaṃ nu kho bhante jānato katham passato imasmiñca viññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkara-mamaṅkāra-mānāpagataṃ mānasaṃ hoti vidhāsamatikkantaṃ santaṃ suvimuttanti || ||
4 Yaṃ kiñci Rāhula rūpam atītānāgatapaccuppannam ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷarikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā sabbaṃ rūpaṃ netaṃ mama neso ham asmi na me so attāti || ||
Evam etam yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā anupādā vimutto hoti || ||
Pañcannam khandhānam evam kāttabbam ||
5 Yā kāci vedanā ||
6 Yā kāci saññā ||
7 Ye keci saṅkhārā ||
8 Yaṃ kiñci viññāṇaṃ ātītānāgatapaccuppannam ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā || sabbaṃ viññāṇaṃ netam mama neso ham asmi na me so attāti || ||
Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā anupādā vimutto hoti || ||
9 Evaṃ kho Rāhula jānato evam passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāra-mānāpagataṃ mānasam hoti vidhāsamatikkantaṃ santaṃ suvimuttanti || || Dvādasamaṃ || ||
Rāhula-Saṃyuttaṃ || ||
Dutiyo vaggo ||
Tassuddānam || ||
[page 254]
254 LAKKHAṆA-SAṂYUTTA [XIX. 1. 1
Cakkhu Rūpañca Viññāṇaṃ ||
Samphasso Vedanāya ca ||
Saññā Sañcetanā Taṇhā ||
Dhātu Khandhena te dasa ||
Anusayāpagatañ ceva ||
Vaggo tena vuccatīti || ||
BOOK VIII LAKKHAṆA-SAṂYUTTAṂ
CHAPTER I VAGGO PATHAMO
SN_2,19(8).1 (1) Aṭṭhīpesi
1 Evaṃ me sutaṃ || ekam samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe || ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ca Lakkhaṇo āyasmā ca Mahā-Moggallāno Gijjhakūṭe pabbate viharanti || ||
3 Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Moggallāno pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya yenāyasmā Lakkhaṇo tenupasaṅkami || ||
4 Upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Lakkhaṇam etad avoca || ||
āyāmāvuso Lakkhaṇa Rājagahaṃ piṇḍāya pavisissāmāti || ||
Evam āvuso ti kho āyasmā Lakkhaṇo āyasmato MahāMoggallānassa paccassosi ||
5 Atha kho Āyasmā Mahā-Moggallāno Gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto aññatarasmiṃ padese sitaṃ pātvākāsi || ||
6 Atha kho āyasmā Lakkhaṇo āyasmantaṃ MahāMoggallānam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho āvuso Moggalāna hetu ko paccayo sitassa pātukammāyāti || ||
Akālo kho āvuso Lakkhaṇa etassa pañhassa || Bhagavato maṃ santike etam pañham pucchāti || ||
[page 255]
XIX. 1. 13] VAGGO PATHAMO 255
7 Atha kho āyasmā ca Lakkhaṇo āyasmā ca MahāMoggalāno Rājagahe piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattam piṇḍapātapatikkantā yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu ||
upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdiṃsu ||
8 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Lakkhaṇo āyasmantam Mahā-Moggalānam etad avoca || || Idhāyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno Gijjhakūtā pabbatā orohanto aññatarasmim padese sitaṃ pātvākāsi || || Ko nu kho āvuso Moggalāna hetu ko paccayo sitassa pātukammāyāti || ||
9 Idhāham āvuso Gijjhakuṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṃ aṭṭhikasaṅkhalikaṃ vehāsaṃ gacchantaṃ || tam enaṃ gijjhāpi kākā pi kulalā pi anupatitvā anupatitvā phāsuḷantarikāhi vitacchenti vibhajenti sāssudam aṭṭassaraṃ karoti ||
10 Tassa mayhaṃ āvuso etad ahosi || || Acchariyaṃ vata bho abbhutaṃ vata bho || evarūpo pi nāma satto bhavissati [evarupo pi nāma yakkho bhavissati] evarūpo pi nāma attabhāvapaṭilābho bhavissatīti ||
11 Atha kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi || || Cakkhubhūtā bhikkhave sāvakā viharanti || ñāṇabhūtā vata bhikkhave sāvakā viharanti || yatra hi nāma sāvako evarūpaṃ ñassati vā dakkhati vā sakkhiṃ vā karissati || ||
12 Pubbe pi me so bhikkhave satto diṭṭho ahosi ||
apicāham na vyākāsiṃ || || Ahañcetaṃ vyākareyyam pare ca me na saddaheyyuṃ || ye me na saddaheyyuṃ || tesaṃ tam assa dīgharattam ahitāya dukkhāya || ||
13 Eso bhikkhave satto imasmiññeva Rājagahe goghāṭako ahosi || so tassa kammassa vipākena bahūni vassāni bahūni vassasatāni bahūni vassasahassāni bahūni vassasatasahassāni niraye pacitvā tasseva kammassa vipākāvasesena evarūpam attabhāvapaṭilābhaṃ {paṭisaṃvediyatīti}
[page 256]
256 LAKKHAṆA-SAṂYUTTA [XIX. 2. 1
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| ||
Pathamaṃ || ||
Sabbesaṃ suttantānam eseva peyyālo || ||
SN_2,19(8).2 (2) Gāvaghāṭaka
1 Idhāham āvuso Gijjhakuṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṃ maṃsapesiṃ vehāsam gacchantaṃ || tam enaṃ gijjhā pi dhaṅkā pi kulalā pi anupatitvā anupatitvā vitacchenti vibhajenti || sāssudam aṭṭassaraṃ karoti || ||
2 Eso bhikkhave satto imasmiññeva Rājagahe goghāṭako ||
pe || ||
Dutiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,19(8).3 (3) Piṇḍasakuṇiyam
1 Idhāhaṃ āvuso Gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṃ maṃsapiṇḍam vehāsaṃ gacchantaṃ || tam enaṃ || pe ||
2 Eso bhikkhave satto imasmiññeva Rājagahe sākuṇiko ahosi || ||
Tatiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,19(8).4 (4) Nicchavorabbhi
1 Idhāham āvuso || la || addasaṃ nicchaviṃ purisaṃ ||
pe || vitacchenti vibhajenti || so sudaṃ aṭṭassaram karoti || ||
2 Eso bhikkhave satto imasmiññeva Rājagahe orabbhiko ahosi || ||
Catutthaṃ || ||
[page 257]
XIX. 9. 1] VAGGO PATHAMO 257
SN_2,19(8).5 Asi-sūkariko
1 Idhāham āvuso Gijjhakuṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṃ asilomam purisaṃ vehāsaṃ gacchantaṃ || Tassa te asi uppatitvā uppatitvā tasseva kāye nipatanti || so suḍam aṭṭassaraṃ karoti || ||
2 Eso bhikkhave satto imasmiññeva Rājagahe sūkariko ahosi || || Pañcamaṃ || ||
SN_2,19(8).6 Satti-māgavi
1 Idhāham āvuso Gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṃ sattilomam purisaṃ vehāsaṃ gacchantaṃ || tassa tā sattiyo uppatitvā uppatitvā tasseva kāye nipatanti || so sudam aṭṭassaraṃ karoti || ||
2 Eso bhikkhave satto imasmiññeva Rājagahe māgaviko ahosi || || Chaṭṭhaṃ || ||
SN_2,19(8).7 Usu-kāraṇiyo
1 Idhāhaṃ āvuso Gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasam usulomam purisaṃ vehāsaṃ gacchantaṃ || tassa te usū uppatitvā tasseva kāye nipatanti || so sudaṃ aṭṭassaraṃ karoti || ||
2 Eso bhikkhave satto imasmiññeva Rājagahe kāraṇiko ahosi || || Sattamaṃ || ||
SN_2,19(8).8 Sūci-sārathi
1 Idhāham āvuso Gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasam sūcilomam purisaṃ vehāsaṃ gacchantaṃ || tassa tā sūciyo uppatitvā uppatitvā tasseva kāye nipatanti || so sudaṃ aṭṭassaraṃ karoti || ||
2 Eso bhikkhave satto imasmiññeva Rājagahe sūcako ahosi || || Aṭṭhamaṃ || ||
SN_2,19(8).9 Sūcako
1 Idhāhaṃ āvuso Gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṃ sūcilomam purisaṃ vehāsaṃ gacchantaṃ || ||
[page 258]
258 LAKKHAṆA-SAṂYUTTA [XIX. 9. 2
2 Tassa tā sūciyo sīse pavisitvā mukhato nikkhamanti ||
mukhe pavisitvā urato nikkhamanti || ure pavisitvā udarato nikkhamanti || udare pavisitvā urūhi nikkhamanti || urūsu pavisitvā jaṅghāhi nikkhamanti || jaṅghāsu pavisitvā pādehi nikkhamanti || || So sudam aṭṭassaraṃ karoti || ||
3 Eso bhikkhave satto imasmiññeva Rājagahe sūcako ahosi || ||
Navamaṃ || ||
SN_2,19(8).10 (10) Aṇḍabharī-Gāmakuṭako
1 Idhāham āvuso Gijjhakūtā pabbatā orohanto addasaṃ kumbhaṇḍam purisaṃ vehāsaṃ gacchantaṃ || ||
2 So gacchanto pi teva aṇḍe khandhe āropetvā gacchati ||
nisīdanto pi tesveva aṇḍesu nisīdati ||
3 Tam enam gijjha pi dhaṅkā pi kulalā pi anupatitvā anupatitvā vitacchenti vibhajenti || || So sudam aṭṭassaram karoti || ||
4 Eso bhikkhave satto imasmiññeva Rājagahe gāmakūṭo ahosi || || Dasamaṃ || ||
Vaggo pathamo || ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Aṭṭhipesi ubho Gāvaghātakā ||
Piṇḍasākuniyaṃ Nicchavorabbhi ||
Asica sūkariko Satti-māgavi ||
Usu ca kāraṇiyo Suci-sārathi ||
Yo ca Sabbiyati-sūcako hi so ||
Aṇḍabhārī ahu gāmakuṭako cāti || ||
[page 259]
XIX. 13. 2] DUTIYO VAGGO 259
CHAPTER II DUTIYO VAGGO
SN_2,19(8).11 (1) Kupe nimuggo paradāriko
1 Evam me sutaṃ || Ekaṃ samayaṃ Rājagahe Veḷuvane || ||
2 Idhāham āvuso Gijjhakuṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṃ purisaṃ gūthakūpe sasīsakaṃ nimuggaṃ || ||
3 Eso bhikkhave satto imasmiññeva Rājagahe pāradāriko ahosi || ||
Pathamaṃ || ||
SN_2,19(8).12 (2) Gūthakhādi -- Duṭṭhabrāhmaṇo
1 Idhāham āvuso Gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṃ purisaṃ gūthakūpe nimuggaṃ ubhohi hatthehi gūtham khādantaṃ || ||
2 Eso bhikkhave satto imasmiññeva Rājagahe brāhmaṇo ahosi || so Kassapassa sammāsambuddhassa pāvacane bhikkhusaṅghaṃ bhattena nimantetvā doṇiyā gūthassa pūrāpetvā etad avoca || || Aho bhonto yāvadatthaṃ bhuñjantu ceva harantu cāti || ||
Dutiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,19(8).13 (3) Nicchavitthi-aticārini
1 Idhāham āvuso Gijjhakuṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṃ nicchaviṃ itthiṃ vehāsaṃ gacchantiṃ || tam enaṃ gijjhā pi dhaṅkā pi kulalā pi anupatitvā anupatitvā vitacchenti vibhajenti || || Sāsudaṃ aṭṭassaraṃ karoti || ||
2 Esā bhikkhave itthi imasmiññeva Rājagahe aticārinī ahosi || ||
Tatiyaṃ || ||
[page 260]
260 LAKKHAṆA-SAṂYUTTA [XIX. 14. 1
SN_2,19(8).14 (4) Maṃgulitthi ikkhanitthi
1 Idhāham āvuso Gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasam itthiṃ duggandhim maṅguliṃ vehāsaṃ gacchantiṃ ||
Tam enaṃ gijjhāpi dharikāpi kulalāpi anupatitvā anupatitvā vitacchenti vibhajenti || || Sāsudam aṭṭassaram karoti || ||
2 Esā bhikkhave itthi imasmiññeva Rājagahe ikkhanikā ahosi || ||
Catutthaṃ || ||
SN_2,19(8).15 (5) Okilini-Sapattaṅgārakokiri
1 Idhāham āvuso Gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasam itthim uppakkaṃ okiliniṃ okiriṇiṃ vehāsaṃ gacchantim || ||
Sāsudaṃ aṭṭassaraṃ karoti || ||
2 Esā bhikkhave itthi Kaliṅgarañño aggamahesī ahosi ||
sā issāpakatā sapattim aṅgārakaṭāhena okiri || ||
Pañcamaṃ || ||
SN_2,19(8).16 (6) Sīsachinno-coraghātako
1 Idhāham āvuso Gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasam asīsakaṃ kavandhaṃ vehāsam gacchantaṃ || tassa ure akkhīni ceva honti mukhañ ca || ||
2 Tam enaṃ gijjhāpi dhaṅkā pi kulalāpi anupatitvā anupatitvā vitacchenti vibhajenti || So sudam aṭṭassaraṃ karoti ||
3 Eso bhikkhave satto imasmiññeva Rājagahe Hāriko nāma coraghātako ahosi || || Chaṭṭhaṃ || ||
SN_2,19(8).17 (7) Bhikkhu
1 Idhāham āvuso Gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṃ bhikkhuṃ {vehāsaṃ} gacchantaṃ || ||
2 Tassa saṅghāṭī pi ādittā sampajjalitā sajotibhūtā ||
patto pi āditto sampajjalito sajotibhūto || Kāyabandhanam pi ādittaṃ sampajjalitaṃ sajotibhūtaṃ
[page 261]
XIX. 21. 4] DUTIYO VAGGO 261
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| Kāyo pi āditto sampajjalito sajotibhūto || || So sudaṃ aṭṭassaraṃ karoti || ||
3 Eso bhikkhave bhikkhu Kassapassa sammāsambuddhassa pāvacane pāpabhikkhu ahosi || || Sattamaṃ || ||
SN_2,19(8).18 (8) Bhikkhunī
1 Addasaṃ bhikkhuniṃ vehāsaṃ gacchantiṃ ||
2 Tassā saṅghāṭi pi ādittā || pe||
3 pāpabhikkhunī ahosi || ||
Aṭṭhamaṃ || ||
SN_2,19(8).19 (9) Sikkhamānā
1 Addasaṃ sikkhamānaṃ vehāsaṃ gacchantiṃ ||
2 Tassā saṅghaṭi pi ādittā || pe|| ||
3 pāpasikkhamānā ahosi || ||
Navamaṃ ||
SN_2,19(8).20 (10) Sāmaṇera
1 Addasaṃ sāmaṇeraṃ vehāsaṃ gacchantaṃ || ||
2-3 Tassa saṅghāti pi ādittā || pe|| || pāpasāmaṇero ahosi || ||
Dasamaṃ || ||
SN_2,19(8).21 (11) Sāmaṇeriyo
1 Idhāham āvuso Gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṃ sāmaṇeriṃ vehāsaṃ gacchantiṃ || ||
2 Tassā saṅghāṭi pi ādittā sampajjalitā sajotibhūtā ||
patto pi āditto sampajjalito sajotibhūto || kāyabandhanaṃ pi ādittaṃ sampajjalitam sajotibhūtaṃ || kāyo pi āditto sampajjalito sajotibhūto || || Sāsudam aṭṭassaraṃ karoti || ||
3 Tassa mayham āvuso etad ahosi || || Acchariyaṃ vata bho abbhutaṃ vata bho || evarūpo pi nāma satto bhavissati || evarūpo pi nāma yakkho bhavissati || evarūpo pi nāma attabhāvapaṭilābho bhavissatīti || ||
4 Atha kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi || || Cakkhubhūtā vata bhikkhave sāvakā viharanti || ñāṇabhūtā vata bhikkhave sāvakā viharanti || yatra hi nāma sāvako evarūpaṃ ñassati vā dakkhati vā sakkhiṃ vā karissati ||
[page 262]
262 OPAMMA-SAṂYUTTA [XIX. 21.5
5 Pubbe pi me sā bhikkhave sāmaṇerī diṭṭhā ahosi || apicāhaṃ na vyākasiṃ || ahañce taṃ vyākareyyaṃ pare ca me na saddaheyyuṃ || ye me na saddaheyyuṃ tesaṃ tam assa dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya || ||
6 Esā bhikkhave sāmaṇerī Kassapassa sammāsambuddhassa pāvacane pāpasāmanerī ahosi || sā tassa kammassa vipākena bahūni vassāni bahūni vassasatāni bahūni vassasahassāni bahūni vassasatasahassāni niraye pacitvā tasseva kammassa vipākāvasesena evarūpaṃ attabhāvapaṭilābhaṃ paṭisaṃvediyatīti || ||
Dutiyo vaggo || ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Kūpe nimuggo hi so pāradāriko ||
Guthakhādi ahu duṭṭhabrāhmano ||
Nicchavitthi aticārinī āhu ||
Maṅgulitthi ahu ikkhinitthi yā || ||
Okilinī sapattaṅgārokirī ||
Sīsacchinno ahu coraghātako ||
Bhikkhu Bhikkhunī Sikkhamānā Sāmaṇero ||
Atha Sāmaṇeriyo Kassapassa vinayasmiṃ pabbajjuṃ ||
Pāpakammaṃ kariṃsu tāvadeti || ||
Lakkhaṇa-saṃyuttaṃ || ||
BOOK IX OPAMMA-SAṂYUTTAṂ
SN_2,20(9).1 Kūṭam
1 Evam me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme ||
[page 263]
XX. 3. 1] OPAMMA-SAṂYUTTA 263
2 Tatra kho Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave kūṭāgārassa yā kāci gopānasiyo sabbā tā kūṭaṅgamā kūṭasamosaraṇā || kūṭasamugghātā ||
sabbā tā samugghātaṃ gacchanti || ||
4 Evam eva bhikkhave ye keci akusalā dhammā sabbe te avijjāmūlakā avijjāsamosaraṇā || avijjāsamugghātā || sabbe te samugghātaṃ gacchanti || ||
5 Tasmāti ha bhikkhave evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ || || Appamattā viharissāmāti || || Pathamaṃ || ||
SN_2,20(9).2 Nakhasikhaṃ
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Atha kho Bhagavā parittaṃ nakhasikhāyam paṃsum āropetvā bhikkhū āmantesi || ||
3 Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave || || Katamaṃ nu kho bahutaraṃ yo cāyaṃ mayā paritto nakhasikhāyam paṃsu āropito || yā cāyam mahāpathavīti || ||
4 Etad eva bhante bahutaraṃ yad idam mahā pathavī ||
appamattako yam Bhagavatā paritto nakhasikhāyam paṃsu āropito || saṅkham pi na upeti upanidhim pi na upeti kalabhāgam pi na upeti mahāpathavim upanidhāya Bhagavatā paritto nakhasikhāyam paṃsu āropito ti ||
5 Evam eva kho bhikkhave appakā te sattā ye manussesu paccājāyanti || atha kho ete yeva bahutarā sattā ye aññatra manussehi paccājāyanti || ||
6 Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ || || Appamattā viharissāmāti || ||
Evaṃ hi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbaṃ || || Dutiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,20(9).3 Kulam
1 Sāvatthi || ||
[page 264]
264 OPAMMA-SAṂYUTTA [XX. 3. 2
2 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave yāni kānici kulāni bahutthikāni appapurisāni tāni suppadhaṃsiyāni honti corehi kumbhatthenakehi ||
3 Evam eva kho bhikkhave yassa kassaci bhikkhuno mettā cetovimutti abhāvitā abahulikatā || so suppadhaṃsiyo hoti amanussehi || ||
4 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave yāni kānici kulāni appitthikāni bahupurisāni tāni duppadhaṃsiyāni honti corehi kumbhatthenakehi ||
5 Evam eva kho bhikkhave yassa kassaci bhikkhuno mettā cetovimutti bhavitā bahulikatā || so duppadhaṃsiyo hoti amanussehi || ||
6 Tasmā tiha bhikkhave evam sikkhitabbaṃ || || Mettā no cetovimutti bhāvitā bhavissati || bahulikatā yānikatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhāti || ||
Evaṃ vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti || ||
Tatiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,20(9).4 Ukkā
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Yo bhikkhave pubbaṇhasamayam ukkhāsatam dānaṃ dadeyya || yo majjhantikasamayam ukkhāsataṃ dānaṃ dadeyya || yo vā sāyaṇhasamayam ukkhāsataṃ dānam dadeyya || yo vā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ antamaso gadduhanamattam pi mettacittam bhāveyya || yo vā majjhantikasamayam antamaso gadduhanamattam pi mettacittaṃ bhāveyya || yo vā sāyaṇhasamayaṃ antamaso gadduhanamattam pi mettacittaṃ bhāveyya || idaṃ tato mahapphalataraṃ || ||
3 Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ || || Mettā no cetovimutti bhāvitā bhavissati || bahulikatā yānikatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhāti || ||
Evaṃ hi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti || || Catutthaṃ || ||
[page 265]
XX. 6. 2] OPAMMA-SAṂYUTTA 265
SN_2,20(9).5 Satti
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave satti tiṇhaphalā || atha puriso āgaccheyya || || Aham imaṃ sattiṃ tiṇhaphalaṃ pāṇinā vā muṭṭhinā vā patileṇissāmi patikoṭṭissāmi pativaṭṭessāmīti ||
3 Tam kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave || bhabbo nu kho so puriso amuṃ sattiṃ tiṇhaphalaṃ pāṇinā vā muṭṭhinā vā patileṇetuṃ patikoṭṭetum pativaṭṭetunti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
4 Tam kissa hetu || ||
Asu hi bhante satti tiṇhaphalā na sukarā pāṇinā vā muṭṭhinā vā patileṇetum patikoṭṭetuṃ pativaṭṭetuṃ || yāvad eva ca pana so puriso kilamathassa vighātassa bhāgī assāti || ||
5 Evam eva kho bhikkhave yassa kassaci [bhikkhuno] mettā cetovimutti bhāvitā bahulikatā yānikatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā || || Tassa ce amanusso cittam khipitabbam maññeyya || atha kho svedha amanusso kilamathassa vighātassa bhāgī assa || ||
6 Tasmātiha bhikkhave evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ || || Mettā no cetovimutti bhāvitā bhavissati bahulikatā yānikatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhāti || || Evaṃ hi kho bhikkhave sikkhitabban ti || || Pañcamaṃ || ||
SN_2,20(9).6 Dhanuggaho
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave cattāro daḷhadhammā dhanuggahā sikkhitā katahatthā katupāsanā catuddisā ṭhitā assu
[page 266]
266 OPAMMA-SAṂYUTTA [XX. 6. 3
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| ||
3 Atha puriso āgaccheyya || || Ahaṃ imesaṃ catunnaṃ daḷhadhammānaṃ dhanuggahānaṃ sikkhitānaṃ katahatthānaṃ katupāsanānaṃ catuddisā kaṇḍe khitte appatiṭṭhite pathaviyaṃ gahetvā āharissāmīti || ||
4 Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave || javano puriso paramena javena samannāgato ti alam vacanāyā ti || ||
5 Ekassa ce pi bhante daḷhadhammassa dhanuggahassa sikkhitassa katahatthassa katupāsanassa kaṇḍaṃ khittam appatiṭṭhitaṃ pathaviyaṃ gahetvā āhareyya || javano puriso paramena javena samannāgato ti alaṃ vacanāya || || Ko pana vādo catunnaṃ daḷhadhammānam dhanuggahānaṃ sikkhitānaṃ katahatthānaṃ katupāsanānanti || ||
6 Yathā ca bhikkhave tassa purisassa javo || yathā ca candimasūriyānaṃ javo tato sīghataro || || yathā ca bhikkhave tassa purisassa javo yathā ca candimasuriyānaṃ javo yathā ca yā devatā candimasuriyānam purato dhāvanti tāsaṃ devatānaṃ javo || tato sīghataraṃ āyusaṅkhārā khīyanti ||
7 Tasmāti ha bhikkhave evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ || || Appamattā viharissāmāti || || Evaṃ hi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti || ||
Chaṭṭhaṃ || ||
SN_2,20(9).7 Aṇi
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Bhūtapubbam bhikkhave Dasārahānam Ānako nāma mudiṅgo ahosi || ||
3 Tassa Dasārahā Ānake ghaṭite aññaṃ āṇiṃ odahiṃsu ||
[page 267]
XX. 8. 3] OPAMMA-SAṂYUTTA 267
ahu kho so bhikkhave samayo yaṃ Ānakassa mudiṅgassa porāṇaṃ pokkharaphalakam antaradhāyi || āṇisaṅghāṭo va avasissi || ||
4 Evam eva kho bhikkhave bhavissanti bhikkhū anāgatam addhānaṃ || ||
5 Ye te suttantā tathāgatabhāsitā gambhīrā gambhīratthā lokuttarā suññatapaṭisaṃyuttā || tesu bhaññamānesu na sussusissanti || na sotaṃ odahissanti || na aññācittaṃ upaṭṭhāpessanti || na ca te dhamme uggahetabbam pariyāpuṇitabbaṃ maññissanti || ||
6 Ye pana te suttantā kavikatā kāveyyā cittakkharā cittavyañjanā bāhirakā sāvakabhāsitā || tesu bhaññamānesu sussusissanti sotaṃ odahissanti aññācittam upaṭṭhāpessanti || te dhamme uggahetabbaṃ pariyāpuṇitabbaṃ maññissanti || || Evam eva tesam bhikkhave suttantānaṃ tathāgatabhāsitānaṃ gambhīrānaṃ gambhīratthānaṃ lokuttarānaṃ suññatapaṭisaññuttānam antaradhānaṃ bhavissati || ||
7 Tasmātiha bhikkhave evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ || ||
Ye te suttantā tathāgatabhāsitā gambhīrā gambhīratthā lokuttarā suññatapaṭisaññuttā || tesu bhaññamānesu sussusissāma sotam odahissāma aññācittam upaṭṭhāpessāma || te ca dhamme uggahetabbaṃ pariyāpuṇitabbaṃ maññissāmāti || ||
Evaṃ hi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti || || Sattamaṃ || ||
SN_2,20(9).8 Kaliṅgaro
1 Evam me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Vesāliyaṃ viharati Mahāvane Kuṭāgārasālāyaṃ || ||
2 Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi Bhikkhavo ti || ||
Bhadante ti te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassossuṃ || ||
Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
3 Kaliṅgarūpadhānā bhikkhave etarahi Licchavī viharanti appamattā ātāpino upāsanasmiṃ
[page 268]
268 OPAMMA-SAṂYUTTA [XX. 8. 4
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| || Tesam rājā Māgadho Ajātasattu vedehiputto na labhati otāraṃ na labhati ārammaṇam || ||
4 Bhavissanti bhikkhave anāgatam addhānaṃ Licchavī sukhumālā mudutaluṇahatthapādā || te mudukā suseyyā sutulabimbohanāsu yāva sūriyuggamanā seyyaṃ kappessanti || || Tesaṃ rājā Māgadho Ajātasattu vedehiputto lacchati otāraṃ lacchati ārammaṇaṃ || ||
5 Kaliṅgarūpadhānā bhikkhave etarahi bhikkhū viharanti appamattā ātāpino padhānasmiṃ || || Tesam Māro pāpimā na labhati otāraṃ na labhati ārammanaṃ || ||
6 Bhavissanti bhikkhave anāgatam addhānam bhikkhū sukhumālā mudutaluṇahatthapādā || te mudukā suseyyā sutūlabimbohanāsu yāva sūriyuggamanā seyyaṃ kappessanti || || Tesam Māro pāpimā lacchati otāram lacchati ārammaṇam || ||
7 Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ || || Kaliṅgarūpadhānā viharissāma appamattā ātāpino padhānasminti || ||
Evañhi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti || || Aṭṭhāmaṃ || ||
SN_2,20(9).9 Nāgo
1 Sāvatthiyam ārāme || ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena aññataro navo bhikkhu ativelaṃ kulāni upasaṅkamati || tam enaṃ bhikkhū evam āhaṃsu || || Māyasmā ativelaṃ kulāni upasaṅkamīti || ||
3 So bhikkhu vuccamāno evam āha || || Ime hi nāma therā bhikkhū kulāni upasaṅkamitabbaṃ maññissanti ||
kim aṅgaṃ panāhanti || ||
4 Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || pe|| || nisīdiṃsu ||
[page 269]
XX. 9. 10] OPAMMA-SAṂYUTTA 269
5 Ekam antam nisinnā kho te bhikkhū Bhagavantam etad avocuṃ || || Idha bhante aññataro navo bhikkhu ativelaṃ kulāni upasaṅkamati || tam enaṃ bhikkhū evam āhaṃsu Māyasmā ativelaṃ kulāni upasaṅkamīti || || So bhikkhu bhikkhūhi vucamāno evam āha || Ime hi nāma therā bhikkhū kulāni upasaṅkamitabbaṃ maññissanti || kim aṅgaṃ panāhan ti || ||
6 Bhūtapubbaṃ bhikkhave araññāyatane mahāsarasi taṃ nāgā upanissāya viharanti || te taṃ sarasiṃ ogāhetvā soṇḍāya bhisamulālaṃ abbhuggahetvā suvikkhālitaṃ vikkhāletvā akaddamaṃ saṃkharitvā ajjhoharanti || ||
Tesan taṃ vaṇṇāya ceva hoti balāya ca || na ca tatonidānaṃ maraṇaṃ vā nigacchanti maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkhaṃ || ||
7. Tesaññeva kho pana bhikkhave mahānāgānaṃ anusikkhamānā taruṇā bhiṅkacchāpā taṃ sarasim ogāhetvā bhisamulālam abbhuggahetvā na suvikkhālitaṃ vikkhāletvā sakaddamaṃ saṃkharitvā ajjhoharanti || || Tesaṃ taṃ neva vaṇṇāya ceva hoti na balāya || tato nidānaṃ maraṇaṃ vā nigacchanti maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkhaṃ || ||
8 Evam eva kho bhikkhave idha therā bhikkhū pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya pavisanti || || Te tattha dhammaṃ bhāsanti || tesam gihī pasannā kāraṃ karonti || te taṃ lābham agadhitā amucchitā anajjhāpannā ādīnavadassāvino nissaraṇapaññā paribbhuñjanti || || Tesaṃ taṃ vaṇṇāya ceva hoti balāya ca || na ca tatonidānaṃ maraṇaṃ vā nigacchatali maraṇattam vā dukkhaṃ || ||
9 Tesaññeva kho pana bhikkhave therānaṃ bhikkhūnam anusikkhamānā navā bhikkhū pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya gāmam vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya pavisanti || ||
10 Te tattha dhammaṃ bhāsanti || tesam gihī pasannā kāraṃ karonti
[page 270]
270 OPAMMA-SAṂYUTTA [XX. 9. 11
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| te taṃ lābhaṃ gadhitā mucchitā ajjhāpannā anādīnavadassāvino anissaraṇapaññā paribhuñjanti || ||
Tesaṃ taṃ neva vaṇṇāya hoti na balāya || te tatonidānaṃ maraṇaṃ vā nigacchanti maraṇamattaṃ va dukkaṃ || ||
11 Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave evaṃ sikkhitabbam || || Agadhitā amucchitā anajjhāpannā ādīnavadassāvino nissaraṇapaññā lābhaṃ paribhuñjissāmā ti || || Evañhi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti || || Navamaṃ || ||
SN_2,20(9).10 Bilāro
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu ativelaṃ kulesu cārittam āpajjati || tam enaṃ bhikkhū evam āhaṃsu || || Māyasmā ativelaṃ kulesu cārittam āpajjīti || ||
3 So bhikkhu bhikkhūhi vuccamāno na viramati || ||
4 Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || pe|| Bhagavantam etad avocuṃ || ||
5 Idha bhante aññataro bhikkhu ativelaṃ kulesu cārittam āpajjati || tam enaṃ bhikkhū evam āhaṃsu Māyasmā ativelaṃ kulesu cārittam āpajjīti || || So bhikkhūhi vuccamāno na viramatīti || ||
6 Bhūtapubbaṃ bhikkhave biḷāro sandhisamalasaṅkaṭīre ṭhito ahosi mudumūsiṃ maggayamāno || || Yadāyam mudumūsī gocarāya pakkamissati tattheva naṃ gahetvā khādissāmīti || ||
7 Atha kho so bhikkhave mudumūsī gocarāya pakkami ||
tam enaṃ biḷāro gahetvā sahasā saṃkharitvā ajjhohari || ||
Tassa mudumūsī antam pi khādi antaguṇam pi khādi || so tatonidānaṃ maraṇaṃ pi nigacchati maraṇamattam pi dukkhaṃ
[page 271]
XX. 11. 3] OPAMMA-SAṂYUTTA 271
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| ||
8 Evam eva kho bhikkhave idhekacco bhikkhu pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya gāmaṃ va nigamam va piṇḍāya pavisati arakkhiteneva kāyena arakkhitāya vācāya arakkhitena cittena anupaṭṭhitāya satiyā asaṃvutehi indriyehi || ||
9 So tattha passati mātugāmaṃ dunnivatthaṃ vā duppārutaṃ vā || tassa mātugāmaṃ disvā dunnivatthaṃ vā duppārutaṃ vā rāgo cittaṃ anuddhaṃseti || so rāgānuddhaṃsena cittena maraṇaṃ vā nigacchati maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkhaṃ || ||
10 Maraṇañhetam bhikkhave ariyassa vinaye yo sikkham paccakkhāya hināyāvattati || maraṇamattañhetaṃ bhikkhave dukkhaṃ yadidam aññataraṃ saṅkiliṭṭham āpattim āpajjati || yathārūpāya āpattiyā vuṭṭhānaṃ paññāyati || ||
11 Tasmātiha bhikkhave evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ || ||
Rakkhiteneva kāyena rakkhitāya vācāya rakkhitena cittena upaṭṭhitāya satiyā saṃvutehi indriyehi gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya pavisissāmāti || ||
Evañ hi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti || || Dasamaṃ || ||
SN_2,20(9).11 Siṅgālaka (1)
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Assuttha no tumhe bhikkhave rattiyā paccusasamayaṃ siṅgālassa vassamānassāti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
3 Eso kho bhikkhave jarasiṅgālo ukkaṇṇakena nāma rogajātena phuṭṭho || So yena yena icchati tena tena gacchati || yattha yattha icchati tattha tattha tiṭṭhati ||
yattha yattha icchati tattha tattha nisīdati || yattha yattha icchati attha tattha nippajjati
[page 272]
272 OPAMMA-SAṂYUTTA [XX. 11. 4
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| sītako pi naṃ vāto upavāyati || ||
4 Sādhu khvassa bhikkhave yam idhekacco sakyaputtiyapatiñño evarūpaṃ pi attabhāvapatilābhaṃ paṭisaṃvediyetha || ||
5 Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ || || Appamattā viharissāmāti || ||
6 Evañhi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti || ||
Ekādasamaṃ || ||
SN_2,20(9).12 Siṅgālaka (2)
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Assuttha no tumhe bhikkhave rattiyā paccusasamayam siṅgālassa vassamānassāti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
3 Siyā kho bhikkhave tasmiṃ jarasiṅgāle yā kāci kataññutā kataveditā || na tveva idhekacce sakyaputtiyapaṭiññe pi yā kāci kataññutā kataveditā || ||
4 Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ || || Kataññuno bhavissāma katavedino || amhesu appakam pi kataṃ mā nassisatīti || || Evañhi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbanti || || Dvādasamaṃ || ||
Opamma saṃyuttam || ||
Tassa uddānaṃ || ||
Kūṭaṃ Nakhasikhaṃ Kulaṃ ||
Ukkā Satti Danuggaho ||
Aṇi Kaliṅgaro Nāgo ||
Biḷāro dve Siṅgālakā ti || ||
[page 273]
XXI. 1. 7] BHIKKHU-SAṂYUTTA 273
BOOK X BHIKKHU SAṂYUTTAṂ
SN_2,21(10).1 Kolito
1 Evam me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2 Tatra kho āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno bhikkhū āmantesi || || Āvuso bhikkhaveti || ||
Āvuso ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato Mahā-Moggallānassa paccassosuṃ || ||
3 Āyasmā Maha-Moggallāno etad avoca || || Idha mayhaṃ āvuso rahogatassa patisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi || || Ariyo tuṇhībhāvo ariyo tuṇhībhāvo ti vuccati || || Katamo nu kho ariyo tuṇhībhāvo ti || ||
4 Tassa mayham āvuso etad ahosi || || Idha bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattam sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ avitakkam avicāraṃ samādhijam pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānam upasampajja viharati || ||
Ayaṃ vuccati ariyo tuṇhībhāvoti || ||
5 So khvāham āvuso vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvam avitakkam avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānam upasampajja viharāmi || tassa mayhaṃ āvuso iminā vihārena viharato vitakkasahagatā saññā manasikārā samudācaranti || ||
6 Atha kho mam āvuso Bhagavā iddhiyā upasaṅkamitvā etad avoca || || Moggallāna Moggallāna mā brāhmaṇa ariyaṃ tuṇhībhāvam pamādo || Ariye tuṇhībhāve cittaṃ saṇṭhāpehi || ariye tuṇhibhāve cittaṃ ekodiṃ karohi ||
ariye tuṇhibhāve cittaṃ samādahāti || ||
7 So khvāham āvuso aparena samayena vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvam avitakkam avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānam upasampajja viharāmi || Yaṃ hi taṃ āvuso sammāvadamāno vadeyya
[page 274]
274 BHIKKHU-SAṂYUTTA [XXI. 2. 1
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| || Satthārā anuggahito sāvako mahābhiññatam patto ti || mamantaṃ sammāvadamāno vadeyya satthārā anuggahito sāvako mahābhiññataṃ patto ti || || Pathamaṃ || ||
SN_2,21(10).2 Upatisso
1 Sāvatthi nidānaṃ || ||
2 Tatra kho āyasmā Sāriputto bhikkhū āmantesi || Āvuso bhikkhave ti || ||
Āvuso ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato Sāriputtassa paccassosuṃ || ||
3 Āyasmā Sāriputto etad avoca || || Idha mayham āvuso rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa etaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi || || Atthi nu kho taṃ kiñci lokasmiṃ || yassa me vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā uppajjeyyuṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsāti || ||
3 Tassa mayham āvuso etad ahosi || || Natthi kho taṃ kiñci lokasmiṃ || yassa me vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā uppajjeyyuṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsāti || ||
4 Evaṃ vutte āyasmā Ānando āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtam etad avoca || || Satthu pi te āvuso Sāriputta vipariṇamaññathābhāvā nuppajjeyyuṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsāti || ||
5 Satthu pi kho me āvuso Sāriputta vipariṇāmaññathābhavā nuppajjeyyuṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā || Api ca me evam assa mā mahesakkho vata bho satthā antarahito mahiddhiko mahānubhāvo || Sa ce hi Bhagavā ciraṃ dīgham addhānaṃ tiṭṭheyya tad assa bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānanti || ||
[page 275]
XXI. 3. 6] BHIKKHU-SAṂYUTTA 275
6 Tathā hi panāyasmato Sāriputtassa dīgharattaṃ ahaṅkāra-mamaṅkāra-mānānusayā susamūhatā || ||
7 Tasmā āyasmato Sāriputtassa satthu pi vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā nuppajjeyyuṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsāti || ||
Dutiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,21(10).3 Ghaṭo
1 Evam me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ca Sāriputto āyasmā ca Mahā-Moggalāno Rājagahe viharanti Veḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe ekavihāre || ||
3 Atha kho āyasmā Sāriputto sāyaṇhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā Mahā-Moggallāno tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā Mahā-Moggallānena saddhiṃ sammodi || sammodanīyam kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
4 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Sāriputto āyasmantaṃ Mahā-Moggallānam etad avoca || || Vippasannāni kho te āvuso Moggalāna indriyāni || parisuddho mukhaveṇṇo pariyodāto || santena nunāyasmā Mahā-Moggallāno ajja vihārena vihāsiti || ||
Oḷārikena khvāhaṃ āvuso ajja vihārena vihāsiṃ || api ca me ahosi dhammikathāti || ||
5 Kena saddhiṃ panāyasmato Mahā-Moggalānassa ahosi dhammikathāti || ||
Bhagavatā kho me āvuso saddhim ahosi dhammikathāti || ||
6 Dūre kho āvuso Bhagavā etarahi Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || || Kiṃ nu kho āyasmā Mahā-Moggallāno Bhagavantam iddhiyā upasaṅkami || udāhu Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Mahā-Moggallānaṃ iddhiyā upasaṅkamīti || ||
[page 276]
276 BHIKKHU-SAṂYUTTA [XXI. 3. 7
7 Na khvāham āvuso Bhagavantam iddhiyā upasaṅkamiṃ || na pi maṃ Bhagavā iddhiyā upasaṅkami || || Api ca me yāvatā Bhagavā ettāvatā dibbacakkhu visujjhi dibbā ca sotadhātu || Bhagavato pi yāvatāhaṃ ettavatā dibbacakkhu visujjhi dibbā ca sotadhātūti || ||
8 Yathā katham panāyasmato Mahā-Moggallānassa Bhagavatā saddhiṃ ahosi dhammikathāti || ||
9 Idhāham āvuso Bhagavantam etad avocaṃ || || Āraddhaviriyo āraddhaviriyoti bhante vuccati || kittāvatā nu kho bhante āraddhaviriyo hotīti || ||
10 Evaṃ vutte āvuso mam Bhagavā etad avoca || || Idha Moggallāna bhikkhu āraddhaviriyo viharati || kāmaṃ taco ca nahāru ca aṭṭhi ca avasussatu || sarīre upasussatu maṃsalohitaṃ || || Yaṃ tam purisathāmena purisaviriyena purisaparakkamena pattabbaṃ || na taṃ apāpuṇitvā viriyassa saṇṭhānam bhavissatīti || || Evaṃ kho Moggallāna āraddhaviriyo hotīti || ||
11 Evam eva kho me āvuso Bhagavatā saddhim ahosi dhammikathāti || ||
12 Seyyathāpi āvuso Himavato pabbatarājassa parittā pāsāṇasakkharā yāvadeva upanikkhepanamattāya || evam eva kho mayaṃ āyasmato Mahā-Moggallānassa yāvad eva upanikkhepanamattāya || Āyasmā hi Mahā-Moggallāno mahiddhiko mahānubhāvo ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ tiṭṭheyyāti || ||
13 Seyyathāpi āvuso mahatiyā loṇaghaṭāya parittā loṇasakkharā yāvadeva upanikkhepanamattāya || evam eva mayaṃ āyasmato Sāriputtassa yāvad eva upanikkhepanamattāya || ||
[page 277]
XXI. 4. 7] BHIKKHU-SAṂYUTTA 277
14 Āyasmā hi Sariputto Bhagavatā anekapariyāyena thomito vaṇṇito pasaṭṭho || ||
Sāriputto va paññāya || sīlenupasamena ca ||
So pi pāraṅgato bhikkhu || eso paramo siyāti || ||
15 Iti hete ubho mahānāgā aññamaññaṃ subhāsitaṃ sulapitaṃ samanumodiṃsūti || ||
Tatiyaṃ || ||
SN_2,21(10).4 Navo
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena aññataro navo bhikkhu pacchābhattam piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto vihāram pavisitvā appossukko tunhībhūto saṅkāsāyati || na bhikkhūnaṃ veyyāvaccam karoti cīvarakārasamaye || ||
3 Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdiṃsu || ||
4 Ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū Bhagavantam etad avocuṃ || || Idha bhante aññataro navo bhikkhu pacchābhattam piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto vihāram pavisitvā appossukko tuṇhībhūto saṅkasāyati || na bhikkhūnaṃ veyyāvaccaṃ karoti cīvarakārasamaye ti || ||
5 Atha kho Bhagavā aññataram bhikkhum āmantesi || ||
Ehi tvam bhikkhu mama vacanena tam bhikkhum āmantehi Satthā tam āvuso āmantetīti || ||
6 Evam bhanteti kho so bhikkhu Bhagavato paṭissutvā yena so bhikkhu tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā tam bhikkhum etad avoca || || Satthā tam āvuso āmantetīti || ||
7 Evam āvuso ti kho so bhikkhu tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
[page 278]
278 BHIKKHU-SAṂYUTTA [XXI. 4. 8
8 Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho tam bhikkhum Bhagavā etad avoca || || Saccaṃ kira tvaṃ bhikkhu pacchābhattam piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto vihāraṃ pavisitvā appossukko tuṇhībhūto saṅkasāyasi || na bhikkhūnaṃ veyyāvaccaṃ karosi cīvarakārasamayeti || ||
Aham pi kho bhante sakaṃ kiccaṃ karomīti || ||
9 Atha kho Bhagavā tassa bhikkhuno cetasā cetoparivitakkam aññāya bhikkhū āmantesi || || Mā kho tumhe bhikkhave etassa bhikkhuno vijjhāyittha || Eso kho bhikkhave bhikkhu catunnaṃ jhānānam abhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasiralābhī || || Yassacatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyam pabbajanti || tadanuttaraṃ brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭhevadhamme sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharatīti || ||
10 Idam avoca Bhagavā || idaṃ vatvāna Sugato athāparam etad avoca satthā || ||
Nayidaṃ sithilam ārabbha || na yidam appena thāmasā ||
nibbānam adhigantabbaṃ || sabbadukkhapamocanaṃ ||1||
Ayaṃ ca daharo bhikkhu || ayam uttamapuriso ||
dhāreti antimaṃ dehaṃ || jetvā Māraṃ savāhananti ||2||
Catutthaṃ || ||
SN_2,21(10).5 Sujāto
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Sujāto yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || ||
3 Addasā kho Bhagavā ayasmantaṃ Sujātaṃ dūrato va āgacchantaṃ || || Disvāna bhikkhū āmantesi || ||
4 Ubhayenevāyam bhikkhave kulaputto sobhati vata || ||
[page 279]
XXI. 6. 6] BHIKKHU-SAṂYUTTA 279
Yañ ca abhirūpo dassanīyo pāsādiko paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgato || || Yassa catthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyam pabbajanti || tad anuttaram brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharatīti || ||
5 Idam avoca Bhagavā || pe|| satthā || ||
Sobhati vatāyaṃ bhikkhu || ujubhūtena cetasā ||
vippayutto visaññutto || anupādāya nibbūto ||
dhāreti antimaṃ dehaṃ || jetvā Māraṃ savāhananti || ||
Pañcamaṃ || ||
SN_2,21(10).6 Bhaddi
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Lakuṇṭakabhaddiyo yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || ||
3 Addasā kho Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Lakuṇṭakabhaddiyam dūrato va āgacchantaṃ || || Disvāna bhikkhū amantesi || ||
4 Passatha no tumhe bhikkhave etam bhikkhum āgacchantaṃ dubbaṇṇaṃ duddassikam okoṭimakam bhikkhūnam paribhūtarūpanti || ||
Evaṃ bhante || ||
5 Eso kho bhikkhave bhikkhu mahiddhiko mahānubhāvo ||
na ca sā samāpatti sulabharūpā yā tena bhikkhunā asamāpannapubbā || Yassa catthāya kulaputtā sammad eva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti || tad anuttaram brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharatīti || ||
6 Idam avoca Bhagavā || pe|| satthā || ||
Haṃsā koñcā mayūrā ca || hatthiyo pasadā migā ||
Sabbe sīhassa bhāyanti || natthi kāyasmiṃ tulyatā ||1||
Evam eva manussesu || daharo ce pi paññavā ||
So hi tattha mahā hoti || neva bālo sarīravāti ||2||
Chaṭṭham || ||
[page 280]
280 BHIKKHU-SAṂYUTTA [XXI. 7. 1
SN_2,21(10).7 Visākho
1 Evam me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Vesāliyaṃ viharati Mahāvane kuṭāgārasalāyaṃ || ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Visākho pañcālaputto upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ bhikkhū dhammikāya kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṃseti || poriyā vācāya vissaṭṭhāya anelagaḷāya atthassa viññāpaniyā pariyāpannāya anissitāya || ||
3 Atha kho Bhagavā sāyaṇha samayam paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena upaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi || ||
4 Nisajja kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi || || Ko nu kho bhikkhave upaṭṭhānasālāyam bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṃseti poriyā vācāya vissaṭṭhāya anelagaḷāya atthassa viññāpaniyā pariyāpannāya anissitāyā ti || ||
5 Āyasmā bhante Visākho pañcālaputto upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṃseti poriyā vācāya vissaṭṭhāya anelagaḷāya atthassa viññāpaniyā pariyāpannāya anissitāyāti || ||
6 Atha kho Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Visākham pañcālaputtam āmantesi || || Sādhu sādhu Visākha || sādhu kho tvaṃ Visākha bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi || pe||
atthassa viññāpaniyā pariyāpannāya anissitāyā ti || ||
7 Idam avoca Bhagavā || Idaṃ vatvāna Sugato athāparam etad avoca satthā || ||
No bhāsamānaṃ jānanti || missam bālehi paṇḍitaṃ ||
bhāsamānañca jānanti || desentam amatam padam ||1||
Bhāsaye jotaye dhammam || paggaṇhe isinaṃ dhajaṃ ||
subhāsitadhajā isayo || dhammo hi isinaṃ dhajo ti ||2||
Sattamaṃ || ||
[page 281]
XXI. 9. 1] BHIKKHU-SAṂYUTTA 281
SN_2,21(10).8 Nando
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Nando Bhagavato mātucchāputto ākoṭitāni paccākoṭitāni cīvarāni pārupitvā akkhīni añjetvā accham pattaṃ gahetvā yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || ||
2 Upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam nisīdi || ||
Ekam antaṃ nisinnam kho āyasmantaṃ Nandam Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
3 Na kho te taṃ Nanda patirūpaṃ kulaputtassa saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitassa || yaṃ tvam ākoṭitāni paccākoṭitāni cīvarāni pārupeyyāsi akkhīni ca añjeyyāsi acchañca pattaṃ dhāreyyāsi || || Evaṃ kho te Nanda paṭirūpaṃ kulaputtassa saddhā agārasmā anagāriyam pabbajitassa || yaṃ tvaṃ araññako ca assasi || piṇḍapātiko ca paṃsukuliko ca || kāmesu ca anapekkho vihareyyasīti || ||
4 Idam avoca Bhagavā || pe|| satthā || ||
Kadāhaṃ Nandam passeyyaṃ ||
Araññaṃ paṃsukūlikam ||
Aññātuñchena yāpentaṃ ||
Kāmesu anapekkhinanti ||
5 Atha kho āyasmā Nando aparena samayena āraññako ca piṇḍapātiko ca paṃsukūliko ca kāmesu ca anapekkho vihāsīti || || Aṭṭhamaṃ || ||
SN_2,21(10).9 Tisso
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
[page 282]
282 BHIKKHU-SAṂYUTTA [XXI. 9. 2
2 Atha kho āyasmā Tisso Bhagavato pitucchāputto yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi dukkhī dummano assūni pavattayamāno || ||
3 Atha kho Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Tissam etad avoca || ||
Kiṃ nu kho tvaṃ Tissa ekam antaṃ nisinno dukkhī dummano assūni pavattayamāno ti || ||
4 Tathā hi pana mam bhante bhikkhū samantā vācāya sannitodakena sañjambharim akaṃsūti || ||
5 Tathā hi pana tvaṃ Tissa vattā no ca vacanakkhamo || ||
6 Na kho te taṃ Tissa paṭirūpam kulaputassa saddhā agārasmā anagāriyam pabbajitassa yaṃ tvam vattā no vacanakkhamo || || Etaṃ kho te Tissa paṭirūpaṃ kulaputtassa saddhā agārasmā anagāriyam pabbajitassa yaṃ tvaṃ vattā assa vacanakkhamo cā ti || ||
7 Idam avoca Bhagavā || idaṃ vatvāna Sugato athāparam etad avoca satthā || ||
Kiṃ nu kujjhasi mā kujjhi ||
Akodho Tissa te varaṃ || ||
Kodhamānamakkhavinayatthamhi ||
Tissa brahmacariyaṃ vussatīti || ||
Navamaṃ || ||
SN_2,21(10).10 Theranāmo
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe || ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu Theranāmako ekavihārī ceva hoti ekavihārassa ca vaṇṇavādī || || So eko gāmam piṇḍaya pavisati || eko patikkamati eko raho nisīdati eko caṅkamaṃ adhiṭṭhāti || ||
3 Atha sambahulā bhikkhū yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu
[page 283]
XXI. 10. 11] BHIKKHU-SAṂYUTTA 283
[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]|| upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdiṃsu || ||
4 Ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū Bhagavantam etad avocuṃ || || Idha bhante aññataro bhikkhu Theranāmako ekavihārī ekavihārassa ca vaṇṇavāditi || ||
5 Atha kho Bhagavā aññataraṃ bhikkhum āmantesi || ||
Ehi tvam bhikkhu mama vacanena Theram bhikkhum āmantehi || Satthā tam āvuso Thera āmantetīti || ||
Evaṃ bhante ti kho so bhikkhu Bhagavato paṭissutvā yenāyasmā Thero tenupasaṅkami || ||
6 Upasaṅkhamitvā āyasmantaṃ Theram etad avoca || ||
Satthā tam āvuso Thera amantetīti || ||
Evam āvuso ti kho āyasmā Thero tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || ||
7 Upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
8 Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ Theram Bhagavā etad avoca || || Saccaṃ kira tvaṃ Thera ekavihārī ekavihārassa ca vaṇṇavādīti || ||
Evaṃ bhante || ||
9 Yathā kathaṃ pana tvaṃ Thera ekavihārī ekavihārassa ca vaṇṇavādīti || ||
10 Idhāham bhante eko gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisāmi || eko paṭikkamāmi || eko raho nisīdāmi || eko caṅkamanaṃ adhiṭṭhāmi || Evaṃ khvāhaṃ bhante ekavihārī ekavihārassa ca vaṇṇavādīti || ||
10 Attheso Thera ekavihāro neso natthīti vadāmi || ||
Api ca Thera yathā ekavihāro vitthārena paripuṇṇo hoti taṃ suṇāhi sādhukaṃ manasi karohi bhāsissāmīti || ||
Evam bhante ti kho || pe||
11 Kathañ ca Thera ekavihāro vitthārena paripuṇṇo hoti || || Idha Thera yaṃ atītaṃ tam pahīnaṃ || yam anāgataṃ tam paṭinissaṭṭhaṃ || paccuppannesu ca attabhāvapaṭilābhesu chandarāgo suppaṭivinīto || || Evaṃ kho Thera ekavihāro vitthārena paripuṇṇo hotīti || ||
[page 284]
284 BHIKKHU-SAṂYUTTA [XXI. 10. 12
12 Idam avoca Bhagava || idaṃ vatvāna Sugato athāparam etad avoca satthā || ||
Sabbābhibhuṃ sabbaviduṃ sumedham ||
sabbesu dhammesu anupalittaṃ ||1||
Sabbaṃjahaṃ taṇhakkhaye vimuttaṃ ||
tam ahaṃ naram ekavihārīti [brūmīti] ||2||
Dasamaṃ || ||
SN_2,21(10).11 Kappino
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Maha-Kappino yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || ||
3 Addasā kho Bhagavā āyasmantam Mahā-Kappinaṃ dūrato va āgacchantaṃ || ||
4 Disvāna bhikkhū āmantesi || || Passatha no tumhe bhikkhave etam bhikkhum āgacchantaṃ odātakaṃ tanukaṃ tuṅganāsikanti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
5 Eso kho bhikkhave bhikkhu mahiddhiko mahānubhāvo || || Na ca sā samāpatti sulabharūpā yā tena bhikkhunā asamāpannapubbā || || Yassa catthāya kulaputtā sammad eva agārasmā anagāriyam pabbajanti || tad anuttaram brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayam abhiññā sacchi katvā upasampajja viharatīti || ||
6 Idam avoca Bhagavā || idaṃ vatvā ca Sugato athāparam etad avoca satthā || ||
Khattiyo settho jane tasmiṃ || ye gottapaṭisārino ||
Vijjācaraṇa sampanno || so settho devamānuse ||1||
Divā tapati ādicco || rattiṃ ābhāti candimā ||
Sannaddho khattiyo tapati || jhāyi tapati brāhmaṇo ||
Atha sabbamahorattiṃ || Buddho tapati tejasāti ||2||
Ekādasamaṃ || ||
[page 285]
XXI. 12. 6] BHIKKHU-SAṂYUTTA 285
SN_2,21(10).12 Sahāya
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati || ||
2 Atha kho dve bhikkhū sahāyakā āyasmato MahāKappinassa saddhivihārikā yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || ||
3 Addasā kho Bhagavā te bhikkhū dūrato va āgacchante || ||
4 Disvāna bhikkhū āmantesi || || Passatha no tumhe bhikkhave ete dve bhikkhū sahāyake āgacchante Kappinassa saddhivihārino ti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
5 Ete kho te bhikkhū mahiddhikā mahānubhāvā || || Na ca sā samāpatti sulabharūpā yā tehi bhikkhūhi asamāpannapubbā || || Yassa catthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti || tad anuttaram brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayam abhiññā sacchi katvā upasampajja viharanti || ||
6 Idam avoca Bhagavā || || Idaṃ vatvāna Sugato athāparam etad avoca satthā || ||
Sahāyā vatime bhikkhū || cīrarattaṃ sametikā ||
sameti nesaṃ saddhammo || dhamme buddhappavedite || ||
Suvinītā Kappinena || dhamme ariyappavedite ||1||
dhārenti antimaṃ dehaṃ || jetvā Māraṃ savāhananti ||2||
Dvādasamaṃ || ||
[Nidāna-vaggo niṭṭhito] ||
Bhikkhu-saṃyuttaṃ samattaṃ || ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Kolito Upatisso ca || Ghaṭo cāpi pavuccati ||
[page 286]
286 BHIKKHU-SAṂYUTTA [XXI.
Navo Sujāto Bhaddhī ca || Visākho Nando Tisso ca ||
Theranāmo ca Kappino || Sahāyena ca dvādasāti ||
Nidānavaggo saṃyuttako ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Nidānābhisamaya Dhātu ||
Anamataggena Kassapaṃ ||
Sakkāra -- Rāhula -- Lakkhaṇo || ||
Opamma -- Bhikkhunā vaggo dutiyo tena vuccatī ti || ||
Nidāna-vagga-saṃyuttaṃ samattaṃ || ||
[Dasabalaselappabbhavā nibbānamahāsamuddapariyantā atthaṅgamasalilā jinavacananadī ciraṃ vahatū ti --]